p75 SHSTEMES

DQSSFIULT

7
175 SOLIDWORKS

SOLIDWORKS ESSENTIFILS
SOLIDWORKSTRRINING I'- _

we
SOLIDWORKS®

SOLIDWORKS Essentials

Dassaul‘ Syslémes Sodeorks Corporalian

175 Wyman S‘reel
Waltham, MA 02451 U S.A.
1111111520111 1111111111 y111111111111111W1111111:111111111111111 1 1111111 11111111111y111111111y1 1 11111111 1111111 111 1 1 -
11111111111y
y. 111 , 1.
111,1111y,175w 111111111111, W1111111, 11 (11.111111111111111 1111111111 1111111111 11111 11g 15-11
M111 02451 111A 1111111111 11111111 11 111111 1111111, y1111 w1111111111y 111 1111111W111111 1111 1 111.11 111

1111 1.111111111111111 111111111 1111111111

1111111111 1111 1111111111111 11
111 11111111 11111' 111 1111111W1111111111111111 r
1151b111111 1 111y1
1111111111111 111111g1 111111111111
-11111 111 11111 11.111111111111111by
111111111 1-11111, 11111111, 111111 111.1111 (11111111111
1111111111 111 1111111111 1y1111111 1111111W111111:111111111111111, 175
11111111111y111111 , 1111111W111111 11.111111111111111 1111111W1111111
Wy111111 1111, W111111111, M11111111111111112451 111A
N11 1111111111 1111y 11 1111111111111 11 11111111111111 .1. 111y 1111111 111 by
111y 1111-1111, 1111111111111» 11 11111111111y, 1111 11y 11111111 111111111
(Inpyrighl N011 11 m. mnwunxs
12111111111111.1111 1111111111111 P11111111 ~
1111111111, 1711111111111,
1111 111111111 111111111 1111111111111. 1111). 111M131
P11111111 11111111 111111111 1,7 1111112011 111111111 111111111
1111 1111111- 111111111 111 11111 1111111111111 1111111111 11111111 1 1.1r11y111 M1111g11111111 1111111111- 1111 1111111111 11111y111
11 1111 1111 my
111 111111 1111111111 11111y111
1111111 1111111 11111111 A11 111111111111 1,1111. 11 11 11111 111111 1111111111 1111 1111111111. 1111111111 111111111 by 1111111111
111 111 11111111 11111 11111111111111.1111111 - 1111111111y 1111111111 L111111111 11 '11b111m 211 01:11 1,7 211111

11111111111111111 11111111; 1111111 111, 11 11111111111 by, 11 1111111111111 111 1111111111 1111111111y 111111111 L111111111 A11111gm1 1111111111
11, 111111111 11111 b1 1111111111 -11 1111111111111 1 1111111 1141111111111 111 LX'M 1: 20111 1111111111 1111111111y 1111111111
11111111111111. 111y 1111111, 1111111111111, 1111111111111, 11. 1.111111111 1111111111 1111111111
1511111111
1141111111111 1111120111 11111111111111.1111y, 1111111 L111111111
11111111 111111111 A11 1111111111 11111 11 , b111m<11m120111 1111111111
SUL|DWORKS® m 1111 111111111111 111111111 1111111111111 1111111111y 1111111111 L111111111 A11 111g111 1111111111
1111111111 .1 11111111111 by 11
: P1111111 1,111 1,725, 1111441177, 11411111111 A M1:10|11 1111111111 1111111111y 1111111111 L111111111
11,191,511, 11,901,712, 7,171,990, 7,477,212, 7,551,715, A11 1111,1111 1111111111
7,571,171, 7,590,417, 7,141,027, 7,172,122, 7111,1111,
P11111111 11111111 111111111117 1111111120111 1111 11111111151: L111
7194,2111, 7152,1411, 11,115,571, 11,511,902, 11,117,11211,
11,910,11711, 11,129,113, 9,151,072, 9,212,111, 11,415,111», P11111111 111 11111 1111111111 1111111111111 1-11y1x ' .1 by NVIDIA 2111111
11,641,412, 11,170,431», 111115511113, 101173100 11111 1111111111 20111
111111111,(1g,1s1-1,1111,111u111 11111111 3,517,141)
9111111111111 1111111111 17211111201111.1111”, LL(' A11ng1111
1111111111111 1111111111 .1 11111111111 1y 1: 1 111111117,1114,1144, 111111111, 111111111 1111111111g
111 111111117,5112,1127,11111111111111. 1-111111 2111,7111
P11111111 11111111 111111111 1,1 21111712011 111-1y1W111111 1.111
11 1 11111 r11111g11 111111111 .111111111g
1:2011, 11111111111111111111111111111 A11 1111,1111 «111111 1111111111
1111111111111 .1111 1711111111 11111111 1111 SOLIDWORKS A111111w 1-111: L11111y 111111111111”
P11111111 .1111 111111111:
(:11 yngh1I9M12(116Adubc 1y.1111111 1111 1111111111 1111 A11
11111111101011, :1) 11.111111111111511111 1111111 11 11111111111111 11111111111111y111 111111111 5,929,111.11, 5314111113,
1111111111111 111111111 1)11w111g1 logo 111 1111111111 1111111111111 6,2X‘J,364, 11,513,502, 11,159,511, 11,754,112, 111111111 111111111,
1111 1- 1111 1111111111 , 111111111y 1111111111; 111111 1111111111 111
111 1111111W111111 A1111, 1111111111111 1111,11,A111b11 1111 A1111b1 m1. Iugu, 1111111111
1111 11111111111- 11 11111111 1111111111111 1111111111111 111A1111b1
(:1111111W111111,1r111x111111, 111111111V1111 1111,11111'1'111A1111y11111 1y.11111111111 1111 111 11111 11111111111111.1111
111111111111 11111 1111111W111111 11111111wm1111 111111111111
111111111111 111-«'1. 111-111111111; 1 1.111 1111111111 111 1111111W1111111111111111 1111111111111, 11 11111.5
A1111 11111111101011
111111101111 21111;, 101.111wu111c1 1111111111.
1111111011111 11111111111111.10L1nwuk1c1 1111111111111, Copyrighl 111111111 1111 suunwonm 11111111111111 P1111111:
1111111011111PDM me 11111111,1o1_111w111u<sPDM P1111111 11111111 111111111117 2111111 111111111111 (11111111111111.
1111111111 1(1L1nw1111K 1111111111111. 1111111111.
1111111011111 111111111111 11111, 1111111, 101.111wu11K, mu. '1 11 1992121117 (:11111111111111111111111111111111
1111111111111, A11 1111111 11111y111
1111
11111 1 11111

41111111011111 AM, SOLIDWURKS M1111g 1, 1 1111111 1

v.1w11,11>11111111,11’111- 111111, sUmeokE11111111111E1111
Copyrighl
1111111111:
11111111 1111
sounwokxs 1111111 1711111111111

, 111L1nw1111K1 12111111111 11111111111 011111111 111111 V11w11 1111111111111 1992121112 011111

1111111111,1<1L111w111u<11s1 1111111 1111111111 11111111111111,
11111111101011 111-111111311, ' 11111111111111 111111111 1:2011,M1111111111:111111111111111 A11 1111,1111 «11111.1
1111111111111, 1 111111W111111,1<11_11)w1111K 11111111111 P1111111:
' Copyrighl 111111111 1111
111L111w<1111<111111111111111sounwok P1111111 111‘ 11111 1111111111 1,7 211111121114 11111 11111 311
111111110111191' 11 1111111111 11y A11111111, 1011111101111 91' 11
11111111111 11111111111 11y A11111111, 11111 11111111111111 V111111 - P11111111 11111111 111111111 1.7 11111511991111 11.111111 111111y 1111
111 1111111111111, 1111). ,11111W111111 M11k A11111 P11111111 1111 111111111117 111111112001
11111111111111...
1111111 11111111 11 1111111111 11111 111111111111111 11 1111111111
1111111111111 11111111 1111111 11 1111111111 P11111111 11111111 111111111 1,7 111111112014 (11111. 11111111 A11111111
1111111 P11111111 11111111 111111111- 17 1111152012
(IUMMEIICIALCOMPuTEIl11111 IWARE .
murmur/111v
n11 11111111111111 1111 W1nduw1® 11111111111 1111111111 11111 1111
11 1111111111111
~111111111111111111111- 111111111111111111111111411
111 111111 111111 11111111111111 (11111111
1: 1:11 21011111, '1111151, 11111111111111, 111-1111111111111 11111111111111
1111111 11111 1111111111 11111111111111111111111111111111 11111111 P11111111 1111 1111111111 1111 11111111 11111y11 11117 1111111999
111111111 1111111114111:11< 12212 (11111 1111151 11111 11 1111111111 111111111 «111111111
1y1111111, 1111 11111111111 11 1111111111111 1111
111111111 <' 111111111111 1111111111,.yng111 1: 200: 1 211115 11111111 ('111111111 1111
111 11111111111111
w1111111-11111y111
1 1111111 b11111n1111y111111 1g1111111, 1111111111111
1111111114111:11< 12212, 1111111111
Copyrighl 111111111 1111 sounwokxs PCB 1711111111111

P11111111 11111111 11111111117 21117120111 A11111111 L111111111

111., 11111 by 111111. b11111r1111111111 1111111 111 1111111111111
1111111
- 111111111111 11111
'(‘11111
1111111111111 :11 (1'11 Copyrighl 111111111 1111 sounwokks 11111111111 11111111111:
227 72112 1
1115111111 227
72112 4111111
1111151 NVIDLA (1111111111111, M '1- nulugy 1111111111 111111111111.
NV|DIAC 11111111111111 17 2111122015 NV|DIA
1111111 yngm
11111
1:11.111111111111 A11 111,111

11111111111111 N11111b11 111/11111111112111;

 Contents

Introduction
About Thi Course l

Course Design Phllosophy .

Using this Book
.........
About the Training Files
Conventions Used in th‘ Book
.....................
OOLIILIILAAALNNNNN

Windows
Use of Color
.........
Graphics and Graphics Cards
Color Senemes l l . . . .

More SOLIDWORKS Training Resourees

Lesson 1:
Local User Groups
...............
SOLIDWORKS Basics and the User lnteriace
What is [he SOLIDWORKS Soflwarc'.’
Design Intent. . l()
Examples ot Des n lnten
l-low Features Afl‘eet Design Intent
Filc Rcfcmnccs
Object L klng and Embedding (OLE) .
File Reterenee Example
.............
Opening Files ........
Computer Memory .

The SOLIDWORKS User Interface

Weleome Dialog Box .
Pulledown Menus . . . .
Contents soLIDwoRKs

Using the Command Manager

............................. l6l7
Adding and Removing CommandManager Tabs .
FeatureManager De ‘gn Tree 17
PropertyManager . . 19
Full Path Name t ..
a 1‘)
Selection Breadcrumbs 1‘)
Task Pane . . . 20
Opening Labs with the File Explorer . 2l
HeadSrup View Toolbar t 2|
Unselectable Icons . . . 2|
Mouse Buttons t t . . . 22
Keyboard Shoneut, 22
Multiple Monitor D plays 23
System Feedback . . 23
Options
.......... . . 24

Lesson 2:
Search
.............................................. 26

Introduction to Sketching
2D sketching
.....
Stages in the Proce
Saving File
Save. . .

Save As
.........
Save As Copy to D k.
30
30
Save As Copy and Open i . 30
What are We Going to Sketch’.7
sketching .....
Default Plane
Sketch Entities .
Sketeh Geometry
Basic Sketching. . . .

The Mechanics of Sketching

.......
Inference Lines (Automatic Relations).
Sketeh Feedback t . .
Status ofa Sketeh . .
Rules That Govern Sketehc
Design Intent
...........
What Controls Design lnten
Desired Design Intent.
Sketch Relat ns
......
Automatic Sketeh Relations
Added Sketch Relations t
Examples of Sketeh Relations
Selecting Multiple Objects . .
soLIDwoRKs Contents

Dimensions.
Dimensio
.....................................
g: Seleetion and Preview .
47
4x
Angular Dimensions 5 I

instant 2D . 52
Extrude . . . . . 52
sketening Guidelinesl . 55
Exercise I: Sketch nnd Extrude l . . 57
Exercise 58
Exercise 3: 59
Exercise 60
Exercise 5: 6|
Exercise 62
Lesson 3:
Basic Part Modeling
Basic Modeling
.......................................... o4
Stages in the Pmees
Terminology
Feature .
.........
Plane .
Extrusion.
Sketch
Boss. . .

(hit
..............
Fillets and Rounds .
Design Intent
........
Choosing the Best Profile.
Choosing the Sketeh Plane
Planes
.............
Placement of the Model .
Details ofthe Pan .
Standard View.
Main Bosses
Best Profile .
Sketeh Plane. . 7()
Design Intent 7()
Sketching the First Peature 7|
Extrude Options .. . 72
Renaming Features . . 72
Boss Feature
...........
sketening on a Planar Face
. 73
73
Sketching ............ . 73
Tangent Arc Intent Zones. 74
Autotransitioning Between Lines and Ares ................. 74
Contents soLIDwoRKs

Cut Feature
View Seleetor .........................................
........
76
77 .

Using the Hole Wizard . 78

Creating a Standard Hole . 78
Counterbore Hole . . 78
Filleting
............
Filleting Rule
so
so
Editing Tools. ..
Editing a sketeh ........
Seleeting Multiple Objects
Editing Features .

Fillet Propagation . .
Rollback Bar
Deta ng Basics
Settings UsedIn the Template . 90
CommandManager Tnh 90
New Drawing
Drawing Views .
....... 90

Dimensioning .

Driving Dimenslons
Driven Dimensions. .

Manipulating Dimensions ..................

Associativity Between the Model and the Drawing. . .l()|
changing Parameters . l()l
Rebuilding the Model. . l()l
Exercise late . . 105
Exercise ‘uts . . 107
Exercise aSichhanges . 11()
Exercise I0: Base Braeket . 112
Exercise II: Part Drawings .
l 16

Lesson 4:
Symmetry and Draft
Case Study: Ratehet . . . . 118
Stages in the Proee, . 118
Designlntent .........
Boss Feature with Drafi . .
.

.
119
120
Building the Handle . . . 120
Design Intent ofthe Handle . . 120
Symmetry in the Sketeh .. . lZl
Symmetry afier Skete . 122
Mid Plane Extrusion. . . l . 123

iv
soLIDwoRKs Contents

Sketching Inside the Model

Design Intent ot‘the Transition.
............................. 124
124
.

Circular Profile . . . . . 125

Sketening the Circle . . . 126
Changing the Appcaranee of Dimensions . . 127
Extruding Up To Next...............
Design Intent ot‘the Head.
.

.
128
129
View Options
............
Display Options
.

.
132
133
Modify Options. . . 133
Middle Mouse Bunon Functions . 134
Refcrence Triad Funeiions . 135
Keyboard Shoncut, . 135
Using Model Edch in a Sketen . . 136
Sketehing an offset .....
Creating Trimmed Sketen (.eometry .
.

. .
.

.
137
138
Trim and Extend
Modifying Dime
................ .

.
139
141
Measuring. . . . . . 144
Copy and Paste Features . 146
Exercisc 12: Pulley. .. . . . 151
Exercisc 13: Symmetry and onsets 1. . . . 154
Exercisc I4: Rawhet Handlc Changcs . . . 155
Exercisc 15: Symmetry and onsets 2. . . . 157
Exercisc 16: Tool Holder . . 160
Exercisc 17: Idler Arm . . . . 161

Lesson 5:
Exercisc 18: Up To Surfaec
............................... 163
Patterning
Why Use Pattern . 168
Pattern Options. . 172
Linear Paflern
............
Plyout FeatureManager De.
.

.
173
174
Skipping instances . . 175
Geometry Patterns. . . 176
Performanee Evaluation . . 177
Circular Patterns
......
Rcferenec (1cometry . . .
.

.
179
180
Axes . . 180
Plancs . . . 182
Mirror Patterns
.........
Patterning a Solid Body .
.

.
186
187
Using Pattern Seed 0n1y . 188
Up To Referenec
...... . 190
Contents soLIDwoRKs

sketeh Driven Patterns

Points“ .. ..
...................................
.
192
.193
Automatic Dimensioning ot sketehes . . 195
Exereise 19: Linear Pancm. . . 199
Exereise 20: sketch Driven Pattern . 200
Exereise 21: Shipping Instanees. . . 201
Exereise 22: Linear and Mirror Patterns. . 202
Exereise 23: ireular Patterns
......... . . 203

Lesson 6:
Exereise 24: Axes and Multiple Patterns
..................... 204

Revolved Features
Case Study: Handwheel . . . 208
Stages in the Proee. . 208
Design 1ntent. . . .209
Revolved Peatur . . . 209
Sketeh Geometry orthe Revolved Feature. . . . 209
Rules Governing sketehes of Revolved Peature. . 21 1

Speeial Dimensioning Techniques . 21 1

Diameter Dimensions
Creating the Revolved Feature.
...... .212
. 213
Building the Rim .215
slots . . . . . 215
Multihody Solids. . . . 218
Building the Spoke . . . . . 218
Edge Selection . .223
Chamrers. . . . .225
RcalVichraphi .. .225
Edit Material. . 228
Mass Propertie . . 231
Mass Propert s as Custom Properties . . 232
File Properties. . . 232
cla es of File Properties . . 232
Creating Pile Properties . . 233
Uses of File Properties . . . . 233
SOLIDWORKS simulationXpre. . 235
Overview. . 235
Mesh . . . . . . 235
Using SOLIDWORKS simulationXpress . . 23o
soLIDwoRKs Contents

The simulationxnress Interface . . 237

Options .....
Phase 1: Fixtures
.

.
237
238
Phase2: Loads l . . . 238
Phase 3: Material . . 239
Phase 4: Run
.....
Phase 5: Results . .
.

.
239
240
Phase 6: Optimize. . 24I
Updating the Model . 242
Results, Reporls and eDrawings . 243
Exercise 25: Flange . 247
Exercise 2 Wheel l . 248
Exercise 27: Guide l l . . 25I
Exercise 2 . 255
Exercise 2 . . 256
Slide Stop . . 256
Cotter Pin . . 256
Paper Clip . . 257
Milered Sweep l . 257
Exercise 30: SimulationXprel . 258
Lesson 1:
Shelling and Ribs
Shelling and Ribs
....................................... 262
Stages in the Process .262
Selection Sets . l . 263
Analyzing and Adding Drafil . 263
Drafi Analysis
Other Options for Drafl.
..... .

.
263
264
shelling .............
Order of()peratiens
.

.
266
266
Face Sclection . 266
Rib . 268
Rib Sketch. . 268
Section View. . 270
ennve ing Edge . 272
Full Round Fillets . 274
Thin Features . . . . 275
Exercise 31- Pump Cover. . 28I
Exercise} 001 Post . 282
Exercise 3 ‘omprcssion Plate . . 285
Exercise 34: Blow Dryer . 287
Exercise 3 ngles . 290
Exercise3 rm .l . 29I
Exercise 37: Blade
...................................... 292

vii
Contents sounwosz

Lesson 8:
Editing: Repairs
Pan Editing
............................................
Stages in the Froee .
294
294
Editing Topics
.......
Information from a Model .
.

.
294
294
Finding and Repairing Problems . 295
Settings
............
What's Wrong Dialog.
.

.
295
296
Flat Tree View . . 298
Where to Begin. . 299
Sketch Issues
......
Box Selection . l
.

.
300
30|
Lasso Selection . . 30|
Cheek Sketch for Feature . 302
Rep ‘r Sketch
.......
Repairing Sketch Plane lssues .
.

.
303
308
FeatureXpert. . 312
Freezing Feature . 3 13
Exercise 38: Errors] . 315
Exercise 39' Errors2 . 316
Exercise 4 rrors3 . 3 17
Exercise 41: Adding Draft . 3I8
Lesson 9:
Editing: Design Changes
Pan Editing
............................................
Stages in the Froee .
320
320
Design Changes ... .320
Required Change . 32I
Information From a Model . 32I
Part Reviewer . . .32I
Dependencies . 324
Rebuilding Tools. . 326
Rollback to Feature. . 326
Freeze Bar. . 326
Rebuild Feedback and Interrupt . 327
Feature Suppression
General Tools
......... .

.
327
327
Deletions . . 327
Reorder . . . .328
Sketthpen . .330
Sketch Contours . . 336
Contours Available . . 336
Shared Sketches . 338
Copying Fillets . .339

viii
soLIDwoRKs Commits

Replace sketeh Entity

................................. 34()
Exercise 42: Changes . . 345 .

Exercise 43: Editing . . . . 347

Exercise 44: sketehxnert . . 348
Exercise 45: Contour sketehes . 35()
Lesson 1 0:
Configurallons
Configurations
......................................... 354
Terminology . . 354 .

Using Configurations . . . 355

Accessing the ConfigurationManager . . 355
Adding New Configurations. . 356
Defining the Configuration . 358
Changing Configurations . . . 360
Renaming and Copying Configura ns . 360
Managing Configuration Data .....
Other Methods to Create Configurations
.

.
36I
365
Derived Configurations . 365
Modify Configurations . 365
Design Table . 366
Other Uses of Configurations . . 366
Modeling Strategies for Configurations . . 367
Editing Parts that Have Configurations . . 368
Design Library
....................
Default Settings . . .
.

.
369
369
Multiple References . 37I
Dropping on Circular Faces . . 372
In the Advanced Course" . 374
Exereise 4o: Configura ons I. . 377
Exercise 47: Configurations 2. . 379
Exercise 48: Configurations 3. . 38()
Lesson 1 1 '
Global Variables and Equations
Using Global Variables and Equations . .382
Renaming Eeanrres and Dimcn ‘on .382
Dimension Name Format .382
Design Rules Using (rlobal Variables and Equation. .385
Wall Thickness
Drafi Angle .
........................ .385
.385
Rib thickness .385
Fillers . l . .385
Global Variables . . .385
Variables
Creating (.lobal
............................. 385
Contents SOLIDWORKS

Equations
.............................................
Creating an Equality. . . .
387
387 .

Using the Modify Dialog . .389

Using Operators and Functions . 392
Operator. . 392
Functions . 392
File Pmpeme . 393
Measure. . . . 393
Equation Solve ()rder . . . . 393
Dircet loput of Equations . . . 394
Editing Equations ....................
Exercise 49: Using Global Variables and Equations .
.

.
398
40I
Exercise 50: Creating an Equality . . 406
Exercise 51: Using Equations. . . . 409
Lesson 12:
Using Drawings
More About Making Drawings
Stages in the Process
............................. 412
.412
Removed Section . .413
Automatic . 413
Manual .. .413
view Alignment . .. .415
Detail views
..................
Drawing Sheets and Slreet Formats .
.

.
417
418
Adding Drawing Sheets . . 418
Model Views
Section view.
........... .

.
418
420
Annotations. . . 424
Propertie n Drawings . 424
Notes. . .. . 424
Copying views . . 425
Datum Feature Symbols . . 426
Surface Finish Symbols . . 427
Dimension Properties . . 428
Cemerlines
......
Geometric Tolerance Symbol
.

.
429
429
Dimension Text
.........
Exercise 52: Details and Sections
.

.
432
435
Exercise 53: Removed Sections . . 437
Exercise 54: Drawings
..... . 438
soLIDwoRKs Contents

Lesson 1 3:
Boflom-Up Assembly Modeling
Case Study: Universal Joint l . 44()
BonomrUp A. scmbly . . . 44()
Stages in the Ptoee, . 44()
The Assembly
.....
Creating a New Assembly”
.

.
44I
442
Position of thc First Component. . 443
FeatureManager Design Tree and Symbols . 444
Degrees of Freedom
............... . 444
Components
Component Name.
.......
.

.
444
444
State of the component . 445
Adding Components i . . . 447
lnsert Component . . . . 447
Moving and Rotating Componcnisl . . 448
Mating Components
................ . 449
Mate Types and Al gnment
........
Mating Coneentrie and Coineident. .
.

.
450
453
Width Mate. . 457
Rotating Inserted Component . 460
Using the Component Preview window A . 46l
..........
Parallel Mate
Dynamie Assembly Motion .
.

.
462
463
Displaying Part Configurationsm an As embly. . 463
The Pin
..........
Using Part Configuration in A emblies
l . . .

.
.

.
464
464
The Second Pin
......
Opening a Component
.

.
466
466
Creating Copies ofInsmnccs . 468
Component Hiding and Transparency. . 469
Component Propertie . 47I
Subassemblies
........ . 472
Smart Mates
.........
Inserting Subassemblies
.

.
473
475
Mating Subassemblies . 476
Distance Matcs l . 477
Unit System. . . . 477
Paek and Go
.....
Exercise 55: Mates l .
.

.
479
48I
Exercise 56: Gripe Grinder
................
Exercise 57: Using Hide and Show Component
.

.
483
485
Exereise 58: Part Configurations in an Assembly . 487
Exercise 59: UaJoim Changes
................ . 489

xi
Contents soLIDwoRKs

Lesson 14:
Using Assemblies
Using Assemblies
Stages in the PmeeH
....................................... 492
.492
Analyzing the Assembly . 494
Mass properties Calculations . 494
Cheeking tor lnterterenee . 495
0pen Pan ........
Cheeking for Clearanees
.

.
49x
499
Statie vs. Dynamic Interference Detection a . 500
Performanee Considerations. . 5m
Changing the Values of Dimensions . 503
Exploded Assemblies
.........
Setup for the Exploded view
.

.
504
504
Assembly Explode . . 509
Rollbaek and Reorder Explode Step . 51 I

Rollback . . . 51 I

Reorder ..
a . 51 I

Changing the Explode Direetion . 5 13

Using AuIOrSpaeing
......... . 515
Explode Line Sketeh
..........
Smart Explode Line Selection
.

.
5
517
l7

Manual Explode Line Selectionl . 518

Adjusting the Explode Lines. . 52|
Animating Exploded views . . 523
Bill of Materials
Assembly Drawings
............ .

.
524
527
Adding Balloons . 529
Editing the Exploded v w. . 529
Exercise 60: Using Collision Detection
Exercise 6
.......
inding and Repairing Interfercnees .
.

.
533
534
Exercise 6 . ‘heeking for luterferenees,
Collis ns and Clearanees
....................
Exercise 63: Exploded views and A embly Drawin
.

.
536
538
Exercise xploded views . 539
Appendix A:
Templates
Options Settings
.............
Changing the Default ()ptions .
.

.
542
542
Suggested Settings ........ . 542
Document Templates
...........
How to Create a Part Template.
.

.
542
543
Organizing Your Templates . . . . 544
Drawing Templates and Sheet Formats . . 545
Default Templates
................ . 545

xii
Introduction
Introduction soLIDwoRKs

About This The goal ofthis course is to teach you how to usc thc SOLIDWORKS
Course mechanical design automation software to build parametric models of
parts and assemblies and how to make simple drawings ofthose parts
and assemblies.
Thc SOLIDWORKS sofiwarc is such a robust and fcaturc rich
application that it is impractical to cover every minute detail and aspect
ofthe software and still have the course be a reasonable length.
Therefore, the focus ofthis course is on the fundamental skills and
concepts ccntral to the successful usc ofthe SOLIDWORKS software.
You should view the training course manual as a supplement to, not a
replacement for, the system documentation and onrlinc help. Oncc you
have developed a good foundation in basic skills, you can refer to the
online help for information on less frequently used command options.
Prerequisites Students attending this course are expected to have the following:
Mechanical design experience.
Experience with the Windows® operating system.
. Completed the online tutorials that are integrated in the
SOLIDWORKS sofiwarc. You can access thc onlinc tutorials by
clicking Help, Online Tutorial.
Course Length The recommended minimum length ofthis course is 4 days.
Course Design This course is designed around a proccssr or msksbascd approach to
Philosophy training. A pmccssrbascd training course emphasizes the pro ses and
procedures you follow to complete a particular task. By util ing case
studies to illustrate these processes, you learn the necessary commands,
options and mcnus in the comcxt ofcompleting a msk.
Using this Book This training manual is intended to be used in a classroom environment
undcr the guidance ofan cxpcricnccd SOLIDWORKS instructorl It is
not intended to be a scltLpaced tutorial. The examples and case studies
are designed to be demonstrated “live" by the instructor.
Laboratory Laboratory exercises give you the opportunity to apply and practice the
Exercises material covered during the lecture/demonstration portion ofthe
course. They are designed to represent typical design and modeling
situations while being modest enough to be completed during class
time. You should note that many students work at different paees.
Therefore, we have included more lab exercises than you can
reasonably expect to complete during the course. This ensures that even
the fastest student will not run out of exercises.
soLIDwoRKs Introduction

A Note About The drawings and dimensions given in the lab exercises are not intended
Dimensions to reflect any particular dmrting standard. In fact, sometimes dimensions
are given in a fashion that would never be eonsidered aeeepuable in
industry. The reason for this is the labs are designed to eneoumge you to
apply the ilifonnatioli eoyered in elass and to employ and reinforce
cenainteehniques in modeling. As a result, the drawings and dimensions
in the exercises are done in a way that eomplements this objective.

About the A complete set otthe various files used throughout this course can be
Training Files downloaded from the SOLIDWORKS website, www.solidworks.com.
Click on the link for Support, then Training, then Training Files, then
SOLIDWORKS Training Files. Select the link for the desired file set.
There may be more than one version ofeaeh file set available.
Direct URL:
WWW. SDldeOI‘ks Cum [tradningfllassolidwurks
The files are supplied in signed, selfiextraeting executable packages.
The files are organized by lesson number. The Case Study folder
within each lesson contains the tiles your instructor uses while
presenting the lessons. The Exercises folder contains any tiles that are
required for doing the laboratory exercises.
Training Templates A set oftraining templates are used throughout the course to
standardize the settings for the new files that are created. These
templates are also supplied in signed, selfrextracting executable
paeltages. They can be downloaded from the same website address as
the Training Files and use the same extraction location.
These templates are used for all SOLIDWORKS core courses.
To access the training templates in SOLIDWURKS:
Click Tools, Options, System Options, File Locations
Pf“!"7‘
Choose Document Templates from the drop down menu
Click Add and browse to the Training Templates folderl
Click OK and Yes on each ofthe messages.
Introduction soLIDwoRKs

Accessing Training Once the file location has been added, click the Advanced button and
Templates the Training Templates tab in the New SOLIDWORKS Document
dialog ean be used.

iimtlrmml
men
I W hmm
a

fififi
Ame-um]: manner at

”me (7341:7115 €5me rim-urns mm m

Conventions Used
EEE
This manual uses the following typographic conventions:
in this Book
Convention Meaning
Bold Sans Serif SOLIDWORKS Commands and options
appear in this style For example, Features >
Extruded Cut Ed means click the Extruded
Cut icon on the Features tab ofthe
CommandManagcr.
Typewmber Feature names and file names appear in this
style For example, Sketehh
Double lines preeede and follow seetions of
the proeedures. This provides separation
11 Do this step
between the steps ofthc procedure and large
blocks orexp1anatory text The steps
themselves are numbered in sans serifboldt

Windows The screen shots in this manual were made using the SOLIDWORKS
soflwarc running a mixture of windowsm 7 and windows 10. You may
notiee slight differences in the appearanee ofthe menus and windows.
These differences do not atteet the performance ofthe sottware.
soLIDWORKs Introduction

Use of Color The SOLIDWORKS user interface makes extensive use ofcolor to
highlight selected geometry and to provide you with visual feedback.
This greatly increases the intuitiveness and ease ofuse ofthe
SOLIDWORKSsofiwarc. To take maximum advanmgc ofthis, the
training manuals are printed in full color.
Also, in many cases, we have used
additional color in the illustrations to
communicate eoneepts, identify
features, and otherwise eonvey
important information. For example,
we might show the result of a filleting
operation with the fillets in a different it‘ll:
:ii ,iiiari.
color even though, by default, the
SOLIDWORKSsoflwarc would not display the results in that way.
Graphics and The SOLIDWORKS sofiwarc sets a new
Graphics Cards standard with bestrinrclass graphics. The
combination ofa highly reflective
material and the realism of RealView
Graphic an effective tool for
‘s
evaluating the quality ofadvaneed pan
models and surfaces.
’
w Graphics hardware
is
card) support of advanced
shading in real time. For example, ifyou
route a part, it retains its rendered appearance throughout the rotation.
Color Schemes Out ofthe box, the SOLIDWORKS sofiware provides several
predefined color schemes that control, among other things, the colors
used for highlighted items, selected items, sketeh relation symbols, and
shaded previews of features
We have not used the same color scheme for every case study and
exercise because some colors are more visible and clear than others
when used with different colored parts.
In addition, we have changed the viewport background to plain white
so that the illustrations reproduce better on white paper.
As a result, because the color settings on your computer may be
different than the ones used by the authors of this book, the images you
see on your screen may not exactly match those in the book.
User Interface Throughout the development ofthe software, there have been some
Appearance cosmetic User Interface changes, intended to improve visibility, that do
not affect the function of the software. As a policy, dialog images in the
manuals which exhibit no functional change from the previous version
are not replaced. As such, you may see a mixture ofcurrent and “old"
UI dialogs and color schemes.
Introduction soLIDwoRKs

More MySeh'dWerkseom enables you to be more produetiveby eonneeting

SOLIDWORKS you with relevant SOLIDWORKS content and serviees , anytime,
Training anywhere, on any deviee.
Resources Plus, with MySolidWorks Training you ean enhance your
SOLIDWORKSskills on your own schedule, at your own paee.
Just go to my.SofidWorkSfiDmZtI’aigjggt
Local User Groups Diseover the benefits otthe SOLIDWORKS User Group Network
(SWUGN) Attend loeal meetings to hear teehnieal pmscnmtions on
SOLIDWORKSand related engineering topies, learn about additional

mg
SOLIDWORKS produets, and network with other users Groups are
led by SOLIDWORKS users just like your Check out for
more information, ineluding how to find a group in your area.
 Lesson 1
SOLIDWORKS Basics and the
User Interface

Upon successful complcnon ohms lesson, you w|ll be able m:

I Dcscnbc xhc kcy charamcrisucs of a featurerbascd, paramcmc solid
modeler.
I Disungulsh bctwccn skcmhcd and applied fcarurcss
- [donufy mo principal componcms ofmc SOLIDWORKS uscr
mmfacc
- Explam how dm‘crcm dimensioning mmhodologics convey
dm‘crcm design :mcms.
Lzsson 1 soLIDwoRKs
SOLIDWDRKS Basics and the User Inleflau

What is the SOLIDWORKSmechanical design automation software is a [mime

SOLIDWORKS bated, pammclric solid modeling design tool which takes advantage of
Software? the easy to learn windows graphical user interface. You can create nil/y
ussncialivc 3D solid models with or without constraint: while utilizing
automatic or user defined relations to capture design imam.
The italicized terms in the previous paragraph mean:
Feature-based
Just as an assembly is made up of a number of individual piece pans, a
SOLIDWORKS model is also made up ofindividual constituent
elements. These elements are called features.
When you create a model using the SOLIDWORKS software, you
work with intelligent, easy to understand geometric features such as
bosses, cuts, holcs, ribs, tlllets, chamfers, and drafts. As the features are
created they are applied directly to the work piece.
Features can be classified as either sketched or applied.

. Sketehcd Features: Based upon a 2D sketch. Generally that sketch

is transformed into a solid by extrusion, romtion, sweeping or
lotting.

. Applied Features: Created directly on the solid model. Fillets and

chamfers are examples ofthis type offeaturc.
The SOLIDWORKS soflware graphically shows you the fcamrcrbased
structure of your model in a special window called the
FeatureManager® design tree. The FeatureManagerdesign trce not only
shows you the sequence in which the features were created, it gives you
easy access to all the underlying associated information. You will learn
more about the FcamrcManagcr design tree throughout this course.
To illustrate the concept offeaturer
based modeling, consider the part
’
H\/’\\
8

V \
shown at the right.

Q/
/M
This part can be visualized as a
collection of several different
features a some ofwhich add A
material, like the cylindrical boss,
/, \
//
and some which remove material,

/\fl
like the blind hole.

\
K
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 1
sounworms Baslcs and are user lmorvsoo

lfwc wcro to map thc individual fcaturos to thoir corresponding listing

in tho FcaturoManagcrdcsign troo, it would look liko this:

:matmaglgv
flag-mm I! a 93v?

I Parametric
The dimensions and relations used in cream a feature are captured and
storod in tho modol. This not only cnahlos you to oapturc your design
intong it also onablos you to quickly and oasily makc ohangos to tho
models

. Driving Dirnonsions: Thosc arc thc dimonsions uscd whon croating

a foaturc. Thoy includc thc dimonsions assooiatod with tho skotch
goomotry, as wcll as thoso assooiatod with tho foaturo itsolf A
simplo cxarnplc ofthis would be a foaturo like a oylindrioal boss.
Tho diamotor of tho boss is oontrollod by thc diamctor ofthc
skctohod oirclo. Tho hoight of tho loos, s oontrollod by thc depth to
which that circle was oxtmdod whon thc foaturo was madc.

. Rolations: Thoso inoludo such information as parallolism, tangoncy,

and oonocntrioity. l-listorically, this typo of information has bocn
oomrnunioatod on drawings via foamrc conuol symbols By
oapturing this in tho skctoh, SOLIDWORKS onablos you to fully
oapturo your dosign intont up front, in thc modol.
I Solid Modeling
A solid modol is tho most oomplcto type of goomotric modol usod in
CAD systcms. lt oontains all thc wire framc and surfaoc geomcu'y
nooossary to fully describe tho odgos and facos oftho modol. In addition
to tho goomotrio information, it has tho information oallod topology that
rolatcs tho geomcu'y together An example of topology would be whioh
faocs (surfaces) moct at which odgo (Curve) This intolligonoc makos
oporations such a rilloting as oasy as selecting an odgo and spocifying a
radius.
Lesson 1 soLIDwoRKs
SOLIDWDRKS Basics and the User lnleflau

Fully Assoc' tive

A SOLIDWORKS model is fully associative to the drawings and
assemblies that reference it. Changes to the model are automatically
reflected in the associated drawings and assemblies. Likewise, you ean
make changes in the context of the drawing or assembly and know that
those changes will be reflected back in the model.
Constraints
Geometric relationships such as parallel, perpendicular, horizontal,
vertical, concentric, and coincident are just some of the constraints
supported in SOLIDWORKS. In addition, equations can be used to
esmblish mathematical relationships among parameters. By using
constraints and equations, you can guarantee that design concepts such
as through holes or equal radii are captured and maintained.
Design Intent
The final italicized term is design intent. This subject is worthy ofits
own section, as follows.
Design Intent In order to use a parametric modeler like SOLIDWORKS efficiently,
you must consider the design intent before modeling. Design intent is
your plan as to how the model should behave when changed. The
way in which the model is created governs how it will be changed.
Several factors contribute to how you capture dcs g intent:
Automatic (sketch) Relations
Based on how geometry is sketched, these relations can provide
common geometric relationships between objects such as parallel,
perpendicular, horizontal, and vertical.
Equations
Used to relate dimensions algebraically, they provide an external way
to force changes.
Added Relations
Added to the model as it is created, relations provide another way to
connect related geometry. Some common relations are coneentrie,
tangent, coincident, and collinear.
Dimensioning
Consider your design intent when applying dimensions to a sketch.
What are the dimen ons that should drive the design? What values are
known? which are important for the production of the moderl The way
dimensions are applied to the model will determine how the geometry
will change if modifications are made.
Consider the design intent in the following examples.

to
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 1
sounwowxs Baslcs and the user Interfere

Examples at The design intent of eaeh sketeh below is slightly different. How will
Design Intent the geometry he aFfected ifthe overall plate width, 100mm, is
changed?
A sketch dimensiened like this will keep {3
the holes 20mm fmm each end regardless
of the width of the plate.
G)

Baseline dimensions like this will keep the

holes positioned relative to the lefi edge of
the plate. The positions of the holes are not
*tm—
aFfeeted by ehanges in the overall width of
the plate.
. Q Q

Dimensioning from the edge and from . in, .

eenter to eenter will mainmin the distanee
between the hole eenters and allow it to he
ehanged that way. . Q Q
How Features Design intent is allfeeted by more than just
Affect Design how a sketeh is dimensioned. The ehoiee of
Intent features and the modeling methodology are
also imponant. For example, eonsider the
ease ofa simple stepped shafi as shown at
the right. There are several ways a part like
this eould be built and eaeh way ereates a
part that is geometrieally identieal.
The “Layer Cake" The layer eake approaeh builds the part one pieee at atime, adding eaeh
Approach layer, or feature, onto the previous one, like this:

0%&&%
changing the thiekness of one layer has a ripple effeet ehanging the
position ofall the other layers that were ereated aher it.

11
Lesson 1 soLIDwoRKs
sounwcms Basins and the User Inleflau

The “Potter‘s The poner's wheel approach builds the part as

Wheel" Approach a single, revolved feature. A single sketeh
representing the eross seetion includes all the
information and dimens ns neeessary to make
the part as one feature. While this approaeh
may seem very effieient, having all the design
information cunmined within a single feature
limits flexibility and can make ehanges awkward.

eeee
The Manufacturing The manufaeturing approach to modeling mimies the way the part
Approach would be manufactured. For example, ifthis stepped shafi was turned
on a lathe, you would start with a pieee ofbar stoek and remove
material using a series ofcuts.

There is not really a right or wrong answer when trying to determine

whieh approaeh to use. SOLIDWORKS allows for great flexibility and
making ehanges to models is relatively easy. But creating models with
design intent in mind will result in well built documents that are easily
able and well s d for reuse, making your job easier.

File References SOLIDWORKS Creates files that are compuund documenm that
cunmin elements from other files. File referenees are ereated by lin ing
files rather than duplieating informati n in multiple files.
Referenced files do not have to be stored with the document that
references them. In most practieal applications, the refereneed
doeuments are stored in multiple loeations on the eomputer or network.
SOLIDWORKS provides several tools to determine the references that
exist and their location.
Object Linking and In the Windows on ronment, information sharing between files ean be
Embedding (OLE) handled either by linking or embedding the information.
The main differences between linked objects and embedded objects are
where the data is stored and how you update the data afier you plaee it
in the destination filc.

12
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 1
saunworzns Baslcs and me use: Imerlace

Linked Objects Whon an ohjoot is linkod, information is updatod only iftho source mo
is moditiod. Linkod data is storod in tho souroo mo. Tho dostination tilo
storos only tho looation of tho soumc filo (on oxtomal roforonoo), and it
displays a roprosontation oftho linkod data.
Linking i. also useful when you want in include information that is
mainminod indopondontly, such as data oollootod by a difforont
department.
Embedded Objects Whon you ombod an ohjoot, information in tho dostination filo doesn't
change ifyou modify tho source filo. Emboddod objects hooomo part of
tho dostination file and, onoo insonod, aro no longer pan oftho souroo
filc.
File Relerence Tho many difforont types of oxtornal roforonoos oroatod by
Example SOLIDWORKS aro shown in tho following graphic Somo oftho
roforonoos can bc linkod or embedded.

Splfl Pan Derived Pan Minor Pan

m
Library Feature
§
lnson Pan

1:
Lesson 1 soLIDwoRKs
souuwoms Basics and [he User lnleflaoe

Opening Files SOLIDWORKS is a RAMrrcsidcnt CAD system. Whenever a file is

opened, it is copied from its storage loeation to the Computer's Random
Aeeess Memory or RAM. All changes to the file are made to the eopy
in RAM and only written hack to the original files during a Save
operation.

Open

Fixed Disk ‘

Save
Computer Memory To better understand where files are stored and which copy of the file
we are working on, it is impomnt to differentiate between the two main
types of computer memory.
Random Access Random Aeeess Memory (RAM) is the volatile memory ofthe
Memory computer. This memory only stores information when the computer is
operating. When the compuicr is turned off, any information in RAM is
lost.
Fixed Memory Fixed memory is all the nonvolatile memory. This ineludes eomputer
hard drives, flash drives and (JD/DVD drives. Fixed memory holds its
information even when the eomputer is not running.

14
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 1
sounwowxs Baslcs and me use! menace

The The SOLIDWORKS uscr inmrfzcc is a native Winduws interface, and

SOLIDWORKS as such ochsves in the same manner its mhcr Windows applications.
User Interface Somc ofthc more impomm aspects ofthc inwrfacc an: identified
below.

W
mums
.iMWMMomn.Hawaii.
Ew/‘u 4..elv-em-w
“n.
"Menuaai ummniogE Menusarpulldwms
A
:1.

Q
, m‘llfli I 0. i

design nee

:22“
.m
207mm 00‘
J
-
tw—w 5 ~
Graphics Area
Task Pane

Status Ba!
Document Window
’
.t . w

Welcome Dialog The Welcome dialog box opens with SOLIDWORKS to pmvidc
Box convenient ways to Create new documents, open existing documcnts,
and access SOLIDWORKS rcsuurccs and ncws.

W «swam-ix w x

g -
..wn gm“, va-M m

1s
Lesson 1 soLIDwoRKs
SOLIDWDRKS Basins and the User lnleflace

Note This dialog box can also be set to Do not show on startup.
Pull-down Menus The Pullrdown menus provide aeeess to many ofthe commands that
the SOLIDWORKSsofiware oFfers. Float over the right facing arrow
to aeeess the menus. Click the pushpin to keep the menus open.

KSsour-iwosrsri D-B'Evfl- 'm.E@'m age..nrmaa,raimq.aV_mnx

_
fissures/om fill-(flwulmmuuhwmhn tiD~D~fi~g~ VfifrraVJEDx

K!
my,

When a menu item has a rightrpointing an Wm

arrow like this: it o Mai-m».
means that there is a subrmenu assoeiated “WWW
“-7 yum-win
.
with
.
that eholee.
U raga
_
When a menu item is followed by ellipses [fl Main-sum“
like this: it means a W..MM...
that the option opens a dialog box with 0 “MM”
additional ehoiees or information. ‘ii W“
Wins.
I mafia»:
mama

Custom ng When the Customize Menu item is elected, each g 5.4:" (at!
Pulldown Menus item appears with a eheek box. Clearing the cheek Smut-1am '
box removes the associated item from the menu. haul-r '
MD“! >

llyMs-nflClr-u-s r

tffi/rw r

lull-t
W
r
s
9 them" r

a 3:: mien. in

Using the The CommandManager is a set ofieons divided into tabs that are
Command geared towards specific tasks. For example, the part Version has several
tabs to aeeess eommands related to features, sketehes, and so on.
Manage,
I: e /~®~/v~::l m '
z E
‘wmmmwvah “o'er: V‘ '
egg-mm
9 9
mmwwmwmm
. V
. ~ ~ V
. V
V

,WM.“
3
fl laud a 5 a min-mm e
m
SEGA-1"“ ‘- U
run,“ C mum/m mm
( wlnn mm
(
M:
Imkdml m... D
fill
"in... a minis Dim sate...“ (unu
an..."
e remain-arm. a ram-no.
)
. 5...: m m... . EU

mama‘mwmmhmm
V

Note The CommandManager ean be displayed with or without text on the

buttons. These images show the Use Large Buttons with Text option.

15
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 1
sounworms Basics and me user Imeflace

Adding and The dcfault settings display multiple

Removing CommandManager tabs for a pan file. E M,“
M
CommandManager Others can be added or removed by sun-us

Tabs rightrc ng on any tab and elieking or

clearing the mb by name.
m:
M;
There are different sets of tabs for part, Eat-m
. , no no
assembly and drawmg tiles.
M“
mm
MM
minimums no...
minimum an
her—Wm."
mug. mm"...
“Manama...
FeatureManager The FcaturcManager design FeatureManager Design Tree
Design Tree tree is a unique part of the Fmpecrgrctfi'aflfaagmflna
9 g er
SOLIDWORKSsoflwarc DimXpenManager
that visually displays all the DisplayManager
features in a pan or
assembly. As features are
ereated they are added to the
Featurelvlanager design tree.
V
‘ ”W" “WW-MW \— Hm
As a result, the aM SE12),
FcammManagcr design use . Pane
represents the ehronologieal [a M
sequenee of modeling Hm
./
fig
M
operations. The 0 mm snow
FM
Feamrelvlanager design tree b 1‘3sz 1
also allows aeeess to the
3(a ,m
editing or the features raw
(objeets) that it eontains. . fins“
r gym...
:9 mm
o rllns
r
flow...»

17
Lzsson 1 soLIDwoRKs
SOLIDWDRKS Basins and the User lnleflau

Show and Hide Many FeatureManager items (icons and folders) are hidden by default.
FeatureManager In the image above, only the History, Sensors and Annotations
Items folders are shown.
Click Tools, Options, System Options, and FeatureManager to
control their vi, ity using one ofthe three settings explained below.
na.imnwenn.ni
‘Mtnmmz V
mum, new V

aluminum ”mm V
5mm gm V

minnow lmw V
“with“, W V

mommies lmnnt V Low We V

{Suflazakndlu hut-mun « EMueanm: Alum-ml: V

W
mm
W
Fin-me: mama-i: v anthem.» V

m
5, mm, 5, new,
43 tomwmi
[m it mm
mm
W
”mm V
Emma‘“ V

I Automatic , Hide the item when it is empty.

I Hide , Hide the item at all time.
I Show , Show the item at all times

Hp The CommandManager or PropcnyManager can be dragged and

doeked on the top, side or outside ofthc SOLIDWORKSwindow or to
a different monitore

18
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 1

saunwouus Baslcs and the User Imeflace

PropenyManager Many SOLIDWORKScommands are executed through the

PropertyManager. The PropcnyManager occupies the same screen
position as the FcamrcManagcr design tree and replaces it when it is in
use.
The top row buttons contain the 0K
standard 0K and Cancel buttons. //—Cznoel

'w
Below the top row of buttons are a)
one or more Group Boxes that
conmin related options. They can
be opened (expanded) or closed Open and film—>A
(collapsed) and in many cases Close mm mg D Q
made active or inactive.
Group Box—p mus-a A

Open and active 0

l7 Smukmnmmlv
l7 “human-luau!
t
ruiam
M... m...

m
u ”lumrw
re: rm
MK .
s

LI
3 um i...“ nun

Group Box—>
Closed and Inacllve
Wm v

Full Path Name The full pmh name oflhc document can b:
seen as a tool tip when floating the cursor over _

the file name. fiim‘w'aronmu

Ina‘tlvvenh-laliwrfllxm
Stuuyvnn mun that

Selection Selection Breadcrumbs show the © \\

. . ‘ . 0mm...-
W l—l

Breadcrumbs hierarchy of objects based on a seleeted

piece of geometry. For example, selecting o .3;
a face can lead to a series of objects
including the feature, sold body, component, subasscmbly, and finally
to the top level assembly.
It also leads to the sketch ofthe feature and the mates attached to that
component.
These visual objects can also be used tor access. Rightaclicking on the
boss feature offers several editing tools including Edit Feature and
Hide.

Note These objects and tools will be discussed in later lessons.

19
Lesson 1 soLIDwoRKs
sounwoms Basics and me User lnleflaoe

Task Pane The Task Pane window eonmins SOLIDWORKS Resources E},
Design Library E, I,
File Explorer 1g, View Palette
Appearances, Scenes, and Decals m, Custom Properties El, and
lb: SOLIDWORKS Forum i5
options. The window appears on the
right by default but it can he moved and res‘ ed. n can be upcncd/
closed, lacked or moved from its default position on lhc right side of
1hr: inwrfacc.

@
3
ewummmsoumnxs &
a
©
>
'GVbfl'i
.mlmmghmm
.Dalgnubvay
6
m
W-ill
0pm.;
Dmmmmm
E
i
>

mmwmv-a: A
D v flsouvwoflxszsmum
E mummy”
;
I
Ow
‘
‘hop-«w'abhwlv
gwuwwm II v Diamo-
>
Doug»,
Blew/502
2 mpg-Murmur“
‘idudkrumNcmluddv
m,..~.m-J.m-r,
rude
YE gummmmmmum , mm,“ E .m mm‘m‘m
m: Icomwmmm ‘5
v

’
Dlmm
Elm“ a
fin,” ammm >
mama
swam“ ,bmm
, mm,“
Tam-u. 7A >
Bum-m
‘ ran
03mm“ new” *
Dlmm“ l W 9hr
>
Eugen"
wm. am“ Elm”)
I
>

wwmfinus A
,bmu
>
DLmnIA
.—
mewmsmu >
7 toolbox ‘lop ‘Kkk
)
039mm“
0 o
ADDDWI Enamel \
Dug"
W...“
—
m ‘Eouom
I
§ ‘
Devan
mm
Drmgn
W...”
«mm 0
mm

’3
20
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 1
summons Basics and the user menace

'
Ope gLabs with You can open parts and assemblies
le Explorer rcquircd for lab exercises using thc File A
i ”WHEY-mark ‘

Explorcr. .'
2mm“
Open the Task Pane. ‘
§§TJZIM
Click File Explorer EL camommsii
- Expand the Essentials folder uscd totfif-“z’fwfl
for the elass files. it should be found
under the SOLIDWORKS Training
E .s3 WWW“ a
Duqnlnmllslwll
""""“"
Files folder.
. :3:
‘

Expand the lesson folder g

(LessonOl for example) followed s iii mm
by either the Case Study or '
i ““5
Exercises folder. E :7:

.
>

Doublcsclick a part or assembly file a mm:

to open it.
>
E :2:

Heads-up View
Toolbar
The Heads-up View toolbar is a
transparent toolbar that contains
9 Dr oz 3] a gs m flag. ;. .

many common view manipulation rum-

commands. Many ofthe ieons

(such as the Hidelshow Items
icon shown) are Flyoul Tool
buttons that contain other options.
These flyouts contain a small
down arrow 9? to access the other
tywtrflfl

commands

Unseleclable Icons At times you will notice eominands, icons, and menu options that are
grayed out and unseleetable. This is because you may not be working in
the proper environment to aeeess those options. For example, ifyou are
working in a sketeh (Edit Sketch mode), you have full aeeess to all the
sketch tools. However, you cannot select the icons such as fillet or
ehainrer on the Features tab ofthe CommandManager. This dcsign
helps the inexperienced user by limiting the choices to only those that
are appropriate.
To Preselecl or Not? As a rule, the SOLIDWORKSsoflwarc docs not rcquirc you to
preseleet objeets before opening a menu or dialog box. For example, if
you want to add some fillets to the edges ofyour model, you have
complete freedom 7 you ean select the edges first and then click the
Fillet tool or you ean click the Fillet tool and then select the edges. The
choice is yours.

21
Lesson 1 soLIDwoRKs
SOLIDWDRKS Basins and the User Inleflau

Mouse Buttons The lefi, right and middle mouse buttons have distinct meanings in
SOLIDWORKS.
Left
Select obj eets such as geometry, menus buttons, and objects in the
FeatureMimager design tree.
Right
Activates a context sensitive shortcut menu. The contents of the menu
differ depending on what object the cursor is over. These menus also
represent shoneuts to frequently used commands.
Shortcut Menu At the top ofthe Shortcut Menu IS the
Context Toolbar. It contains some at the most
commonly used eommands in teon form.
. .
ti
Q "r .9
1. fl
‘L
..
,
O O
,
Below it is the pulldown menu. It contains
“"3 _

other commands that are available in the

context ofthe selection, in this example a face.
WM
New...“
,
.
in
g ctr-WNW
Note The Context toolbar will also become available as you make selections
with the lett mouse button. it provides quick access to common
commands.
Middle
Dynamieally rotates, pans or zooms a part or assembly. Pans a drawing.

lml
Keyboard Some menu items indicate a keyboard shortcut like this:
Shortcuts
SOLIDWORKSconforms to smndai'd Windows Conventions for such
shortcuts as Ctrl+0 for File, Open; Ctrl+S for File, Save; Ctrl+Z for
Edit, Undo and so on. In addition, you can Customize SOLIDWORKS
by creating your own shortcuts.

22
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 1
SOLIDWORKS Basics and are user menace

Multiple Monitor SOLIDWORKS can take advantage of multiple monitor displays to

Displays span monitors and to move document windows or menus to a different
monitor.
Spanning Monitors Click Span Displays EEI on the top bar ofthc SOLIDWORKSwindow
to stretch the display across both monitors.

Fitting to 3 Monitor Click either Click to Tile Left Z or Click to T' Right IE on the top bar
of a document to fit it to the lefl or right monitor.

System Feedback Feedbzek is provided by a symbol attached to the

R Vertex
cursor arrow indicating what you are selecting or
what the system is expecting you to select. As the
.
cursor floats across the model, feedback will come in
hI Edg“
the form of symbols, riding next to the cursor. The
illustration at the right shows some of the symbols:
vertex, edge, face and dimension.
b. Fm
D0 Dimension

23
Lesson 1 soLIDwoRKs
sounwonxs aasies and the User Imflaoe

Options Locamd an the Tools menu, the Optlons dialog bax enables you to
customize the SOLIDWORKS soflware '0 reflect such things as ypur
company's dmfiing standards as well as your individual preferences
and work envimnment.

Tlp Use the Search bar in the upper right of the Options dialog box to find
system opnpns and document properties. Type the label of the check
box, radio buttun, or pther opnpn to louate the page where the pption
resides.

”M W, a in". em... Q
—a..a.
w»,
WWW:
An-
methammmeum
hemmed.
f manta-a
MN"
[El
v
mun
Sula:
Museum-thin
”We
can" Quwmuumnrm durum m,
1e,.n.namm.mm 7
94th mm twp. mu
inn—en. 7 puntnnmm..."
W
m"
V IMN- mun-Im-
Emma-mm...
(an:
mam
nun... “dummies-mania.”
[ mmwnfimmnemwnu
mm“;
Mull-null!
prvsndsnu—nm-wum‘
mmsummm
new“...
\E’ m
flux-m
"fl'w
5v":- ham-It mumm- an
r.
Mm-
mm.m....,_w..mm
N'mnmilwmuulukm
V

.
Im-
Mew—mp...
immmv—mm-«m
a. sua- v

Win-.—
5-“
Cal-bum
hum
mm human—Wm»...
1““
am nslpmnsumwlr:
, "mmntmthmapsnm
piuuum hum Wuhan: minimum (mums

24
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 1
SOLIDWORKS Basics and the user Imertaee

Custom' You have several levels ofcustomization. They are:

System options
The options grouped under the heading System Options are saved on
your system and affect every document you open in your
SOLIDWORKS session. System settings allow you to eontrol and
customize your work environment. For example, you might like
working with eolored viewport background. I don 't. since this is a
system setting, parts or assembles opened on your system would have
a eolored viewport. The same tiles opened on my system would not.
Document properties
These settings are applied to the individual doeument. For example,
units, dratting standards, and material properties (density) are all
doeument settings. They are saved with the document and do not
change, regardless of whose system the doeument is opened on.
For more information about the options settings that are used in this
course, refer to Options Selling: on page 542 in the Appendix.
Document templates
Document templates are predefined documents that were set up with
certain specific settings. For example, you might want two ditt‘erent
templates for pans. One with English settings such as ANSI dratting
standards and inch units, and one with metric settings such as
millimeters units and ISO drafiing standards. You ean set up as many
different document templates as you need They ean be organized into
different folders for easy aeeess when opening new doeuments. You
can ereate document templates for parts, assemblies, and drawings.
For more demiled instructions on how to create document templates,
refer to Document Templates on page 542 in the Appendix
Object
Many times the properties ofan individual object can be changed or
edited. For example, you ean ehange the default display ofa dimension
to suppress one or both extension lines, or you can ehange the eolor ofa
feature.

25
Lzsson 1 soLIDwoRKs
souuwmms Basins and me User lnleflau

Search The Search opiion can be used to find information from

SOLIDWORKS Help, Commands, Files and Models on your sysicm
by searching for any pan ofthc namc (requires Windows Deskmp
Search engine), or MySolidWorks information. Search using this
pmeedure:
- Choose which type of Search you would a) ”mm“ M,
llkc to do. command;
I Type a name or pamal name mm the
. A

B W W Mode“
Search box and click the E Mysmwm
Search icon p. m Knewiedqe Base
‘ “mm” “mm
- For my.so]idworks.com searches,
click MySolidWorks and one or mom
.
‘3 its; e a (is
sub 0 1"nons.
a new"; m
a: mm M
in mm

25
 Lesson 2
Introduction to Sketching

Upon successful completion ofthis lesson, you wtll be able to:

Create a new pan.
Insert a new sketch.
Add sketch geometry.
Establish sketch relations between pieces of geometry.
Understand the state ot‘the sketch.
Extrude the sketch into a soltd.

27
Lesson 2 soLIDwoRKs
Immductlon to Sketching

2D Sketching This lesson inuoduees ZD sketehing, the basis of modeling in

SOLIDWORKS.

Sketches are used for all sketched features in SOLIDWORKS

including:
I Exu'usions I Revolves
I Sweeps I Lofis

03
The illusmm'on below shows how a given sketeh can form the basis of
several different types of features.

Exlrnde Revolve Sweep Loft

In this lesson, only exu'uded features will be covered. The others will
be covered in detail in later lessons or eeurses.

Stages in the Every sketeh has several characteristics that contribute to its shape, size
Process and orientation.
New part
New parts can be Created in inch, millimeter or other units. Parts are
used to create and hold the solid model.
Sketches
sketehes are eolleetions onD geometry that are used to ereste solid
features.
Sketch geometry
Types or2D geometry sueh as lines, eireles and reemngles that make up
the sketch.
Sketch relations
Geometric relationships such as horizonml and vertieal are applied to
the sketch geometry. The relations restrict the movement of the entities.

28
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 2
lntnadumon to Sketatnng

Slale of the sketch

Each sketeh has a status that determines whether it is ready tct be used
or not. The state can be fully, under or over defined.
Skeleh tools
Tools can be used to modify the sketch geometry that has been created.
This ofien involves trimming or extending entities.
Exlruding the sketch
Extruding uses the 2D sketch to create a 3D solid feature.
Proeed u re The process in this lesson includes sketching and exn'usions. To begin
with, a new part file is created.
Introducing: The New tool creates a new SOLIDWORKSdocument from a
New Part selection of part assembly or drawing templates. There are several
training templates in addition to the default ones.

Where In Find It - Menu Bar: New D

I Menu: File, New
I Keyboard Shoneut: Ctrl+N

New part.
Cliek New B and click the Partjlm template from the Training
Templates mb on the New SOLIDWORKS Document dialog box, and
click OK.

WI
~uu
n..._r_.t..a

was.» Min-my, , u.

[m war. game 0mm minim

The part is created with the settings ofthe template including the units.
This part template uses millimeters as the units. Yeu can create and
save any number of different templates, all with difl‘erent settings.
Lesson 2 soLIDwoRKs
Immflucflonlo Sketchlllg

Saving Files Saving mes wriies [hc filc informatiun in RAM lo a locatiun on a fixed
disk. SOLIDWORKS provides daree uplions for saving files. Eaeli has
a different ei=reei on file referenees.
Save Copy die file in RAM '0 use fixed disk, leaving die eopy in RAM open.
lmris me is being referenced by any open SOLIDWORKS files, daere
are no elianges to die referenee.

Where In Find It - Menu Bar- Save E

I Mcnu: lle, Save
I Keyboard Shomui: Ctrl+S
Save As Copy die file in RAM to are fixed disk under a new name or file type,
replaeing ilre file in RAM with use new file. use old file in RAM is
closed without saving. lfthis file is being referenced by any open
SOLIDWORKS files, you should update die referenees [0 this new file.
Save As Copy to Copy die file in RAM to ilre fixed disk under a new name or file type,
Disk leaving ilre original in RAM open. Innis file is being refereneed by any
open SOLIDWORKS files, you Shauldnai updaie die referenees to this
new file.
Save As Copy and Copy die file in RAM to are fixed disk under a new name or file type,
Open leaving both me Cupy and die original open.

2 F nga part.
Click Save and file the pan under the name Plate. The extension,
".sldprt, is added automatically. Click Save.

an
ems—uni
a me.
IA in“.
m...-
-I imam
in..-

or...
“drum-I'm».
w-(wflw
. mar-«.-
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 2
introduction Io Sketching

What are We The first feature ofa part will be created in this section. That initial
Goin to feature is just the first ofrnany features needed to complete the part.
Sketc ‘.7

Sketching Skcwhing is the act of creating a ZD profile comprised of wirefranie

‘
gcumctry. Typical geometry types are lines arcs circles and r:
Skcwhingis dynamic with feedback from the cursor to make it ea er
Default Planes To create a sketch, you must choose a plane on which to sketch. The
system provides three initial planes by default. 1hey are Front Plane,
Top Plane, and Right Plane.
Introducing: Sketch When creating a new sketch, the Sketch tool opens the sketcher on the
currently selected plane or planar face. You also use the Sketch tool to
edit an existing sketch.
lfyou have not preselected a face or plane before activating the Sketch
tool, the cursor b,,- appears indicau'ng that you should select a face or
plane.
Where to Find It I Cummznsznagcr: Sketch > Skelch C
I Mcnu: Insert, Sketch
. Shortcut Menu: Rightrclick a plane or planar face and click
Sketch C

31
Lesson 2 soLIDwoRKs
hmduetion to Sketching

Open a new sketch.

Cliek C. This will show all
three default planes for
Selection in a Trimetr’ie
orientation. A Tl’imetir'ic
orientation is a pietorial view
that is oriented so the three
mutually perpendieular planes
appear unequally
foreshortened.
From the sereen, ehoose the
Front plane. The plane will highlight and rotate.
Note The Reference Triad (lowcr lcfl comcr) shows the orientation of r
the model eoordinate axcs (redeX, grecnrY and blueeZ) at all X

times. It can hclp show how the view orientation has hcen
changed relative to the Front Plane.
4 Sketch active. “on. "an.
The selected Front Plane
rotates so it is parallel to the
screen.
I.
The L symbol represents
the skctch or It is
displayed in the eolor red,
indicating that it is active.

Introducing: When many SOLIDWORKScommands are aetive, a symbol or a set of

Confirmation Corner symbols appears in the upper right eorner of the graphics area. This
area is called the Confirmation Corner.
Sketch Indicator When a sketch is activc, or opcn, the Confirmation Corner
displays two symbols. Onc looks like a sketeh. The other is a
red x. Thcse symbols provide a visual reminder that you are
acn'vc In a sketch. Clicking the sketch symbol exits the sketch and saves
any changes. Clicking the red x exits the sketeh and diseards any
changcs.
When other eommands are aetive, the confirmation eorner
displays a ehcck mark and an x. The cheek mark exccutes the
.,
eurrent eommand. The x eaneels the eommand.
Prcss the in key to move the eonfirmation eorner to the pointer
loeation.

32
SOLIDWORKS Lessan 2
Introducllan to Sketchlng

Sketch Entities SOLIDWORKS offers a rich variety ot‘sketeh tools for creating profilc
geometry. In this lesson, only one of the most basic shapes Will be used:
Lines.
Sketch Geometry The following chart lists some ofthe sketch entities that are available:

/
Sketch Entity Button Geometry Example
Linc
/’

O
Circle

Perimeter Circle

Centerpoint Are
QDUOOQ

Tangent Are

3 Polm Arc

Ellipse

Panlal Ellipse m

Parabola

Spline

Straight Slot

Centerpoint
Straight Slot $%@@

3 PointAre slot

Centerpoint Arc
Slm
Polygon G

33
Lesson 2 soLIDwoRKs
Intmfluctlon to Sketchlng

Sketch Entity Button Geometry Exxmple

Corner Rectangle E?

Center Rectangle E1
(Construction
geometry can be
added to any type)
3 Point Comer
Rectangle

3 Point Center
Rectangle

Parallelogram

Point

Center] ine

Basic Sketching The best way to begin sketching is by using the most fundamental
shape, the Line.
The Mechanics of To sketch geometry, there are two techniques that can be used:
Sketching I Click-Click
Position the cursor where you want the line to stan, Click (press
and release) the left mouse button. Move the cursor to where you
want the line to end. A preview ofthe sketch entity will follow the
cursor like a rubber band, Cliek the lefi mouse button a second
time, Additional elieks create a series ofeonneeted lines.
I Click-Drag
Position the cursor where you want the line to stan, Press and hold
the left mouse button. Drag the cursor to where you want the sketch
entity to end. A preview ot‘the sketch entity will follow the cursor
like a rubber band. Release the lefi mouse button.
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 2
lntrodiietion Io Sketching

Introducing: The Line tool creates singlc line segments in a skctch. Horizontal and
Insert Line vertical lines can be ercated while sketching by watching for the
feedbaek symbols on the eursor.

Where to Find It -
I
CommandManager: Sketch > Line
Menu: Tools, Sketch En ' ies, Line /
-
/
Shortcut Menu: Rightrcliek in the graphics area and click
Sketch Entities, Line
Introducing: Sketch Sketch Relations are used to foree a behavior on a sketch element
Relations thereby capturing dcsign intent. They will be diseussed in dctail in
Skeich Relaliarm on page 42.

sketch 3 line.
Click Line /‘ and skcteh a horizontal line from the origin. The I
symbol appears at the cursor, indicating that a Horizontal relation will
be automatically addcd to the line. The number indieates the lcngth of
the line. Click again to end the linc.

>

Important! Do not be too eoncerncd with making the line the exaet lcngth.
,
SOLIDWORKSsofiware is dimension driven the dimensions control
the size ofthc geomeuy, not the othcr way around. Make the sketch
approximately thc right size and shape and then use dimensions to
make it exact.
Line at angle.
Starting at the end ofthe first line,
sketeh a line at an anglc.

Note The pencil icon at the eursor will be omitted for clarity.

35
Lesson 2 soLIDwoRKs
introduction to Sketchlng

Inference Lines In addition to the relation symbols, dashed inference lines will also
(Automatic appear to help you “line up" with existing geomeu'y. These lines
Relations) include existing line vectors, normals, horizontals, verticals, tangents
and centers.
Note that some lines capture actual
geometrie relations, while others
simply act as a guide or reference
when sketching. A difi‘erenee in the
color ofthe inference lines will
distinguish them. In the picture at the .

right, the lines labeled “A" are

yellow, and ifthe sketch line snaps to ,

them, a tangent or perpendicular I I

relationship will be captured.
The line labeled “B" is blue. It only provides a reference, in this case
vertical, to the other endpoint. If the sketch line is ended at this point,
no vertical relation will be captured.

Note The display ofSketeh Relations that appears automatically can be

toggled on and offusin View, Hide/Show, Sketch Relations. It will
remain on during the initial phase of sketching.

Inference lines. am
Create a line moving in a direction perr
pendicular to the previous line. This
causes inference lines to be displayed
wh e sketching. A Perpendicular relar
tion Is created between this line and the
last one. ‘

The eursor symbol indicates that you

are capturing a perpendicular relation.
Perpendicular.
Create another perpendicular line from
the last endpoint, again capturing a
perpendicular relation.

35
soLIDwoRKs Lessnn 2
introduction Io Sketching

9 Reference.
Create a horizontal line from the last
endpoint. Blue inferences are strietly for
referenee and do not create relations.
They are displayed in blue. This
reference is used to align the endpoint
vertically with the origin

10 Close.
Close the sketch with a final line
connected to the starting point ofthe
firsi lines I
A closed contour is confirmed with
shading

Note Click Shaded Sketch Contours

I
from the sketch

/
CominandManager to toggle the shading on and or:

Sketch Feedback The sketcher has many

,’m

//
feedback features The
cursor will ehange to
My“; W
Show what type nfemiry
is being created. it will .—=—
also indieate what selections on the existing geometry, sueh as end,
coincident (on) or midpoint, are available using an orange dot when the
cursor is on it.
Three of the most common feedback symbols are:

—.
Symbol Icon Description
Endpoint Yellow coneentrie circles appear at the Endpoint
when the cursor is over it.
The Midpoint appears as a yellow square. It changes
Midpoint
._1>.._.
I to orange when the eursor hovers over the line.
=/ l
Coincident The quadrant points nfthc cirele appear with a
(0n Edge) coneentrie circle over the eenterpoint

37
Lesson 1 soLlDwoRKs
Immflunlon to snotening

Turning Off Tools Turn offthe aetive tool using one ofthese teehniques:

- Menu Bar: Select h

- CommandManager: cliek the aetive tool to toggle the tool oif
I Keyboard Shoncut: Esc

11 Turn off the tool.

Press the Esc key on the keyboard to turn offthe line tool.

Status of a Sketch Sketches can be in one of five definition smiles at anytime. The status
ofa sketch depends on geometrie relations between geometry and the
dimensions that define it. The three most common mics are:
Under Defined The sketeh is inadequately defined, but the sketeh ean still be used to
create features. This is good beeause many times in the early stages of
C HSkadn the design proeess, there isn't sufficient information to fully define the
sketch When more information becomes available, the remaining
defin ’on ean be added at a later time. Under defined sketch geometry
is blue (by default).

Fully Defined The sketeh has all the information neeessary to fully deseribe the
geometry. Fully defined geometry is black (by default). As a general
C Sketdll rule, when a part is released to manufaeturing, the sketches within it
should be fully defined.
Over Defined The sketeh has duplieate dimensions or eontlieting relations and it
should not he used until repaired. Extmneous dimensions and relations
C A Marathi should be deleted. Over defined geometry is red (by default).
Note The two other states are No Solution Found and Invalid Solution
Found. They both indieate that there are errors that must be repaired.
For more information on repairs, see Lesson 8: Editing: Repairs.
Rules That Different types of sketches will yield different results. Several ditferent
Govern types are summarized in the table below. It is important to note that
Sketches some ofthe teehniques shown in the table below are advanced
techniques that are eovered either later in this eourse, or in other
advaneed eourses.

Sketch Type Descrip on Special Considerations

A typieal “standar " None required.
sketch that is a neatly
closed contour.

all
soLIDwoRKs Lessnn 2
innouueuon lo Sketchlng

Multiple ncstcd None required.

contours creates a boss
with an internal em,

()pcn contour ereuies a None required. For more ini‘ormaiion, soc

thin feature with Thin minim on page 275
constant thickness.

Corners are not neatly Use the Contour Select Tool For more
closed. They should/m information, see SAeie/l Contours on
page 33 so
Although this sketch will work, it
represents poor technique and sloppy
work habits Do not do it.

Sketch contains a self: Use the Contour Select Tool For more
intersecting contour. information, see SAeie/l Contours on
page 336i It‘both contours are selected,
this type ofskctch will create a Multibody
Solid. Scc Muilibndy Solids in the
Advanced Purl Modeling course.
Although this will work, multibodics are
an advaneed modeling technique that you
should not use until you have more
experience.
The sketch contains This type ofsketeh can create a Mullibody
disjoint contours, Solid. Scc Muilibndy Solids in the
Advanced Purl Modeling course.
Although this will work, multibodics are
an advaneed modeling technique that you
should not use until you have more
experience.

35
Lesson 2 SDLIDWORKS
Immfluctlonto stretching

12 Current sketch status.

The sketch is Under Defined
because some ofthe geometry is
blue. Note that endpoints ofa line
can be a different color and
difi‘erent state than the line itself.
For example, thc vertieal line at
the origin is black because it is (a)
vertieal, and (b) atmehed to the
origin. However, the uppermost I I
endpoint is blue because the
length ofthe line is under defined.
13 Dragging.
Under defined geometry (blue) can be -
dragged to new locations. Fully defined
geometry cannot. Drag the uppermost
endpoint to changc thc shape ofthe
sketch. The draggcd endpoint anncars
as a blue dot.

14 Undo the change.

Undo thc last command by clicking the Undo I:option. You can see
(and select from) a list of the last few commands by clicking the down
arrow menu. The keyboard shortcut for Undo is Ctrl+Z.

Tip You can also Redo Fa change, which reverts it back to the statc prior
to undo. The shoneut for redo is Clrl+Y.
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 2
tntruduetton Io Skelcnmg

Design Intent The design intent, as diseussed earlier, governs how the part is built and
how it will ehange. In this example, the sketeh shape must be allowed
to ehange in these ways:

What Controls Design intent in a sketeh is eaptured and eontrolled by a eombinmion of

Design Intem? two things:
I Sketch relations
Create geometrie relationships sueh as parallel, eollinear,
perpendieular, or eoineident between sketeh elements.
I Dimensions
Dimens ons are used to define the size and location ofthc sketch
geometry. Linear, radial, diameter and angular dimensions ean be
added.
and eapture the desired des
To fully detlne a sketeh ntent requires
understanding and applying a eornhination of relations and dimensions.

fip The relations are visible because View, HideIShow, Sketch Relations

is toggled on. lfit is turned off, elieking the geometry will show the
relations and open the Property/Manager.
The relations will be toggled (ll/at this point, but they will still appear
on selected geometry.

41
Lesson 2 SOLIDWORKS
Intmductlon to Sketcmng

Desired Design In order for the sketch to change properly, the correct rclations and
Intent dimensions are required The rcqulrcd design inieni is lisied below:

Horizontal and venical

llncs

Angle value

on ,m _
mglc

Parallel Dlstallcc \laluc )mmrcc

Rightranglc eomers, or mean

perpendicular lines

Overall length value

Note The shading has been removed from table Images for clarity.
Sketch Sketch Relations are used to forcc a bchavior on a sketch clement
Relations thcrcby capturing deSign intcnt. Somc are automatic, others can be
addcd as necdcd. In this example, wc will look at the rclations on one
oftlic lines and examine how they atfcct the design intent ofthe sketch.
Automatic Sketch Automatic relations are addcd as geometry IS skCtCthi We saw this as
Relations we skctehcd the outline in the prcwous stcps. Sketch t‘ccdhack tells you
when automatic relations arc bcmg created,
Added Sketch For those rclations that cannot bc addcd automatically, tools exist to
Relations crcatc rclations based on selected gcometry,
SOLIDWORKS Lesson 2
lntruduetian Io Sketching

Introducing: DisplayIDelete Relations shows the relations in a sketeh. It also

DisplayIDelete enables you to remove relations.
Relations
Where to Find It I CommandManager: Sketch > DisplayIDelete Relations J9
I Menu: Tools, Relations, DisplayIDelete
I Properties PropertyManager: Existing Relations

15 Display the relations associated with a line.

Click the uppermost angled line and the V
PropertyManager opens. The Existing Relations
box in the PropertyManager lists the geometric
relations that are associated with the seleeted line.

@ We an",

16 Remove the relation.

Remove the uppermost relation by clicking the
relation, either the symbol or in the
PropertyManager, and pressing the Delete key.
Ifthe symbol is eleeted, it changes eolor and
displays the entit' s it controls.

17 Drag the endpoint. -

Because the line Is no longer constrained to be ~

perpendicular, the sketeh will behave

differently when you drag it. Compare thi to
how the sketch behaved when you dragged it in 7;
step 13.
Lesson 2 SOLIDWORKS
Intmdumlon to Sketching

Examples oi There are many types of Sketch Relations. Which mics are valid
Sketch Relations depends on the combination of geometry that you seleet, Seleetions can
be the entity itself, endpoints or a combination, Depending on the
selection, a limited set of options IS made available. The following
chart shows some examples of sketeh relations, This is not a eomplete
list of all gcomcmc relations, Additional examples will be introduced
throughout this eourse.

Relation Before After

Coincident between
a line and an
endpoint.

Merge between two

endpoints

Parallel between

\\\\\
two or more lincst

Perpendicular
between two lines.

Collinear between
two or more lincst
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 2
lntroauolion to Sketching

Relation Before After

Horizontal applied
m one or more llnCSl

\\\
Horizontal between
two or more
endpoints

Vertical applied m
one or more lines.

Vertical between
two or more

\\
endpoints

Equal between two

or more lines.

45
Lesson 2 SOLIDWORKS
Intmdumlon to Sketchlng

/
Relation Before After

Equal between two

or more ares or
clrclcs.

Midpoint between a
llnc and an endpomt
\99
Tangent between a
line and all arc/circle

9.
or two arc/circles.

Tangent between a
>9/
line and an arc uslng
the common
endpoint.

Introducing: Add Add Relations is used to create a geomcmc relationship such as

Relations parallel or collinear between sketch elements.

Where to Find It - CommandManagcr: Sketch > DisplayIDelete Relations Jo >

Add Relation J;
I Menu: Tools, Relations, Add
I Shortcut Menu: Select one or more sketch ObJCClS and click a
relation
Selecting Multiple As you learned in a previous lesson, you select objects with the lefi
Objects mouse button, What about when you need to select more than one
object at a time? When selecting multiple objects, SOLIDWORKS
follows standard Microsnfix Windows conventlons: hold down the Ctrl
key while selecting the objects.
SOLIDWORKS Lesson 2
lntrudunllon Io Sketcnmg

18 Add a relation.
Hold down Ctrl and click the two lines. The cone
text menu shows only those relations that are
valid for the geometry seleeted.
Click Make Perpendicular.

_E
/ lg \\
— I
= at
E3] lti ‘13

19 Drag the sketch.

Drag the sketeh haek into approximately
its original shape.

Dimensions Dimensions are another way to define geometry and capture design
intent in the SOLIDWORKS system. The advantage ofusing a
dimension is that it is used to both display the eurrent value and ehange
it.

Introducing: The Smart Dimension tool determines the proper type ofdimension
Smart Dimensions based on the geometry ehosen, previewing the dimension before
ereating it. For example, ifyou pick an are the system will ereate a
radial dimension. lfynu pick a eirele, you will get a diameter
dimension, w selecting two parallel lines will create a linear
dimension between them. In cases where the Smart Dimension tool
isn't quite smart enough, you have the option ofseleeting endpoints
and moving the dimension to different measurement positions.

Where to Find It - CommandManager: Sketch > Smart Dimension <"

I Menu: Tools, Dimensions, Smart
. Shorteut Menu: Rightreliek in the graphics area and click
Smart Dimension 9

47
Lesson 2 soLIDwoRKs
Immflucflonto shotetnng

Dimensioning: As you select sketeh geometry with the dime ion tool, the system
Selection and creates n preview orthe dimension. The pre w enables you to see all
Preview the possible options by simply moving the mouse aner making the
seleetions elieking the lcfl mouse button plaees the dimension in its
eurrent pos n and orientnu'on. Clicking the right mouse button “E5
locks only the orientation, nllowing you to move the text before final
plaeement by elielring the lefi mouse button.
With the dimension tool and two cndpoian selected, below are three
pol blc orieniations for a linear dimension. The value is derived from
the nitial point to point distnnee and may ehange based on the
oricnmtion sclecied.

/
)\

/:2 =1

/
Endpoints

< mm —i

mu

Note Another option is to seleet the geomeu'y that is to be dimensioned and

click Auto Insert Dimension HT

2|] Ad 93 linear ension.

Cliek Smart Dimension 0 and
click the line shown and rightrelick
% to lock in the orienmlion. Cliek
agnin to place the text as shown. The
dimension appears with a Modify
tool displaying the eurrent length of
the line. The thumbwheel is used to
incremenmlly inerease/deerease the
value using the middle mouse
button. ()r with the text highlighted, you ean typo s new value to
ehnnge it direetly.
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 2
lntmdunllan Io Sketching

Note A midpoint loeation ean be inadvertently seleeted

instead or the geometry itself. To avoid this, seleet the
geometry slightly off center. a

The Modify Tool The modify tool that appears when you ereate or

W
edit a dimension (parameter) has several
options. The options available to you are:

Dial the value up or down.

v Save the eurrent value and exit the dialog box.

x Restore the original value and exit the dialog box.
u Rebuild the model with the eurrentvalue.
)' Reverse the sense of the dimension.
’u Change the thumbwheel increment value.

3 Mark the dimension for drawing import.

Note The dimension name ean be ehanged in the upper section ofthc dialog
box.
Units n the Modify Units different from the part units can be
Tool seleeted for the input. when typing the
value, select the Units > menu and seleet
input units.

Note Unit abbreviations and fraetions ean also be typed into the value field
alter the numeric value (for instanee 0.375in or am").

49
Lesson 2 soLIDwoRKs
Immflucflonto Sketclmlg

21 Se! the value.

Change the value tct 20 and cliek the
Save .1 option. The dimension
fumes the length ofthe line t0 be
20mm.

fip Pressing Enter has the same effeet as clicking the Save v buttctn.
22 Linear dimensions.
Add additictnal linear dimensions
to the sketch as shown.

Dimensioning Tip When you dimension a sketch,

start with the smallest dimensictn
first, and work your way t0 the
largest.
 ‘
SOLIDWORKS Lesson 2
lntrudueuon Io Skelehlng

Angular Angular dimensions ean bc ereated using the same dimension tool used
Dimensians to ereate linear, diameter and radial dimensions Sclcct either two lines
that are both nonrcollincar and nonrparallcl, or select three none
collinear endpoints
Depending on where you plaee the angular dimension, you ean get the
imcrior or exterior angle, the acute angle, or the oblique angles Possible
placcmcm options:

\
58:28“

:\_/§°3“

ss,ss://

23 Angular ension.
Using the dimension tool, ereate
the angulardimcnsion shown and
\7 20
sci the value m 125“.
The sketeh is fully defined. Scc
Fullv Drfined on page 38,
‘1”?—

51
Lesson 2 SOLIDWORKS
lntroduetiou to shetetnng

Instant 20 Instant 2D ean be used to manipulate sketeh dimensions, dynamically

changing the values using a graphie Ruler.

Note The ruler is displayed to guide the drag. Moving eloser to the ruler
gradients allows you to snap to them.

Where to Find It - CommandManager: Sketch > Instant 2|) E

24 Select dimension.
The Instant 2D tool is on by default. Select the 125" dimension.
Click and hold the round ball handle at the tip ofthe arrow.
The value ofthc dimension, and the geometry, changes dynamically as
the handle is dragged.
Drag the value to 135“ using the mler.

7” L .

Extrude
bi it?
0nee the sketeh iscompleted, it ean be extruded to ereate the fist
feature. There are many options for extruding a sketeh inelu g the
start and end eonditions, drafl and depth erextmsien, which will be
diseussed in more detail in later lessons. Typieally, extmsiens take
plaee in a direetien normal to the sketeh plane, in this ease the Front
plane.

Where to Find It I CommandManager: Features Extruded BosslBase

> fl
I Menu: Insert, BossIBase, Extrude
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 2
lnmufllan to Sketching

25 Exlrude.
Click Extruded
BassIBase fl. 3'

0n the Fealures
CommandManager tab, the
options for other methods of
ereating features are listed along
with Exlrude and Revolve. They
are unavailable because ihis
sketch does not meet the
eonditions neeessary for ereau'ng *
ihesc types of features. For
example, a Sweep feature
req
‘
hoth profile and path sketehes. sinee there is only one sketeh
at thi me, the Sweep option is unavailable.
The view automatically ehanges to Tramotnie and a preview of the
feature is shown at the default depth.

Drag Handles and

Rulers
Handles
I appear that can be
used to drag the preview to the
desired depth. The handle is
eolored while dragging in the
active direction. A eallout shows
the current depth value and a
ruler.

53
Lesson 2 soLIDwoRKs
Immuctton to Sketcmng

26 Extrude Feature settings.

Change the settings as shown.
I End Con on , Blind
- G (Depth) , 6mm
Click OK v m create the feature.

fip The OK button v isjust one way to accept and

eemplete the preecss. A seeond is to press the
Enter key. iii 7
J is..." sewn
A third method is the set of DKICancel buttons in the
Confirmation Corner of the graphics area, or press the D key
I
to bring itto the eursctr.
5x
A feurth method is
from the shortcut menu.
ta rightrelick and click OK
a9 ham,"
lmnwewan
31 mummy
(ieav Seinmam

Zaom/Panmatm »

x Cm

27 Completed feature.
The completed feature is the first selid,
or feature ofthe part. The sketch is
absorbed inm the Extrudel feature.

Note ,
Click the preceding the feature name to expand
the feature and Show the sketch.
,
fl M_M

28 Save and close.

Click Save E
then click File, Close to close the part.
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 2
lntroduetion Io Sketchlng

Sketching Following is a collection of “rules ofthumb" or best practices for

Guidelines;r sketching of which all SOLIDWORKS users should be aware. Some of
these tips are covered in substantial dcmil in subsequent lessons within
this book.
Keep your sketehes simple. Simple sketehes are easier to edit, less
likely to develop errors, and help with downstream features sueh as
eontigurations.
Make use ofthe origin in your tirst sketeh.
The first sketch ofa new part shou1d represent the main profile or
the part.
Create sketeh geometry first, add geometrie relationships seeond,
and then add your dimens ns last. Dimensions ean sometimes
interfere with the addition ofrequired relations
Use geometrie relations wherever possible to maintain design
intent.
Draw the sketch to approximately the right scale to prevent errors
or geometry oyer1an when you start adding dimensions.
Add or edit dimensions on the closest / smallest geometry first, then
work your way to the outer / larger geometry to prevent geometry
overlap.

Use relations, equations and g1oba1 variables to reduce the number

of independent dimensions needed.
Take advantage of symmetry. Use the Mirror or Dynamic Mirror
sketch tool to mirror sketch elements and add symmetrical
relations.
Be flexible. It may be neeessary to ehange the order in whieh
you're adding dimensions or relations. Drag the sketeh geometry
e1oser to the required 1oeation before adding dimensions.
Fix errors as they occur. Use Sketctherl and Check Sketch for
Feature whieh ean quickly help you identify problems and eorreet
them.
' Thanks to Joe Medeims, Javelin Temnologles

55
 7
95 SOLIDWORKS
SOLIDWORKS Subscription Services
As a SOLIDWORKS Subscription Services member, you have immediate, exclusive access
to all new SOLIDWORKS releases and upgrades, live technical support, products,
extensive online resources, and enhancement request privileges. With Subscription
Services, you will stay current and competitive, while maximizing the value you get from
your SOLIDWORKS software. Benefits include.

I New software releases. As a member, you will automatically receive the latest versions
of SOLIDWORKS software when it is released.

Local technical support. You have full access to live technical support from your local
SOLIDWORKS valueadded reseller (VAR).

SOLIDWORKS Visualize. SOLIDWORKS \fisualize is available for download for every

SOLIDWORKS Professional and Premium license on active Subscription.

Certification. The Certified SOLIDWORKS Associate (CSWA) and Certified

SOLIDWORKS Professional (CSWP) exams validate user proficiency and are available
to Subscription Services members.

SOLIDWORKS CAM. SOLIDWORKS CAM Standard is now included as a part of

Subscription Services membership.
SOLIDWORKS Subscription Services is dedicated to improving our software and your user
experience. We look forward to working with you to keep you ahead of the latest trends in
your field, and providing all the support necessary to ensure you get everything you need to
maximize your SOLIDWORKS investment.
soLIDwoRKs Exercise 1

sum and Extmde1

Exercise 1: Create this part using the informaticm and
Sketch and dimensions provi ed. Sketch and extrudc
Extrude 1 profiles t0 create this pm.
This lab reinforees the following skills:

- Inzmdueing: New Part on page 29

- Sketching on page 31
I Inference Lines (Automatic
Relations) on page 36
- Dimensions cm page 47
- 5mm on page 52
Units: m eters
New part.
Create a new part using the ParLMM template.
Sketch.
Create this sketch on the Frent Plane using lines, automatic relations
and dimensiens.

.. T
Exlrude.
Extrude the sketch 50mm in
depth.

Save and close the part.

57
Exercise 2 soLIDwoRKs
sum and Exuude 2
Exercise 2: Create this port using the information and
Sketch and dimensions provided. sketeh end cxtrudr:
Extrude 2 profiles to create this port.
This lab reinforces the following skills:

- Inzmdueing: New Part on page 29

- Sketching on page 31
I Inference Lines (Automatic
Relations) on page 36
- Dimensions on page 47
- Brimde on page 52
UniLs: m eters
New part.
Create a new part using the ParLMM template.
Sketch.
Create this sketch on the Front Plane using lincs, automatic relations
and dimensions.

3
L 70
Exlrude.
Extrudc the skcwh 50mm in
depth.

Save and close the part.

soLIDwoRKs Exercise 3
sketch am: Extrude :«

Exercise 3: Create this part using the informan‘an

Sketch and and dimensions provided. Sketch and
Extrude 3 extrude prafiles to create this part.
This lab reinforces the following skills:
Immducing: New Pm on page 29
Sketching on page 31
Inference Lines (A ulomalic
Relations) an page 36
Dimensions on page 47
Brimde on page 52
Units: mllllmeters
1 New part
Create a new part using the PartiMM templam.
2 Sketch
Create this sketch on the Front Plane using lines, autamafic relatians
and dimensions.

80—47
3 Extrude
Extrude the sketch 25mm in depth.

4 Save and close the part

Exercise 4 soLIDwoRKs
sum. arm mime 4

Exercise 4: Create this part using the information

Sketch and and dimensions provided. Sketch and
Extrude 4 extrude profiles to create this part.
This lab reinforces the following skills:

- Inzmduemg; New Part on page 29

- Sketching on page 31
I Inference Lines (A ummaIic
Relations) on page so
- Dimensions en page 47
Exlmde on page 52

Units: m meters
1 New part.
Create a new part using the PareMM template.
2 Sketch. '5
Create this sketch on the
Front Plane using lines,
automatic relations and
dimensions.

i
75

15

60

3 Exlrude.
Extrude the sketch 100mm in depth.

4 Save and close the part.

soLIDwoRKs Exercile 5
sum. and Exlnlde 5

Exercise 5: Create this part using the information and

Sketch and dimensicms provided. Sketch and extrude
Extrude 5 pmfiles to create the part.
This lab reinforces the following skills:

I Immducing: New Part on page 29

I Sketching on page 31
I Inference Lines (Automatic Relations) on
page 36
I Dimensions on page 47
I Brlmde on page 52
Units: mllllmeters
New part.
Create a new part using the PartiMM templam.
Skelch.
Create this sketch on the Front Plane using lines, autamafic relations
and dimensions.

rm
Fully define the sketch.

35

L 100

Extrude.
Extrude the sketch 25mm in
depth.

Save and close the part

61
Exercise 5 soLIDwoRKs
Sketch and Extrude 5

Exercise 6: Create this part using the information and

Sketch and dimensions provided. Sketch and extmde
Extrude 6 promes to create the part.
This lab reinforces the following skills:

I Immducing: New Pan on page 29

I Sketching on page 31
I Inference Lines (Automatic Relations) »

on page 36
I Dimensions on page 47
I amide on page 52
Units: millimeters
New part
Create a new part using the PartiMM templam.
Automatic relations
Create this sketch on the Front Plane using lines and automatic
relations. Show the Perpendicular and Vertical relations.

Dimensions
Add dimensions to fully define the 75‘
45

~
sketch.

75

Extrudei
Extrude the sketch 12mm.

Save and close the part V

A “
 Lesson 3
Basic Part Modeling

Upon successful compleuon ol‘llus lesson, you W|ll be able m:

Choose llae has! profile for skclching.
Choose lhe proper skeleh plane.
Exlrude a skeleh as a cm.
Creme Hole leard holes,
lnsen fillers on a solld.
Use Hm Cdmng mols Edil Skelell, Edil Feamre and Rollback.
Make a basle drawing ora pan,
Make a change m a d|mcns|0n.
Demonslrale Hm associauviry between Hm model and ns drawmgsl

53
Lesson 3 soLIDwoRKs
Basic Pan Mndelmg

Basic Modeling This lesson discusses the

cons: stations that you
make before ereating a
part, and shows the
proeess of creating a
simple one.

Stages in the The steps in planning and exeeuting the ereation ofthis part are listed
Process below.
Terminology
What are the terms eommonly used when talking about modeling and
using the SOLIDWORKS sofiware‘!
Profile choice
Whieh profile is the best one to ehoose when stoning the modeling
process?
Sketch plane choice
Once you've ehosen the best profile, how does this affect your ehoiee
of sketeh plane?
Design inlent
What is design intent and how does it aFfeCl the modeling process?
New part
Opening the new pan is the first step.
Firsl feature
What is the first feature?
Bosses, cuts and hole features
How do you modify the first feature by adding bosses, euts and holes‘!
Fillels
,
Rounding olrthe sharp eorners filleting.
Ed ng lools
Use three of the most common editing tools.
Drawings
Creating a drawing sheet and drawing views of the model.
Dimension changes
Making a ehonge to a dimension ehanges the model's geometry. How
does this happen?
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 3
Basie Pan Modeling

Terminology Moving to 3D requires some new terminology. The SOLIDWORKS

software employs many terms that you will become familiar with
through using the produet. Many are terms that you will recognize from
design and manufacturing such as cuts and bosses.
Feature All cuts, bosses, planes and sketehes that you create are considered
Features. sketehed features are those based on sketches (boss and out),
and applied features are applied directly to existing geometry (fillet).
Plane Planes are flat and infinite. They are represented on the screen with
visible edges. They are used as the primary sketeh surfaee for creating
boss and out features.
Extrusion Although there are many ways to a’
create features and shape the solid,
for this lesson, only cxtmsicm
will be discussed. An extrusion
will extend a profile along a path
typieally normal to the profile
plane for some distance. The
movement along that path beeomes the solid model.

j
Sketch In the SOLIDWORKS system, the name used to RIO
deseribe a 2D profile is sketch. sketches are ereatcd
on flat faces and planes within the model. They are
‘
generally used as the basis for bosses and euts,
although they ean exist independently.

Boss Bosses are used to add material to the model. The er eal Initial feature
is always a boss. Afier the first feature, you may add as many bosses as
needed to eompletc the design. As with the base, all bosses begin with a
sketch.
Cut A Cut is used to remove material from the model. This is the opposite
ofthe boss. Like the boss, euts begin as 2D sketehes and remove
material by extrusion, revolution, or other methods you will learn
about.
Fillets and Rounds Filters and rounds are generally added to the solid, not the sketch. By
nature of the faces adjaeent to the seleeted edge, the system knows
whether to ereate a round (removing material) or a fillet (adding
material).
Design Intent How the model should be created and ehanged, is eonsidered the design
intent. Relationships between features and the sequence oftheir
creation all conuibutc to design intent.

65
 g.
Lzsson 3 soLIDwoRKs
Basic Purl Madellng

Choosing the

\\
Choose the “hen" profile for the model's base feature. This profile,
Best Profile when extruded, will genera“: mom ufthc model than any omen Look at
these mudcls as examples.

Best Prnfile Extruded

7"
ss
Q.
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 3
Basic Pan Modeling

Choosing the Once the best profile is determined, the next step is to decide which
Sketch Plane view to use and select the plane with the same name for sketching it.
The SOLIDWORKSsofiware provides three planes; they are described
below.
Planes There are three default planes, labeled Front plane, Top Flame and
Right plane. Each plane is infinite, but has screen borders tor viewing
and selection Also, each plane passes through the origin and is
mutually perpendicular to the others.
The planes can be renamed. In this course the names Front P12me,Top
plane and Right Plane are used. This naming convention is used in
other CAD systems and is eomfomblc to many users.
Although the planes
are infini , it may be
easier to think ofthem
as forming an open
box, connecting at the
origin. Using this
analogy, the inner
faces of the box are the
potential sketch
planes.

Placement of the The part will be placed into the box three times. Each time the best
Model profile will comet or be parallel to one ot the three planes. Although
there are many combinations, the choices are limited to three for this
exercise.
When choosing the sketch plane, consider the parts appearance and its
oricnmtion in an assembly. The appearance dictates how the part will
be oriented in standard views such as the Isometric. It also determines
how you will spend most ofyour time looking at the model as you
create it.
The parts oricnmtion in an assembly dictates how it is to be positioned
with respect to other, mating parts.
Orient the Model for Another consideration when deciding which sketch plane to u. is how
the Drawing you want the model to appear on the drawing when you demil it You
should build the model so that the front ofthe model is the same as the
Front view in the drawing. This saves time during the detailing process
because you can use predefined views.

67
Lesson 3 soLIDwoRKs
Basic le1 Madelmg

In the first example, the best Right Plane Fronl Plane

profile is in conmet with the Top
plane.

In the second example, it is Front Plane

my,“ plane
ennmcting the Front plane.

Top Plane

The last example shows the best Rig," plane Front Plane
profile in contact with the Right
plane.
Chosen Plane The Top plane orienmt‘ n seems
to be the best This in ‘catcs that
the best profile should be
sketched on the Top plane of the
modelt

How it Looks on the By giving careful thought to

Drawing which plane is used to
sketeh the profile, the
proper views are easily
generated on the detail
drawing. 7

l e
l
soLIDwoRKs Lelloll 3
Basil: Pan Modeling

Details of the The part we will be creating is shown below. There are two main boss
Part features, some cuts, and fillets.

standard Views The part is shown here in four standard views.

Main Bosses The two main bosses have distinct

profiles in different planes. They
are connected as shown in the
exploded view at right

Best Profile The first feature ofthe model

is created from the
rectangular sketch shown
overlaid on the model. This is
the best profile to begin the
model.
The rectangle will then he
extruded as a boss to create
the solid feature.
Lesson 3 soLIDwoRKs
Basic Pin Mndelmg

Sketch Plane Placing the model “in the hex“ deiermines which plane should be used
to skeleh on. In this case it will be the Top plane.

Sketch Plane

Design Intent The design intent ufthis part describes how the pan's relationships

;
sheuid or should not be ereated. As changes to the model are made, the
model will behave as intended.

. All holes are through holes. .

@
g a,

\\-\
i

u The slot is aligned with the

Lab.

The eounterbored hole in the

‘

u
fmm shares the same center
point as the rounded faee er
the Lab.

Procedure The mudeling process includes sketching and creating basses, outs and
fillels. To begin with, a new port file is ereoted.
New part.
Cliek New B , or click File, New. Create a new part using the
Partinm templau: and Save it as Basic.
Select the sketch plane.
Insert a new skeieh and choose
the Tap Pme.
11p A plane duesn‘t have to be shown
in order In be used; it can be
seleeled from the
FeatureManzgcr design flee.

70
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 3
Basie Pan Mudeling

Sketching the First Create the first feature by extruding a sketeh into a boss. The tirst
Feature feature is always a boss, and it is the first solid feature created in any
part. Begin with the sketeh geometry, :1 rcemnglc.
Introducing: Corner Rectangle is used to ereme a reemngle in a sketeh. The
Corner Rectangle reetnngle is comprised of four lines (two horizontal and two vertical)
connected at the corners. It is sketched by indicating the locations of
two diagonal eerners. There are several other rectangle/parallelogram
tools available:

I Center Rectangle El , Uses a center point and corner to create a

rectangle with horizontal and Vertical lines.
I 3 Point Center Rectangle Qt , Creates a rectangle based on a
eenter point, midpoint of edge and corner. Lines are perpendicular
at corners.
I 3 Point Corner Rectangle 0 , Uses three corners to define a
rectangle. Lines are perpendicular corners.
at
I Parallelogram H , Uses three corners to define a parallelogram
(eerners are net perpendicular).
Where to Find It - CommandManager: Sketch > Corner Rectangle :1
Menu: Tools, Sketch Entities, Corner Rectangle
. Shorteut Men ightrcliek in the graphics area and click
Sketch Enlllles, Corner Rectangle El

3 Sketch a rectangle. x=fiefiéfi y=msaa

Click Corner Rectangle D
and begin the rectangle at the
origin.

Make sure the rectangle is locked to the origin by looking for

the eoineident icon next to the cursor as you begin skete g. L
‘13-
Do not worry about the size ofthc rectangle. Dimensiontng it
will take care ofthm in the next step.
4 Fully defined sketch.
Add dimensions to the sketch. The
L54
sketeh is fully defined.

71
Lesson 3 SDLIDWORKS
Basic Pan Mndellng

Extrude Options An explanation of some of the more frequently used Extrude options is
given below (see Ext/ads on page 52). Other options will be diseussed
in later lessens.
I End Condition Type
A sketch can be extruded in one ctr twct direetictns. Either or both
direetions ean terminate at some blind depth, up to some geometry in
the model, or extend through the whole made].
I Depth
The distance for a blind or midaplane exn'usictn. For midrplane, it refers
to the tatal depth of the extrusion. That would mean that a depth 0f
50mm for a midaplane extrusion would result in 25mm on each side of
the sketeh plane.
I Draft
Applies drafi to the extmsion. Draft on the exn'usion can he inwards
(the profile gets smaller as it exn'udes) or outward.

5 Extrude.
Cliek Extrude fl and extrude the reetangle 10mm upwards. eliek OK.

1:

Renaming Any feature that appears in the FeatureManager design tree (aside from
Features the part itself) ean be renamed using the procedure below. Renaming
features is a useful technique for finding and ed ng features in later
stages ofthe model. Well chosen, logieal names help you to organize
your work and make it easier when someone else has to edit or modify
your model.
6 Rename the feature.
It is gectd practice to rename important features that you create with
some meaningful name. In the FeatureManagerdesign nee, use a very
slow doubleeliek to edit the feature BoserXtmde 1 . When the name
is highlighted and editable, type Baseplnts as the new feature name.
All features in the SOLIDWORKS system can be edited in the same
way.
HP Instead ofusing a slew doublereliek to edit the name, you can select the
name and press F2.
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 3
Basl: Pan Mndeling

Boss Feature The next feature will be the boss

with a curved top. The sketch
plane for this feature will be a
planar face of the model instead
of an existing plane. The required
sketch geometry is shown
overlaid on the finished model.

Sketching on a Any planar (flat) face of the model can be used as a sketeh plane.
Planar Face Simply select the face and click Sketch C. Where faces are difl‘icult
to select because they are obscured by other faces, the Select Other
tool (see Select Other Procedure on page 143) can be used to choose a
face without reorienting the view. In this case, the planar face on the
front of the BasePlate is used.

Insert new sketch.

Select the indicated face and cliek
Sketch C.

Sketm Plane

Note Make sure that Features > Instant so in is turned off. Leaving it on
will cause several handles and axes that we are not currently using to
appear on the face.

Sketching SOLIDWORKSotters a rich variety of sketch tools for ereating profile

geometry. In this example, Tangent Art. is used to create an are that
begins mngent to a selected endpoint on the sketch. Its other endpoint
can he plaeed in spaee or on another sketch entity.
Introducing: Tangent Art: used to create mngent arcs in a sketch. The are must be
is
Tangent Are tangent to some other entity, line or are, at its start.

Where to Find It - CommandManager: Sketch >Arc 9> Tangent Art. 3

I Menu: Tools, Sketch Entit' s, Tangent Are
. Shorteut Menu: Rightrcliek in the graphics area and elick
Sketch Entities, Tangent Are ‘3

73
Lesson 3 soLIDwoRKs
Basic Pin Mndelmg

Tangent Arc Intent when you sketch 2: mngent are, the

Zones SOLIDWORKSsufiware infers from the motion
of the eursor whether you wont o mngent or
normal are. There are four intent zones, with
eight possible results as shown.
You ean stort sketching a tongent ore from the end point of any existing
sketeh entity (line, are, spline, and so on). Move the eursor away from
the end point.

. Moving the cursor in a tangent direetion creates one ofthe four

tangent are possibilities.
I Moving the curse in a normal direction creates on of the four
normal are possibilities.

. A preview shows what type of ore you are sketehing.

. You ean ehange from one type oftongent are to the other by
returning the eursor to the endpoint and moving away in a different
direetion.
Autolransition ing
Between Lines and
When using Line
/, you eon switeh from sketehing a line to sketehing
a tangent ore, and baek again, without clicking Tangent Arc ‘3. You
Arcs eon do this by returning the eursor to the endpoint and moving away in
a different direetion or by pressing the A key on the keyboard.

/
8 Vertical line.
eliek Line and smrt the vertical
line at the lower edge eapturing a
Coincident
I relau'on at the lower
edge and Vertical relation I.

9 Aulolransilion.
Move the cursor baek to the endpoint and move away in a different
directionYou are now in tangent are mode.
1|) Tangent arc.
Sketch a 180° arc tangent to the
vertical line. book for the inference
line indicating that the end point of
A = lfil)‘ a =
moo
the are is aligned horizontolly with 4
the are‘s center.
When you finish sketehing, the
sketch tool automatically switches
back to the line tool.

74
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 3
Basl: Pan Modeling

11 Finishing lines.
Create a vcm'cal line from the arc end
to the base, and one more linc
eonneeting the bottom ends of the
two vertical lines.
Note that the horizontal line is black,
but its endpoints are not.

12 Add dimensions.
Add linear and radial ,0
dimensions to the sketch.
As you add the dimensions, a.
move the enrsor around to view Ra,
dinerent possible orientations.

Always dimension to an are by seleeting on its eirenmrerenee, rather

than center. This makes other dimensioning options (min and max)
available.
13 Exlrude direction.
Click Extrude fland set the an
Deplhto1nmm.Now that the
preview shows the extrusion 3‘
going into the base, in the hi
proper direetion.
Ifthc direetion ofthc preview is
away from the base, click
Reverse Direction

7s
Lesson 3 soLIDwoRKs
Basic Pan Indellng

14 campleled boss.
Thc boss merges with the previous
base to form a single solid.
Rename the feature VertBoss.

Cut Feature Once the two main boss features are completed, it is time to create a cut
to represent the removal of material. Cut features are created in the
same way as bosses . in this case with a sketch and extrusion.
introducing: The menu for creating a ent feature by extruding is identical to that of
Cu! Exlrude creating a bass. The only difference is that a ent removes material while
a boss adds it. Other than that distinetion, the commands are the same.
This ent represents a slot.

Where In Find It I CommandManagcr: Features > Exlruded Cu! 6

I Menu: Insert, Cul, Extrude

15 Rectangle.
Press Space bar and click
Front fl. Start a sketch on
this large face and add a
rectangle Coincident with
the bottom model edge.
Turn onthe reetangie tool.
16 Dimensions.
Add a dimension as shown.

3
Mole The sketch is under defined, but it will be made fully defined later in
this lesson. Sec Status n/a Sketch on page 38.
 :
soLIDwoRKs Lennon 3
Basil: Pan Madeling

View Selector The Vlew Selector helps to visualize how

views of the model will appear by using a
transpaxent cube sunouudmg 1116 model.
Selecl a face uflhe cube [0 look at the model
lhrough the cube, normal to elm face or select
a view oriemation by name.
The cube Can 3150 be routed prior to selecuug
a race.

Where to Flnd It I Heads-up View Toolbar: Vlew Orlenlallon g and

Vlew Selector a
I Keyboaxd Shortcut: Ctrl+Space bar

17 Vlew Seleclor.
Press Ctrl+Space bar and click lhe comer of the cube that is labeled
Isometric.

/.
Lesson 3 SOLIDWORKS
Basic Parr Mudelmg

la Through All Cut. am 0

—
Click Extruded Cut E. Choose Through All « x 0
and eliek OK This type efend condition always m z
cuts through the entire model no matter how fare as...“ .

WW]
No depth setting, was needed. Rename the
feature ButtomSlots
”I
warmers.

Using the Hole The Hole Wizard is used to create speeialized holes in a solid. It can
Wizard create simple, tapered, eounterbered and eountersunk holes using a step
by step procedure. I n this example, the Hole Wizard will be used to
create a smndard hole.
Creating a You can ehoose the faee to insert the hole onto, define the hole's
Standard Hole dimensions and loeate the hole using the Hole Wizard. One orthe most
intuitive aspects ofthe Hole Wi ard is that you specify the size of the
hole by the fastener that goes into it.
TIP You can also place holes on planes and nonrplanar faces. Fer example,
you ran create a hole on a cylindrical faee.
Counterbore Hole A eounterbore hole is required in this model. Using the front faee efthe
model and a relation, the hole can be [)0 oned.
Note The Advanced Hole Wizard (Insert, Features, waists. (
Advanced Hole) is similar to the Hole Wizard, but
allows you to design a staek efhole styles including
counterbores, eountersinks, tapered, tapped, and
standard heles.

Fu star

Introducing: The Hole Wizard ereates shaped holes, such as eountersunk and
The Hole lard counterbore types. The process creates two sketches ()ne defines the
shape orthe hole. The other, a point locates the centers

Where to Find It - CemmandManager: Features > Hole Wizard 5}

I Menu: Insert, Features, Hole Wizard
soLIDwoRKs Lesson a
Basic Pan Modeling

19 Select Counterbore. a
Select tlic fncc indicated and click Hole
6M . .

v x
Wizard fl. Set the properties ofthc hole as {a W
follows:
in»: «1

Type: Cou nterbore

HM
n
A

Standard: ANSI Metric '3

Type: Hex Boll -ANSI B1B.2.3.5M
Size: M8
End Condition: Through All
mun-m

new A

Select this faoe fl Shwmmm :tzny

m
mini" NI ;
A

2|) Wake up the centerpoint.

Click the Positions tab.
Hover the cursor over the
circumference ofthc large arc.
Do not click
When the Coin dent symbol
appears l,
the center point of
thc large am has been “woken
up" and is now a point you can
snap to.
Click tlic point onto thc arc's Ccntcrpoint. Look for thc fccdback that
tclls you that you an: snapping tc thc aic's ccntcr, a ccincidcnt relation.
Click OK to complctc thc dialog.

7s
Lesson 3 soLIDwoRKs
Basic Purl Mudelmg

Filleting Filleting refers to both fillets (adding Volume) and rounds (removing
volume). The distinetion is made by the geometrie eond ons, not the
eommand itself. Fillets are ereated on seleeted edges efthe model.
Those edges can be seleeted in several ways, and several options exist
for ereating diFferent fillet types ineluding eonstant size, variable size,
face and full round fillets. Fillet profile options inelude eireular, eonie
and eurvature eontinuous.

Nole See the Advanced Par! Modeling course for more information on fillet
types and options.
Filleting Rules Some general rilleting mles are:
I. Leave eosmetie fillets until the end.
2. Create multiple fillets that will have the same radius in the same
eommand.
3. when you need fillets of different radii, generally you should make
the larger fillets first.
4. Fillet order is important. Fillets ereate faces and edges that can be
used to generate more fillets.
5. Existing fillets can be convened to ehamfers (see chum/m on
page 225).
fip The FealureXpert on page 312 ean be used to automate the sizing and
ordering or fillets.
Selection Toolbar The Selection Toolbar can be used to turn a single edge seleetien into
multiple, related, seleetions. It will not be used in this example, but it
will be explained in Edge Seteezirm on page 223.

Ettfiflflfivfl
Preview You have a ehoiee between Full preview, Partial preview and No
preview ofthe fillet. Full preview, as shown in the following, images,
generates a mesh preview on eaeh seleeted edge. Partial preview only
generates the preview on the first edge you seleet. As you gain
experience with filleting, you will probably want to use Partial or No
preview beeause they are faster.

an
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 3
East: Pan Modeling

Where to Find It I CommandManager: Features > Fillet 3

I Menu: Insert, Features, FilletIRound

. Shortcut Menu: Rightreliek a face or edge and click Fillet O

21 Insert Fillet. Dm 0
Click Fillet3. Click Manual, cliek Constant « x
Size Fillet G and set the radius value to
. -f-mml
mm: A
8mm
male 8‘
Clear Show selection toolbar and click Full
_

preview. I.“' m A

m
22 Select edge.
Select the two hidden edges shown through the .
model as shown. fis"""“““"‘“‘“""
VlV-le
m y...
Wt
m...
5»
m hm.
a: m...
ram—m, A

K
man t M mm on.

l—l
s

mr

Select the additional four eorner edges as shown and eliek OK.

Note All six fillets are controlled by the same dimension value. The creation
of these fillets has generated new edges suitable for the next series of
fillets.

a1
Lesson 3 soLIDwoRKs
Basic Part Modeling

Recent Commands SOLIDWORKS provides a

“just used" buFfer that lists
9 premium
pl humus,"
the last few cemmznds fer Ip huh/om
easy reuse. The Enter key can 9' meter
a» a."
also be used t0 rcslauneh the
last used command.
G rum
worm“
.
‘7
[new

, s. We
[m madam/a.“
em»

as hush/rue
a remitted
. meme
4 ummm
Recent Features The History folder eeumihs a list of the most q, he “hummermm
recent features that have been created or ' M-v
edited. This is useful for getting aeeess te , game“...
C em
reeeht features. See Editing Tools on page 83 . g
far more informaticm. l
1w
>flm

24 Recent Command.
Righteliek in the graphics area and eliek Recent Commands and the

/
Fillet cummand from the dropsdown list te use it again.
25 Preview and propagate.
Add another fillet, radius 3mm, using Full . mm
(

preview.
Select the edges indicated te see the
seleeted edges and preview.
Click OK.

£2
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 3
Basl: Pan Modeling

Editing Tools Three ofthe most common editing tools are introdueed in this lesson:
Edit Sketch, Edit Feature and Rollback. They ean be used to edit and
repair sketehes and features as well as specify where, in the
FeatureManager design flee, the features are to be created.
fip The other editing tools are found later in this lesson: Editing Features
on page 84 and Rollback Bar on page 84.
Editing 3 Sketch 0nee ereated, sketches can be ehanged using Edit Sketch. This opens
the seleeted sketeh so that you ean ehange anything: the dimension
values, the dimensions themselves, the geometry or geometrie
relations.
Introducing: Edit Sketch enables you to aeeess a sketeh and make ehanges to any
Edit Sketch aspect of it. During editing, the model is “rolled back" to its state at the
time the sketeh was ereated. The model will be rebuilt when the sketeh
is exited.

Where to Find It I Shoneut Menu: Rightscliek a sketeh or feature and eliek

a
Edit Sketch 2
Menu: Select a faee and eliek Edit, Sketch

26 Edit the sketch.

Righteliek the ButtomSlot feature and eliek Edit Sketch [2. The
existing sketeh will be opened for editing.
Selecting Multiple As you learned in Selecting Multiple ()b/Bcls on page 46, when
Objects seleeting multiple objects, hold down the ctrl key and then seleet the
objects.
27 Relations.
Select the endpoi t and edge as shown and add
a Coincident relation.

28 Repeat.
Repeat the procedure for the endpoint
at the other end ofthe memngle as
shown. The addition of these relations
will fully define the sketch.

as
Lesson 3 soLIDwoRKs
Basic Pen Modeling

Note For more information about relations, see Sketch Relations on page 42.
29 Exit the sketch.
Cliek Exit Sketch E. in the upper right (Confirmation) corner to
exit the sketeh and rebuild the part.

Editing Features The second fillet should also he applied to the top edges ofthe Base
plate. To do this we will edit the definition ofthe last fillet feature.
Introducing: Edit Feature ehanges how a feature is applied to the model. Each
Edit Feature feature has specific information that can be changed or added to,
depending on the type of feature it is. As a general rule, the same dialog
box used to ereate a feature is used to edit it.
Fillet Propagation The Tangent Propagation eheekbox within the Fillet tool allows a
fillet feature to flow to mngent edges ofthe selections made.

Where to Find It I Menu: Select a feature and eliek Edit, Defin ion

. Shoneut Menu: Rightreliek a feature and eliek Edit Feature 6

3|] Edit the feature.
Rightaeliek the FilletZ feature and click Edit Feature a. The existing
feature will be opened for editing using the same PropertyManager that
was used to ereate the feature. Make sure that Tangent Propagation is
elieked.
31 Select addit nal edge.
Select the additional short edge as shown and
the propagation will ereate the fillets as
shown. Click OK.

Rollback Bar The Rollback Bar is the blue horizontal bar

3 m,
located at the bottom of the Featurelvlanager 3 am
design flee.
The Rollback Bar has many uses. It can be used to “walk through" a
model showing the steps that were followed to build it or to add
features at a speeifie point in the part's history. In this example, it will
be used to add a hole feature between the existing fillet features.
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 3
Basie Pan Modeling

Using Rollback with The Rollback Bar is also useful when editing large parts to limit
Large Paris rebuilding. Roll baek to the position just afier the feature that you are
editing. When the editing is eompleted, the part is rebuilt only up to the
rollhaek bar. This prevents the entire pan from being rebuilt. The part
ean be saved in a rollbaek state.
Introducing: The You can roll back a part using the Rollback Bar in the FeatureManagcr
Rollback Bar design uec. The rollback bar is a line which highlights when selected.
Drag the bar up or down the FcamreManager design nee to step
forward or baekward through the regeneration sequence.
Note To move the rollback bar with the arrow keys, click Tools, Options,
System Options, FeatureManager, Arrow key navig on. The
focus must be set to the rollback bar by clicking on it. Ifthc focus is set
to the graphics area, the arrow keys will route the model.

Where to Find It I Shortcut Menu: ightreliek a feature and click Rollback *l

. Shorteut Menu: Righteliek in the FeztureManagcrdesign tree and
click Roll to Previous or Roll to End

32 Rollback.
Click on the Rollback Bar and drag it upwards. Drop it before the fillet
features as shown.

QM Momma-1mg...
.
.qu
>
“moonshine“.
Inna-y
mm mm
,
mm
EMnl<rme>
, minim-mm
Emaeuama.»
5 mm... m Emma-
m YopPI-rc m mm
EI‘
MM (J not»...
Ln-w Law
,
.
minor...
int-rate
r
mm
fill-um
mm
r
. r
guano.
, fluwI-mmNi-‘m r (lento-magnum
Driven ’Plllzu

3 His) \ sign

as
Lemon 3 soLIDwoRKs
Basie Pm Modeling

33 Hole leard.
Click the Hole leard a and click the Positions tab.
34 Face selecllonl
Select the face indicated.

Select this has

35 Holes.
Add two points and dimension them as shown.

” F“ ‘57 7
a
a
I_-
:6 Type. 0
Click the Type ml; and set the propemes of the i“ "f WW."
hole as follows. Click ox.
Type: Hole
Standard: Ansl Meme
Type: Drill slzes
Slze: 1.0
End Condlllon: Through All

I
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 3
Basl: Pan Modeling

37 change the view orientation.

Click Isometric
orienmticm. . u: change view

38 Roll to end. Q (Der-quumbjw-ym

Right<click on thc rollback bar and click Roll ’ I “WY
to End. EW

, {a
, W at.“ an
aa; cum»-
, m mmmw
@ mg:
m m

Introducing: Use Appearances to change the color and optical properties of

Appearances graphics. Color Swatches can also be created for user defined colors.

Where to Find It I Shortcut Menu: Rightrclick a face, feature, body, part, or

.
component, elick Appearances, and click the item to edit
I HeadSrup View Toolbar: Edit Appearance

87
Lesson 3 soLIDwoRKs
Basic Pun Modelmg

39 Select swatch.
.

_
r...
..
CD

Click Edit Appearance Under the Color v x '-

fin
standard
seleetion, select the swatch and one
of the colors as shown. Mn,
Click OK. we...” o

I
lair—m...,

—_
.—
91 3

I s

31 mm: D rev
a

40 Display appearances.
Click the DisplayManager 0 tab to see the
color listed. Click the FeatureManager design
trce § tab.
fip The DisplayManager can also be used to view and modify decals,
scenes, lights and cameras.
A Note About Color You can customize the Colors ofthe SOLIDWORKS user interface.
in the User Interface This is done through Tools, Options, System Options, Colors. You
con sclect predefined color schemcs, or create your own. in sornc cases,
wc have altered colors from their default settings to improve clarity and
reproduction quality. As o result, the colors on your system may not
match the colors used in this book.
41 Save the results.
Click Save E to save your work.
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 3
Basie Pan Madeling

Detailing Basics SOLIDWORKS enables you to easily create drawings from pans or
assemblies. Thcsc drawings are fully associative with the pans and
assemblies they reference. Ifyou change the model, the drawing will
updmc.

Various topics related to making drawings are integrated into several

lessons throughout this book. The material presented here is just the
beginning. Specifieally:

. Creating a new drawing file and sheet

. Creating drawing vicws using the view Palette.
. Using dimension assist tools.
A comprehensive treatment of demiling is ochrcd in the eourse
SOLID WORKS Drawings.

as
Lesson 3 SOLIDWORKS
Basl: Pan Modeling

Settings Used in The drawmg template used in this section has been designed to include
the Template the Document Properties shown in the elian below. Settings are
accessed through Tools. Options, The settings that will be used in this
lesson are:

System Options
Drawings, Display Style:
- D'splay style for new views
Hidden lines removed
- Tangent Edges = Visible
Document Properties
(Set using drawing template)
Drafting Standard:
= - Overall drafting standard =
ANSI

Colors: Dimensions:
- Drawings, Hidden Model Edges - Font = Century Gothic
— Black
- Primary precisio .123
- Add parentheses by default =
Selected
Detailing, Auto insen on VICW
creatio -

- All options = cleared

Units
- Uni system =MMGS

CommandManager Wlien working in a drawing document, the CoinmandManagcr talas

Tabs will update to include toolbars that are specific to the process of
detailing and making drawlngs. They are:
I View Layout

New Drawing
Introducing: Make
Drawing from Part
Mmmlm
a; tennis
I Annotation
ow’nrAwwwavm ’Elfilfilmvéflaimv
Drawlng files (".SLDDRW) are SULIDWORKS files that Contaln
drawing sheets, Each sheet is the equivalent ot‘a single sheet of paper,
Make Drawing from Part takes the current pan and steps through the
crcatloil ofa drawing tile, slieet format and initial drawing VlCWS using
that pan.

Where to Find It I Menu Bar: New B , Make Drawing from Part/Assembly IE

I Menu: File, Make Drawing from Part

so
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 3
Basl: Pan Modeling

1 create Drawing.
Click Make Drawing from PartIAssembly E
and choose
B,Size,ANSI,MM from the Tr g Templates tab.
The sheet fermat Creates a Besize drawing (I l" x 17") arranged with its
long edge horizontal. The sheet format ineludes a border, title bloek,
and other graphies.
hp Doublerelieking the template will autematieally Open it, eliminating the
need to eliek OK.

Drawing Views The initial msk ofdetailing is the creation ofviews. Using the Make
Drawing from Part/Assembly tool leads you through the selectien of
the drawing sheet to the View Palette. Previews of the medel
orientatiens are shown in the lower pane ofthe View Palette. Create
views on the drawing sheet by using a drag and drop procedure.
Additional views earl be projected or folded directly from the dropped
View.
These optians are discussed in dcmil in the SOLIDWURKS Drawings
course.

2 \fiew Palette.
Clear Import Annotations. Drag the Front view from the Wew
Palette and drop it onte the drawing as shewn.

[EEEEE
ssnra inarnsrn
ornrsmManama.

-
one term (urgi-

_l_
m
J
as a...”

M an... arm.

91
Lzsson 3 soLIDwoRKs
Basic Purl Madellng

3 Projected views.
Once the first View is placed, Projected View become active. Add the
Top view by moving the cursur above the view and eiieking.
Rctum tho cursor to tho Front view and move to the right to create the
Right view. Click OK.

4 Drawing views.
Add the "Isumetr'jc view by dragging and dropping fmm the pnlotte.
Pineo it in the upper right eorner.

Note The part document is still open. You can press ctrl+1ab to switch
botween the drawing and part doeurnentwindows.

92
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 3
Bail: Pan "Dueling

Tangent Edges Tangent Edges arc topological edges of faces that match in tangcncy.
The most commonly seen tangent edges are the edges of fillcm. They
an: oficn made visible in pictorial views but are removed from
orthographic Views.
Where to Find It I Shortcut Menu: ightrclick the view and click Tangent Edge
5 Remove tangent edges.
Using the Control key, select the front, top, and right Views. Click
Tangent Edge and Tangent Edges Removed.

6 Display style.
Click the Isometric View and click Shaded
click Hidden Lines Visible @.
.. In the other views,

93
Lesson 3 soLIDwoRKs
Basie Pzrl Modeling

Moving Views Drawing views enn be repositioned on the drawing. You piaee your
pointer over the view border, then drag the view. In the standard 3 view
arrangement, the Front view is the source view. This means that
moving the front view rnnves all three views. The Top nnd Right views
are aligned to the Front. They ean only move along their axis of
a1ignrnent.
Move Aligned Views.
Select the edge and move the Front view. It ean be moved in nny
direction and the other Views remain aligned.

Note Once the drawing view has been selected, it ean be dragged with the
mouse or moved with the arrow keys. The distance moved for eaeh
press of an arrow key is set under Tools, Options, System Options,
Drawings, Keyboard movement increment. Use Alt-drag to select
anywhere in the view. Use Shifldrag tn rnnintain the spneing between
the views whi1e dragging.

94
soLIDwoRKs Lesson a
Basic Pan Modeling

Center Marks Center Marks are atmehed to circle and are centers in the drawing
view.
Center marks were not inserted into the drawing
views automatically. You can turn this option on
or off. Set your preference using the Tools,
Options, Document Properties, Detailing
menu.

nmammwemn

Where to Find It - CommandManager: Annotation > Center Mark {2)

Menu: Insert, Annotations, Center Mark
. Shortcut Menu: Rightacltek In the graphics atca and click
Annotations, Center Mark

Center Mark.
Click Center Mark G).
(a
"
r...“
"
Clear Use document defaults, cheek the ”m
Extended lines option and set the Mark size to "'k
2mm as shown. mm
Click the large arc in thc front View. Co ‘ uc
adding eenter marks to the two holes in the Top
”“fi' 7Pram...
View. mama
Click OK. 5a I
mm...“
:Iw m..."
ma,
an“,
gamma
iim

95
Lesson 3 SOLIDWORKS
Basic Pzrl Madellng

Dimensioning Dimensions can be created in drawing views using several tools. Some
dimensions can be related to the dimen. s generated in the sketches
and rearures ofthe model. These are dr 'ng dimensions ()ther
dimensions are independem ofthe sketches and features ofthe model.
These are driven dimensions.
Driving Driving dimensions always display the proper values and ean be used
Dimensions to change the model. The Model Items tool imports the dime ns
created in the sketches and features ofthe model into the drawing.
Driven Driven dimensions always display me proper values but cannot be used
Dimensions to change the model. The values of driven dimensions enange when me
model dimensions change. By default, dimensions ofthis rype appear
in a different eolor and are enclosed in parentheses. Here are two ways
to create driven dimensions:

I The Smart Dimension tool manually adds dimensions to the

model like those in a sketch.
. The D'mXpert tool adds dimensions working from a datum
position.
Introducing: Model
Items
The Model Items tool assists in adding
dimensions to a view or all views using the
3‘”I.”
o x
[9

sketch and feature dimensions ofthe Inodel.

m v
You can import the dimensions for a seleeted
feature or the entire model. It also has the Wm W“
A

capability to select and import different types

Srlrnrfl lunar .
vlinasrr inns no so ow
ofdimensions as well as many types or
A
Annota Ions and Reference Geometry that
g-
may exist within the model.
all
n rummr. dupllmel
L

l' Xeled .u
EWE
W xivlm
it» Ll

names”, A

r
Seleaall

Where to Find It I CommandManager: Annotation > Model Items 3

I Menu: Insert, Model Items

95
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 3
Basl: Pan Modeling

9 Model items. 3‘ “has a)

Click Model Items é‘. Click Entire Model as .1 x

W
the Source and Import items into all views.
k... V

Under Dimensions, click Marked for A

drawing, Hole Wizard Locations, Hole

calloul and Eliminate duplicates.
KIM—4
arm,m.m,m...iiw..,
Click OK. A

Note The position of a dimension depends on how the feature was created
and where the model dimension was plaeed. Your results may vary
from the image above.
11p 0nee the dimensions are insened, they are assoeiated to that view and
will move with it unless you deliberately move them to another view or
delete them. For more information, see Manipulating Dimemimn on
page 98.

97
Lesson 3 soLIDwoRKs
Basl: Pzrl Modellng

Ma pulating ()nee dimensions have been added to a view, there are several options
Dimensions as to how they can be manipulated:

Drag Drag dimensions by their text to new locations.

Use the inference lines to align and position
them.
Hide Righteeliek the dimension text and click Hide
from the shortcut menu.
Move to another There is generally more than one view where a
View dimension can be used To move a dimension,
Shift + drag the dimension onto another view.
Copy to another To copy the dimension, hold down Ctrl and drag
view it into another view and drop it.

Delete Unwanted dimensions can be deleted from the

drawing using the Delete key.

10 Drag dimens'ons.
Drag dimensions within the view to reposition them as shown.

me l5 ,s'J'vll e is 7,0

t_tiw ' rsss

Tip Align dimension text using the yellow guidelines

as
soLIDwoRKs Lesson a
Hail: Pan Modeling

11 Move lo another view.

Shift + drag the 125mm dimension in Drawing Viewl and drop it. It
will hr: moved from ihc original view in the new View.

A.
.1
,,
e. Hi J'"

EM it

i; 1
as
i r
n
.
*
"4L
‘

.
1
~'

12 Move remaining dimensions.

Move dimensions in reposition them as shown.

9‘11
.

‘
i _L
_ L.
__

I'_:un< ”
Lesson 3 soLIDwoRKs
Basic Purl Modelmg

Dimension Palette The Dimension Palette appears near your cursor when you insert a
dimension or select one or more di ensions. It can be used to change
the dimensions' properties, formatting, position, and alignment.

Where to Find It
. Select one or more dimensions then eliek El
Dimension Assisi Use the Smart dimensioning option of the dimension assist tool to
Tool - Smart manually add dimensions in the drawing. These dimensions are
Dimensioning considered to be driven dimensions. See Drive/l Dimensirpm: on
page 96.

13 Arrange the dimensions.

Select all ofthe dimensions in the top view and click to open the
Dimension Palette. Then, click Auto Arrange Dimensions '
provide better spaeing and alignment of the dimensions.

Note Adjustments ean be made to dimensions alter using arrange.

14 Dimensioning.
(‘ , m
CliekSmart imension (“.Seleetvertiees « x
at the top and bottom and plaee the dimension
to the left ofthc view.
manna. .
Click OK.
5......“
gflupl.mnw
Ema

100
soLIDwoRKs Lesson a
Basic Pan Modeling

Associ In the SOLIDWORKS sohware, everything is associative. Ifyou make

Between the Model a change to an individual part, that change will propagate to any and all
and the Drawing drawings and assemblies that reference it.

15 Switch windows.

\
not it l‘wllmvnt"
Press Ctrl+Tab and click the part file
to switeh back to the part document

\
window swamps
.

4":

Changing SOLIDWORKS makes it very easy to make changes to the dimensions

Parameters ofyour part. This ease of editing is one ofthe principal benetits of
parametric modeling it is also why it is so impomnt to properly
capture your design intent. Ifyou don‘t properly capture the design
intent, changes to dimensions may cause quite unexpeeted results in
your part.
Rebuilding the After you make changes to the dimensions, you must rebuild the model
Model to cause those changes to take affect.
Rebuild Symbol Ifyou make changes to a sketeh or part that require the part to be
rebuilt, a rebuild symbol I
is displayed beside the parts name as well
as superimposed on the icon otthe feature that requires rebuilding
IE will. Look for the rebuild ieon on the Status Bar, also.
The rebuild symbol also is displayed when you are ed 3 a sketch.
When you exit the sketch, the part rebuilds automatiealiy.
Introducing: Rebuild Rebuild regenerates the model with any changes you have made.
Where [0 Find It I Menu Bar: Rebuild
I Mcnu: Edil, Rebuild
.
. Keyboard shone tri+B
Tip The model is also rebuilt when it is saved.
Note To rebuild all features, press Ctrl+0.

101
Lesson 3 soLIDwoRKs
Basie Pzrl Madelmg

16 Double-click on the feature.

You can double<click on the BasePlate fcatum cilhcr in the
FcammManagcr design use or ihc graphics area. When you do ihis, the
parameters associated with (hr: feature will appear.
Doubloeliek on use 125mm dimension indiealod. The Modify dialog
box will appears Enter a new value either by ryping it directly or by
using the spin box arrowsi Enter 150mm and click OK.

\\, \/e)
r’

17 Rebuild the part to see the results.

Rebuild ine pan by elieking Rebuild I
. Ifyou use (hr: one on (hr:
Modify dialog box, inc dialog box will say open so you can make
anmhcr change. This rnnkos exploring “whm if“ scenarios Easy

102
soLIDwoRKs Lessan a
Basl: Pan Madeling

18 Update the drawing.

Press Clrl+Tab and cliek the drawing file to switeh hack in the drawing
sheet. The dmwing will update automatically in rcfleet the changes in
the model. Dimensions may move during the rebuilding process and
require some clean up.

19 close the drawing.

Click File, Close in elose the drawing. Click Save All to save both the
drawing and part files. Save the file in the same folder as the part.

1m mum «sin.» mm r... n...-

-.nr Slbnr

EnE

103
 7
95 SOLIDIA/ORKS
MgSolidWorks.com
Allyour SOLIDWORKS content can be lound in one place at MySolidWorks.com. Night or
day. Tablet, phone, or desktop. No matter what you need or when you need it.
MySolidWorkscom includes.

l Tutorial videos. Learn SOLIDWORKS

products with over 1000 product tutorial . , ,
videos. Topics include several certification Mimi and mm sun-mum mmum

prep courses and lessons [or the latest

products such as MBD. Inspection, CAM, certificafion
SOLDWORKS xDesign. and more.

Knowledge base. Acoess an extensive library

of technical data. including: solutions, help
topics, best practices, and more.

Discussion forums. No matter what you use

SOLIDWORKS for. there are people out there
doing similar things. Connect with them, be part ofa oommunity, and get valuable
insights from users who share your vision.

Visit MySolidWorks.oom, your place [or all things SOLIDWORKS!

soLIDwoRKs Exercile 7
Plale

Exercise 7: Create this part nsing the informanon

Plate and dimensions provided. Skemh and
extrnde profiles to create the part. This
lab reinforces the following skills:

I Choosing the Best Pmfile on

page 66
I Introducing: Corner Rectangle on
page 71
- Sketching on a Planar Face on page 73
n Bass Feature on page 73
- Using the Hole Ward on page 78
Uni : mllllmeters
Procedure Create a new mm part and name it PLabe. Create the geometry as
shown in the following steps.
1 Sketch base feature
Create a new sketch on the Top plane.
Add the geometry and dimensions as
shown.

2 Extrude base feature

Extrude the skemh 10mm as shown.

105
Enmiae 1 sounwoRKs
PH:

3 Boss.
Create a new sketch on are mp face of are solid. Add are geometry and
dimensions as shown.
Extrude a boss 25mm.

‘
4 Hole where].
Click Hole Wlurd
Click are Type
a and click 'he face shown.
tab. Set are of are hole
properties as follows:
1ype: Hole
Standard: Ansl Meme
1ype: Drill slzes
Slze: 25mm
End Condnlon: Through All
Click che Poslflons tab. Place are points as shown.

A“
5 Save and close the part.

106
soLIDwoRKs Enrein 3
cm:

Exercise 8: Use rectangles, tangent arcs and

Cuts cut features to create the part.
This lab reinforces the following
skills:

I Introducing:
Corner Rectangle on page 71
I Tangent Am Intent Zones on
page 74
I Cu! Feature on page 76
I Filleling on page 80
Units: mllllmeteis
Procedure Create a new mm part and name it Cuts. Create the geometry as shown
in the following steps.
1 Sketch base feature
Create a new sketch on the Top plane. Add the geometry and
dimensions as shown.

75

19
2 Extrude base feature
Extrude the skemh 5mm as shown.

101
Enmiae I soLIDwoRKs
Cut;

cm slot.
Create a new sketch on the top
face of the solid. Add the R7
geometry and dimensions as
. .

shown.
Extrude a cut using Through
All. ‘0

aim
up Remember to cream a closed profile by sketching the line across the
bottom.
cm another slot
Create a new sketch using the
same face. Add the geometry
1’
V
and dimensions as shown.
Extrnde another cut using
Through All.

cm rectangler
Create a new sketch using the same face. Add the geometry and
dimensions as shown.
Extrude another cut using Through All.
15 15

105
soLIDwoRKs Enrcill a
CM:

6 FIIIeB.
Add fillets of Mann and Ramm to me edges as shown.

7 Save and close the part.

109
Exemise a soLIDwoRKs
assume-mos

Exercise 9: Make changes to the part

Basic-changes created in the previous
lesson.
This exercise uses the
following ski s:

- Changing
Parameters on
page 101
. Rehuildirlglhe Mode!
on page 101

Proced u re 0an an existing part and edi

Open the part
Basic-changes.
Several ehnnges will he
performed on the model to resize
it and check the design intent.

Overall dimension.
Doublcrclick the first feature (Base Plate) in the FcaturcManzgcr
design tree or on the sereen to neeess the dimensions. Change the
length dimension to 150mm (shown hold and underlined below) and
rebuild the model.

110
soLIDwoRKs Exercise 9
Banana-mes

3 Boss.
DoubICreliek the Van boss feature and change the height dimension as
shown. Rebuild the part.

4 Hole locations.
Doublereliek the 07.0 (’7) Diameter Halal feature and change the
position dimensions to 20mm. Rebuild the model.

5 Cenler the vm Boss.

Determine proper value and ehange the dimension that eenters the
the
Van Buss on the base.
fip Optionally, you ean delete the dimension and add a relations that
centers the VertBoss relative to the base.

6 Save and close the part.

111
Exercise 10 SDLIDWORKS
Base 3mm

Exercise 10: This lab reinforees the

Base Bracket following 5 I S:

I Choosing the Ram

Pmfile on page 66
I Boss Fcomm on
page 73
- Using lhe Ila/e Wizard
en page 78
- Filleting on page so
Units: m eters
Procedure Create a new mm pan and name it Base,Bra/eket. Create the geometry
as shown in the fellowlng steps.
1 Sketch base feature.
Create a new sketch on the Top plane. Add the geometry and
dimensions as Shawn.

150

——1
WW

75

2 Exlrude base feature.

Extrude the sketch 20mm to create the base feature as shown.

112
soLIDwoRKs Exercise 10
Base 3mm

3 Sketch on rear face.

Change to the Back View oriemation, seleet 1h: face indicated and
create a new skemh. Add the geometry and dimensions as shown.

Hie—>1

I
F—S—‘l

\
4 Exlrude bass.
Extrude m the sketch 20mm as shown.

113
Exzmise 1n soLIDwoRKs
Base Blanket

5 Fillels.
Add fillcm co the edges as shown.

Rlfllnm

RISInm

R12

R12mm

114
sounwoRKs Exerciu to
Base 3mm

6 Hole where].
Click Hole Wlurd a and click the Lace shown. Click die Type Lab
and set the properties of the hole as follows:
1ype: Hole
Standard: Ansl Meme
1ype: Drill slzes
Slze: 20mm
End Condnlon: Through All
Click the: Posltlons tab and locate the holes as shown.

Select Face

7 Second hole.
Repeat the procedure '0 cream an 18mm hole on a different face as
shown.

8 Save and close the part.

115
Exercise 11 soLIDwoRKs
Pan Drawings

Exercise 11 : Create this part drawing using the

Part Drawings information provided.
This lab reinforces the following
skills:

I New Drawing on page 90

- Drawing View? on page 91
- Gamer Mark: on page 95
- Dime/winning on page 96
Proced u re c mate a new drawing and add the views and dimensions shown in the
following steps.
1 Open part.
0an the pan BasiCVChaIlgasVdone.
2 New drawing.
Use the Make Drawing from Part command and thc
B,Slze,ANSLMM template to create the drawing views as shown.
3 Dimensions.
Add the annotations and dimensions as shown.

'4L.
qu
’
l l :

L.
4 Save and close all files.

116
 Lesson 4
Symmetry and Draft

Upon successful complcuon ohms lesson, you Wlll hc able m:

Use me view display and madmcauon commands,
Edn lhc dcfiniuon and parammcrs ofa foamrc and rcgcncrmc lhc
mode].
Use Up To Next and Mid Plane end coudluons m capture design
“1an
Use symmclry in me SkC‘CIL

117
Lesson 4 soLIDwoRKs
Symmetly and Dralt

Case Study: The Ratchet contains many ofthe

Ratchet features and procedures that you
will use frequently. lt eontains
bosses, cuts, sketeh geometry,
fillets and draft.

Stages in the Some key stages in the modeling process or this part are shown in the
Process following list. Eaeh orthese topies comprises a seetion in the lesson.
Design intent
The overall design intent for the pan is discussed.
Boss feature with draft
The first portion of the model to be ereated is the Had-idle. The Handle
uses sketched 1‘ and is extruded in two directions with draft forming
a solid. It is the i in] feature ofthe part and demonstrates the use of
mirroring in the sketch.
Up To Next end can on
The second portion of the model is the Transition It uses the
Up To Next end condition to connect to the Handle's faces.
Sketching inside the part
The third boss created is the Head. It is sketched within the solid
created by the Transltlon.
Cut using existing edges
The Recess is the first cut type feature created. It uses an offset from
the e ' ‘ng edges ofthe model to create the sketch. It is extnlded to a
spe e depth.
Out with trimmed sketch geometry
The Pocket is another eut feature, this time using circles that are
trimmed to the proper shape.
Filleting
Fillets and rounds are added to the solid using several different
teehniques.
Editing a feature's definition
Features that already exist ean be changed using Edit Feature. Fillets
will be edited in this way.

118
soLIDwoRKs Lessan 4
Symmetry and man

Design Intent The general design imem ofihc Ratchet is summarized in i110
illusiraiion and lisi belowl Speeifie design inicm for eaeh portion onhe
pan diseussed separalely,
‘

Handle

\
Transition
Recess

F Thru Holes

- Centering: The Head, Handle and Transition features are

ccmcrcd along an axis.

I Symmetry: The pan is symmcirical, boil: wiili rcspcci m a

longitudinal eemerline and wiili rcspcci i0 ihc paning plane.

115
Lesson 4 soLIDwoRKs
Symmetry and Drait

Boss Feature The first part ofthe Ratchet we will model is the Handle. The first
with Draft feature in any model is sometimes referred to as the have feature. All
other features are built ante the first feature.
The Handle has a r
reetangular eross
seetion. It is exu'uded Handle Secliorl
with drafi an equal
distanee in opposite
directions from the
sketeh plane.

Design Intent 0! The Handle is a sketehed feature that uses lines

the Handle and mirroring to farm the hasie eutline or
profile, a reetangular eross seetion.
. nrsit: The drafi angle is equal on both sides
of the parting plane.
. Symmetry: Feature is symmetrical with respeet to parting plane
and the eenterline axis of the Handle.
A eenterline, a pieee or reference geometry, will be used to
position and sketch the Handle sketeh.
The eentcrline represents distance from the end of the handle t0
the center ofthe furthest hole and is alsu used in mirroring
sketeh geometry.

Proced u re Begin by following this procedure:

New Part.
Create a new part using the Partng template cm the Training
Templates Lab. Save the part and name it Ratchet.
New sketch.
0an a new sketeh on the Top plane.

120
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 4
Symmetry and Dralt

Introducing: The Centerline tool is used to create a reference line in a sketch. The
Centerline eenteriine can be vertieai, horizonml, or an arbitrary angle depending
on how the inferences are used. Because the eenterline is considered
reference geometry, it does not have to be fully defined in the sketeh.

Where to Find It -
I
.
CommandManager: Sketch > Line
Menu: Tools, Sketch Entities, Centerline/
> Centerline

Shortcut Menu: Rightreliek in the graphics area and click

Sketch Entit s, Centerline ,r‘”
Note Any piece of sketch geometry can be convened into mm A
construction geometry or vieerversa. Select the mam..."
geometry and toggle For construction in the ”WWW"
PropertyManager.

Sketch a centerline.
sketeh a eenteriine running vertically from the origin. The length is .

not important.

Display off.
Toggle the . play of relations off using View, Sketch Relations.

L
Note Funher lessons will assume that View, Sketch Relations is toggled 0/].

Symmetry in Symmetrical geometry in a sketch ean be created easily using the

the Sketch Mirror option. You can select already sketched geometry and mirror it.
Mirroring creates copies that are related to the originals by the
Symmetric relation. In the ease of lines, the symmetric relation is
applied to the endpoints ofthe lines. In the case of ores and eireies, the
symmetrie relation is applied to the entity itself.
Symmetric relations can also be added to exi ing geometry. Adding a
Symmetric re1ation requires se1eeting a eenter1ine and entities that lie
on opposite sides ofthe eenteriine.

121
Lzsson 4 soLIDwoRKs
Symmetry and wait

Symmetry after Symmetry ean he created by sketching one half of the geomeu'y and
Sketching using mirroring to ereate the other. The symmetry is applied after
sketehing.
Introducing: Mirror The ' or Enlilies tool requires the entities to be mirrored in already
Enlilies be ex id"); in the sketch along with a line of symmeu'y that ean be
selcewdl The line ofsymmetry ean be a sketeh line or centerline, plane,
planar faee, or linear edge of the model.

Where to Find It - CommandManager: Sketch, irror Entities will]

I Menu: Tools, Sketch Tools, Mirror
. Shorteut Menu: Rightrcliek in the graphics area and click
Sketch Tools, Mirror Enlilies IHfl

5 Sketch lines.
sketeh a line from the upper end ofthe eenterline moving
in—
horizontally to the right. Add two more lines, yeru'eal and
1

horizontal, as shown. This completes hal/ofthe profile. 1

up Do not cross the eenterline while sketehing geometry that will be used
with Mirrors Ifyou do, duplicate geometry can be created Stopping at
the eenterline will eause the symmetrieal lines to be merged into a
single line when mirrored.

—
6 Mirror.
Click Mirror Enlilies Hi] and
H0
M G)

w x o ‘

select the three lines created

in the previous step 5. Cliek
Copy.
"‘m " " l

Click in Mirror about and mm mm

\W—
um
‘

9‘“
select the CCntCrlmct
.
‘

Click OK. g ‘

l7<apy ‘

122
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 4
Symmetry arm Dralt

7 Dimensions. 20— .—
Fully dimension the sketch.

IN

i,

Mid Plane In this part, the first feature created is 2 Mid Plane extrusion. The Mid
Extrusion Plane option extnldes the profile equally in opposite directions. The
depth is the tow] exu'udcd distance, split evenly in each direction.
Draft Toggle The Draft atoggle can be selected to drafi the fnees normal to the
extnlsion direction. The Draft angle and Draft outward toggles ean be

L
used to set the value and direetion ofthe angle.

w
8 Extrusion. a; home at
Click Extruded .1 x a
BossIBase m.

l:
r... A

l
choose the Mld
-
Plane
option from the list and
enter a depth of15mm.
Click Draft 1 and set the Ii—
)-

(a
a7

angle to 8". The Draft

outward Check box should
be eleared.
I L—me h,
mm P‘

Click OK to create the *D

feature.

123
Lesson 4 soLIDwoRKs
Symmetry and Dralt

9 Completed feature.
The edmnleted feature is shdwn st
the right. Name the feature Handle.

Sketching The seeend feature in the pan is the Transition, snether boss that will
Inside the ednneet to the Handle feature. The sketeh for this feature is created on
Model a smndzrd plans.

V
?????
Transitiun Section

Design Intent 0! The Transition feature is a simple

the Tmns circular profile that is extruded up to
the existing Handle feature.

. Centering; 1he eireular profile

is centered on the Handle
feature.

. Length; 1he length dfthe

seetien is determined using
existing locations.

124
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 4
Symmetry and Dralt

11] Showing the Front: plane.

Switch to an Isometric View and click
the Front plane from the
FcatureManagcr design use. It will be
highlighted on the screen. ~..
To make sure the plane stays visible, ,
‘
righlrclick the Front plane in the
FeatumManagcr design nee, and click
Show as. The plane will appear shaded and nansparent.
11 Plane settings and changes.
There are settings to determine how planes will appear on the sereen.
For shaded planes, click Tools, Options, System Options, Display
and click the Display shaded planes check box. Set the color offllc
plane using Tools, Options, Document Properties, Plane Display.
Any plane, system or user generated, ean be resized
by dragging its handles. Aficr they have been
changed, planes can he automatieally resized to the
model geometry. Rightrclick the plane, click
AutoSize and rebuild.

Circular Profile The sketeh for the Transition feature has very simple geometry and
relations. A eirele is sketehed and related to a position on the previous
feature to define it. This relation will keep the Transition centered on
the Handle feature.
12 Open a new sketch.
with the Front plane still selected, eliek Sketch C.

125
Lesson 4 soLIDwoRKs
Symmetly and Brett

Introducing: View The View Normal To option is used to change the view orientation to a
Normal To direetion normal to a seleeted planar geometry. The geometry ean be a
plane, sketch, planar face or feature that eonmins a sketeh.

fip Clicking the Normal To ieon a second time will flip the orientation
around to the opposite side ofthe plane.
Note To automatieally change each new sketeh to a normal to view
orienmtion, eliek Tools, Options, System Options, Sketch and
Auto-rotate view normal to sketch plane on sketch creation and
sketch edit.
Where to Find It
. Shorteut Menu: Rightrelick a plane or planar face and elick
Normal To $
. HeadSrup view Toolbar: Select a plane or planar face and click
View Orientation U, Normal To $
I Keyboard Shoneut: Space bar + click Normal To

13 Normal To View orlentatlon. Front Plane

Press Space bar and elick Normal To L.
This orients the view so you ean see the
plane's true size and shape and makes
sketehing easier.

Introducing: Circles The circle tool is used to ereate eireles within in a sketch. The eirele is
defined by either Center or Perimeter creation. Center requires two
locations: the center, and a loeation on its clreumfcrence. Perimeter
requires loeations that represent two (or optionally three) loeations on
the perimeter.

Where to Find It - CommandManager: Sketch > Circle (3

I Menu: Tools, Sketch Entities, Circle
. Shorteut Menu: Rightrelick in the graphics area and eliek
Sketch Entities, Circle 6
Sketching the Many inference points Can be used to loeate eireles. You ean use the
Circle eenter of previously ereated eireles, the origin and other point loeations
to loeate them. In this example, we will automatieally eapture a
eoineident relation to the origin by sketching the eenter of the eirele on
it.

126
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 4
Symmetry and malt

14 Add a circle and dimension it. <Dl2

Click Circle G) and add a eirele at the Fvonl Plane
origin.
Add the diameter dimension to fully
define the sketeh. Set the value to be
12mm. The sketeh is fully defined.

Changing the With the dimensioning standard currently in use, diameter dimensions
Appearance oi are displayed with one arrow outside the circle. Using the handles, you
Dimensions can change the display so that two arrows are inside of the circle.

15 c k the dimension. f—amz

Two small dots, dimension handles, will "on. pic",
appear on the arrowheads of the
dimension.

Mole The highlighted geometry ean appear in any eolor. The eolor depends
on the Selected Item 1 color setting.
16 Toggle the arrows. @12
Click the handle at the base ofthe arrow Fm", plane
to toggle the arrows to the inside ofthe
eirele. This works on all dimensions, not
just diameter dimensions.
Click again to plaee the arrows outside.

17 change lo Isometric view.

Unlike when you ereated the
first feature, the system will not
switeh view orientations
automatieally for any other
bosses or euis. Change to an
Isometric view. a,

127
Lesson 4 soLIDwoRKs
Symmetry and Drain

Extruding Up To The sketch will be extruded up to the next race(s) it encounters along
Next its path. It is imponant [0 watch the preview graphics to determine that
the boss is going in the pmpcr directien, reversing the direction if
necessary.

18 Up To Next extrusion.
Click Extruded BossIBase
fl and watch thethepreview
direction
display. Change
se that the preview shows the
extrusiun running towards the
Handle.
change the end condition to
Up To Next.
Click OK.

Rename the feature [0

Transition.

19 Hide plane.
Rightelick the Front plane and click Hide 49.

Up To Next vs. Up To The end eunditicms Up To Next and Up To Surface generate different

“I;
Surface results in many cases. The image an the lefl is for Up Te Surface when
the angled (red) face is selected. The extrusion is shaped by the selected
surface. Only one surface selection is allowed. The image on the right
is for Up To Next. All faces in the pnth ctfthe extrusien are used te
shape the mansion.

128
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 4
Symmetry and Dratt

Design Intem oi The Head is a sketehed feature that uses lines and tangent ares to form
the Head the basic outline or profile. The profile is extruded in opposite
direetions, equally, with dratt. This feature is the key feature of the pan.
It will eontain poekets and holes used for the loeation orother parts.
The design imem ofthe Head i. listed below:
Arc Centers: The
centers of the two
arcl ihc outline
(pmfilc) line up
vertieally in a Top
view oricmmion. Parling Line
The radii are not
equal, and ean
change to any \
value. I \

Profile Loesu'ou: The sketeh geometry is loeated on the parting

plane of the solid with the larger are eentered with respeet to the
model Ongln.
Draft: The applied drafi is equal on both sides ofthc parting plane.
Thickness: The thiekness ofthc part is equal on both sides ofihc
parting line.

Head Semicn

129
Lesson 4 SOLIDWORKS
Symmetiy and Dralt

2|] Centerline.
Solcct the plane Top as the sketch plane. ()ricnt thc view to the
same direction Start offthe sketch with a ccntcrline as shown.

21 Lines and arcs.

Create a line and transition
directly into n mngent are
using Autotransilioning.
For more information, see \ \
Autoimmiiinnirig Between
Lines undAres on pagc 74‘
Place the endpoint of the ate
so it is horizontal from the
{net endpoint.
22 Return to a line.
After the arc is complete, the line tool
again becomes active. Sketch a line
using the tangent inference line. End
the line horizontally from the end of
the first line.

23 Tangent arc.
Use autmmnsitioning again to close the
profile starting with a tangcnt are from the
last endpoint.
Select the point shown and add a Tangent
relation.

130
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 4
Symmetry and malt

24 Add relations.
Add Merge Points v relations to attach the
are eenterpeints to the ends of the eenterline as
Shawn.

25 Dimensions. R13
Add dimensions as shown t0
fully define the sketch.

18

Rlé

26 The extrusion.
Change t0 an Isometric view
and click Extruded Boss]
Base GB. Set the type to Mid
Plane, depth to 20mm and
drafi ta 8’. Rename the latest
feature to Head.
The three main features that
make up the overall shape 0f
the part are now complete.

131
Lzsson 4 soLIDwoRKs
Symmetry and D131!

View 0p ns The SOLIDWORKS software provides you with many options for
controlling and manipulating how models are displayed on your scmcn.
In general, these view options can be divided into two groups.

Display Options
DE
w,
1

s
1: «it-

Dum—
Mm”
cw.
cgl wow...
|Me|\lu4ble
ion. “on“; . ta dominiomi
no»... . I’M-awn.“
1. mid
no... .
Wang-u . P! M: noirammv
a himnsnwn.
i

v
m ,
a Anllnmamuvn
R my,“ m
\‘ “mm
a down.
Cunumn Mini

mm W.
a. mfianrcuvlmntamhs
in amount,
5 ossmmnvn.
‘
p ”organism
I Modify Options

I; no-
omens”
l

moi.
not:
nomemn
nnmw
.

.
7
9 Wow,
p more
p‘
1;:
Zia-mun»:-
2mm".
sons.
I
_

nos.n ,
visit...“ .
c. M.
now.“ .
9 ,m
g mom m G .n
swimmers
4 Mom. town
rim .._. 2m Final
2m Mm Xmm cm

Male The lower portions of these menus have been tmncawd.

132
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 4
Symmetry and Brett

//
Display Options The following illustrations ofthe Ratchet illustrate the dit=rerent types
of display options.

Wireframe l-lidden Lines Visible l-lidden Lines Removed

.
Shaded Perspective // Section

Zebra Stripes Shadows in Shaded Mode Shaded With Edges

Note The Perspective and Section View options can be applied to any type
ofview r wireframe, hidden line, or shaded. The Draft Quality HLRI
HLV tool Fl! can be active with all view types but affects only the
Hidden Lines Removed and Hidden Lines Visible options by making
the display faceted and faster to manipulate,
Modify Options The modify options are listed below next to their corresponding tools.
Note It is notoriously diflicult to illustrate something as dynamic as view
rotation via a medium as static as a printed manual. Therefore, the
different view options are only listed and summarized here. Your
instructor will demonstrate them for you in class,

p Zoom to Fit: Zooms in or out so the entire model is visible.

Zoom to Area: Zooms in on a ponion ofthe view that you select

q
{1 by dragging a bounding box. the eenter ofthe box is marked with
a plus (+) sign.

Zoom lnlOut: Zooms in as you press and hold the left mouse
1p button and drag the mouse up. Zooms out as you drag the mouse
down.

fl Zoom to Selection: Zooms to the size ofa selected entity.

133
Lesson 4 soLIDwoRKs
Symmeuy and man

Rotate View: Roiaies ihe view as you press and hold ihe lefi
mouse hunon and drag ihe mouse around ihe sereen.
Roll View: Roiaies ihe view aboui an axis normal io ihe screen as
you press and hold me lefi mouse bunch and drag me mouse
around ihe screen.
Fan View: Scrolls ihe view so ihe model moves as you drag ihe
mouse.

Middle Mouse The middle or wheel mouse bunon on a ihree bunon mouse can be used
Button Functions io dynamieally mallipulaie ihe display, Using ihe middle or wheel
mouse burion you can:

Function Button Wheel

Press and hold ihe middle
mouse burion. As you move
ihe mouse, ihe view roiaies
freely.
Click ihe middle mouse
bunon on ihe geomeiry. As
you move ihe mouse, ihe
Rotate view roiaies aboui ihai
xbout seleeied geomeiry.
geometry
The geomeiry can he a
venex, edge, axis, or
iemporary axis.
Press and hold ihe cm key
iogeiher wiih ihe middle
mouse bunou, The view
will seroll as you drag ihe
luouse.
Press and hold ihe Shift key
iogeiher wiih ihe middle
mouse bunou, The view
will zoom larger as you
drag ihe mouse upward;
smaller as you drag ihe
mouse downward.
Doublereliek ihe middle
luouse bunou in zoom ihe
emire model io l‘u.
Press and hold ihe wheel
mouse bunon. As you move
ihe mouse, ihe view roiaies
rreely.
Click ihe wheel mouse
bunou on ihe geomeiry.
Then, press and hold ihe
wheel mouse bunon, The
view roiaies aboui ihe
geomeiry as you move ihe
mouse.
Press and hold ihe cm key
iogeiher wiih ihe wheel
mouse bunon. The view
will seroll as you drag ihe
mouse
Spin ihe wheel mouse
bunoll. The View will zoom
larger as you spin me wheel
downward; smaller as you
spin ihe wheel upward. ()r,
press and hold ihe sum key
and ihe wheel mouse bunou
as you drag ihe mouse.
Doublereliek ihe wheel
mouse bunon io zoom ihe
eniire model io fii.

134
SOLIDWORKS Lesson 4
Symmetry and Dre"

Reference Triad The Reference Triad can be used to change the V|CW Y

Functions orientation. Selecting an axis, with or without additional keys, 1%

can be used to control rotations.
’vamlivi:

Selection Result
Select axis not normal to screen Axis direction is normal to the
screen.
Select axis normal to screen Rotate View 180U clockwise.
Shift + select axis Rotate view 90 degrees eloekwise
about the selected axis,
Alt + select axis Rotate view about the selected axis
using Arrow key inerements.

Keyboard Listed below arc the predefined keyboard shoncuts for VICW options:
Shortcuts
Arrow Keys Rotate the view
Shifl+Arrow Keys Rotate the view in 90" increments
And-Left or Right Arrow Keys Rotate about normal to the screen
Ctrl+Arrow Keys Move the \’|CW

Shifl+Z Zoom ln
2 Zoom Out
F Zoom to Fit
(3 Magnifying Glass
ctrl+1 Front ()rieiitation
ctrl+2 Back ()rientation
ctrl+3 Left Orientation
ctrl+4 Right Orientation
ctrl+5 Top ()rientation
Ctrl+6 Bottom Orientation
ctrl+7 lsometric ()rientation
Ctrl+8 View Normal To

Space bar View ()rientation dialog

Tip In a drawmg, only the Zoom and Pan functions can be used.

135
Lesson 4 soLIDwoRKs
symmetry and Drain

fip Clear Zoom to fit when changing to standard views in Tools,

Options, System Options, View to prevent fitting the model to the
graphics area on an orientation ehange.
Note Click Tools, Customize and the Keyboard ml: to see assigned
shortcuts. Use the same dialog to add shortcuts of your own.

v-ultmlsnum:[lm Emmi. Mrnw xwaa wan-cl (mum

0qu
‘

3a (mun

all—I want-flu
Dm
ano...
no

tllr Ilwvenzrrnoummm '-

,
(u. m no. mm
in. x .4
humour“
nu
F momma”
am.
,
on;

fl——m
.ia on
Mo
mama

we ,
mimosa

Using Model The first out feature to be added is the Recess, a pocket that is extruded
Edges in a down from the top face ofthe Head. This feature allows for the
Sketch placement ofa eovcr plate over the ratchet gears. since the cover is the
same general shape as the mp face, it would be helpful to take
advantage ofthe edges ofthe Head when sketching the profile for the
Recess cut. We will do this by making an Offset ofthe edges ofthe
Head.
Zoom to Selection The Zoom to Selection option zooms in on a selected entity, making it
fill the sereen.

Where to Find It I Menu: Select geometry or features and click View, Modify,
Zoom to Selection
. Shortcut Menu: Rightecliek geometry or features and eliek
Zoom to Selection P
Note Multiple geomeu'y selections can also be used.

136
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 4
Symmetry and Dralt

Named Views Add a custom named view tO the Orientation dialog box tO reeall the
zOOm level and rotation angle ofthc model in the graphics area. Use
this to easily return to a previous view ofthe model.

Where to Find It
. HeadSrup view Toolbar: Click View Orientation E ,

New View V
I Keyboard Shoneut: Space bar, then New View V
27 Select face and zoom.
Select the top face ofthc Head
and click Zoom to Selection
.0. That face will fill the
graphics window.
28 Named view.
Press the Space bar to open the
Orientation dialOg box.
Click New View 8’. Type Head
and click OK. Close the
Orientation dialOg box.
This view name will now appear in the dialog and view orientation
menus and can be seleeted to return to this view ofthe model.

Sketching an offsets in a sketeh rely on existing model edges or sketch entities in

Offset another sketch. In this example we will utilize the model edges of the
Head. Thesc edgcs ean he chosen singly, or as the boundary of an
entire facc.thn possible, it is a good idea to pick the face because the
sketch will regenerate better if subsequent changes add or remove
edges from the face.
The edges are projected onto the plane of the sketeh, regardless
whether they lie on that plane or not.
Offset Entities used to ereme copies of model edges in a sketch.
is
Offset Ent es These copies are offset from the original by some specified amount.

Where to Find It - COmmandManager: Sketch > Offset Ent't'es E

Menu: Tools, Sketch Tools, Offset En s
. Shorteut Menu: Rightrcliek in the graphics area and click
Sketch Tools, Offset Entities E

137
Lesson 4 SDLIDWORKS
Symmetly and oratt

29 Offset the face boundaries.

Emm Q
Select the top face and click Sketch C With the « x v-

faee still selected, click Offset EntitiesE. Sct --«-

('3 “”7”"
A

the distance value to 2mm and Reverse the 3

direction if necessary, moving the offset to the a!“ .

inside, and click OK. Jgunt is."
:Ib‘muul
lgutnm

(“mini-m “and"
‘l am imam
"lgnmqm

3|) Resulting Offset.

The oflset creates two lines and two arcs.
This geomcu'y is dependent on the solid faee
it came from and will change with the solid.
The sketch is aummatieally fully defined and
ready to extrude as a cut.

31 Settings for the cut.

Choose a Blind cut with 2mm for the depth value
and click OK.
32 Rename the feature.
Change the name of the feature to Recess.

Creating The Pocket is another extruded eut feature. Th

Trimmed Sketch overlapping circles that are trimmed to create a Slnglc contour. The
Geometry centers of the eire1es are related to existing circular centerpoints.

33 Sketch circles.
Select the botmm face of the Recess feature
and begin a new sketeh.

-
Using the circle 6) tool, ereate a circle that
shares the same centerpctint as the smaller are
of the Head and heeess.
Create a second circlc off to the side of the
model.

138
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 4
Symmetry and Dratt

34 Relate the centers.

Click Add Relation 11 to open the Add
Relations PropertyManager, Select the second
circle and the edge ofthe eut, Choose the
Concentric option and click OK. Concentric
forces the two arts (the circle and the circular
edge) to share a common center. This will pull
the circle into position. '

Trim and Extend Sketch entities can he trimmed shorter using the Trim option. In this
example, the overlapping portions ofthe circles will be removed, There
are several trimming options: Power Trim, Corner, Trim away inside,
Trim away outside and Trim to closest. They can also be lengthened
using Extend. They are discussed below.
Introducing: Trim Trim can he used to shonen sketch geometry,

Where to Find It - CommandManager: Sketch > Trim Ent es 8

I Menu: Tools, Sketch Tools, Trim
. Shortcut Menu: Rightrelick in the graphics area and click
Sketch Tools, Trim Entities a:

Power trim 5T: removes

the ponion ofan entity that
you drag over between
intersections or to an
endpoint,

The Corner 5" option is

used to trim by keeping the
geometry selected to a
common intersection,

135
Lesson 4 SOLIDWORKS
Symmetry and man

Use the Trim away

outside H. to keep the
N. \
inside ponions of geometry
against a boundary. Select
the two boundaries (B) first
then the pieces ot‘geometry
K\B
N
to trim (T).

Use Trim away inside

it to keep the outside

portions of geometry \.
against a boundary. Select TE}:
the two boundaries (B) first
then the pieces ot‘geometry
\B
to trim (T).

Use Trim to closest - i»

to trim selected geometry
to the nearest intersection
or remove a portion ofthe
.X \
geometry between
boundaries.

Note The trimmed geometry can be deleted or kept as coiistnictioii geometry.

Also, existing construction geometry can be ignored by the trim tool.

Introducing: Extend can be used to lengthen sketch geometry.

Extend

Where to Find It - CoinmandManagcr: Sketch > Trim Ent es 8 >

Extend Entities
I Menu: Tools, Sketch Tools, Extend

Select nearest the end to

extend and click to extend
to the next intersection.

1A0
Drag the nearest endpoint
and drop it on the
intersecting entity to
extend.
/\
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 4
Symmetry and malt

35 Trim the circles.

Click Trim Enl s 8
the Power lrim option.
and eliek

Drag across the portions ofthe

sketeh entities that you want to
remove.
The system will find the
interseetionsbetween the circles
and remove the excess. 4* my. mm mm

my. mom».

36 Add dimensions. R9
Add dimensions to the arcs. This will fully
define the sketch.
37 Turn off me dimension lool.
An easy way to turn oFfthe dimension tool is to
simply press the Eso key on the keyboard.

RIZ

Modifying sinee the sketch entities are ares, the system automatically ereated
Dimensions radial dimensions. Ifyou prefer diameter dimensions, you can quickly
change the display options. For more inrdepth dimension changes,
rightrcliek the dimension, and click Properties.

38 Modify dimension properties. $18

Select the dimensions, right<elick and Cliek
Display Options, Display As Diameter.

$24

141
Lesson 4 soLIDwoRKs
symmetry arm Draft

Offset From Surface The design intent for the Pocket feature is that it's bottom face should
always be 5mm from the bottom face of the head. To accomplish this
we'll use the end condition Offset From Surface.
The Offset From Surface end
condition is used to locate the end of
an extrusion as a measurement from a
plane, face or surface rather than the
sketch plane ofthe feature.
The Translate Surface option can be
checked or cleared. lts meaning is
explained below.

What the Translate The Translate Surface option of the

Surface option Offset From Surface end condition is off
does: by default.
In the illustration at the right, both
columns are positioned below two
identical semieeircular reference surfaces.
Both columns are extnlded such that the
top of each is 1.4" below the reference
surfaces. The column on the left was
cxtnlded with the Translate Surface
option on. The eolumn on the right was
cxtnlded with the option off.
The Offset from Surface option in
the Translate Surface option defines
the end condition by linearly
‘

translating a Copy of the surface in the

direction ofthe extrusion. Without it
the eopicd surface is created by
projection normal to the gmal
surface. Hence the two diFfercnt
results.
Note In example, the position of the planar faec selected means that both
options reach the same result.

39 Offset From Surface.

Cliek Extruded Cul Hi and choose the Offset From Surface end
condition. Set the Offset Distance to 5mm.

142
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 4
Symmetry and malt

Introducing: Select Select other is used is select hidden faces of the model without
other rcorienting it.

Where to Find It - Shoneut Menu: Righteeliek a face and click Select other a?
Select other To seleet faces that are hidden or obscured, you can use the Select
Procedure Olher tool. When you position the cursor in the area ofa face and press
the right mouse button, Select other is available as an option on the
shortcut menu. The face closest to the cursor is hidden. Moving over
faces listed in the dialog highlights them on the seicen.

4|] Named view.

Press the Space bar to open the Orientation dialog box. Click Head to
display thc view state of that named view.
41 Face selection.
Right<cliek over the hidden bottom faee and choose Select Other. If
there are multiple selections, slide the cursor up and down the Select
Olher list to highlight possible face sclectiens. Use the lefi mouse
button to seleet the face directly or seleet the choiee Face from the list.
Cliek OK and rename the feature Pocket.

fip Other faees ean be hidden during the selection. Rightreliek a face to

hide it. Press Shift and rightcliek to unhidc faces.

14a
Lesson 4 soLIDwoRKs
Symmetry and Dralt

Measuring The Measure option can be used for many measurement msks
including measuring a single e or between two entit s. The
entitles include faees, edges, vertices, and paints. The measurement
appears in the default units of the part but you can change that in the
Measure dialog box.

mm “mam m min:
Normal Dunn: mun

nutmsnn
num 1.5mm
Deixaznnnnm
nunsngtn 1m
nu anSiDFRHn mum
Pu: nnmmn nuns:

Introducing: The Measure command can calculate distances, lengths, surfaee areas,
Measure angles, circles and X, Y, Z locations ofseleeted veniees. For circles and
ares, the eenter, mi imum and maximum dimensions are available as
shown below. You can change between these dimensions in the
Measure dialog box or in the onscreen eallout.

1“
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 4
symmeuy and Dmlt

5a mammal
as Mlmmmomm
m lemumDuhnu
WWW .

Where to Find It - Commansznagcr: Evaluate > Measure

I Mcnu: Tools, Evaluate, Measure
I
42 Measure between face and vertex.
Click Measure
l
and click the faee
and vcmx as shown.
The Normal Distance and Delta Y are
WW 5 533mmm
mm:
Nnvmzl
both 5mm. Information for the ammsslm
combined selections wuumm
m nmunwkfln wuuem
m nammmmlg mu:

Note Individual measurements can be tacked in place using a pushpin.

145
Lesson 4 soLIDwoRKs
Symmetry and Dralt

fip The Status Bar at the buttom ufthe SOLIDWORKSwindow displays

same similar information when the Measure tool is ofi“. Ifa eireular
edge was selected, the status her would show the Radius and Center.
Ifz linear edge is selected, the status her would shew the Length.
Radius: 9mm Cevliev: UMMVSMMVlem

Copy and Paste simple sketched features and some applied features can be copied and
Featu res then pasted onto a planar faee. Multirsketeh features such as sweeps
and lofis eannothe eopied. Likewise, eertain applied features such as
drafi eannot he eopied, although fillets and ehszers ean.
0nec pasted, the Copy has no ties or assoeiativity to the original. Both
the feature and its sketch can be ehznged independently.
In this example, the Head requires two through holes efdifferent
diameters. We will create one hole and use copy and paste to ereate the
seeond.

Where to Find It - Menu: Edit, Copy ii or Edit, Paste E

- Keyboard shortcut: mum and (MN
I Keyboard Shortcut: ctmdrag

43 create a circular hole.

Sketeh a eire1e centered on the upper center mark and add the
dimension. Set the diameter to 9mm and create :1 Through All euL
Name the feature Wheel Hole.

6.9
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 4
Symmetry and Dralt

_
44 COPY- »
an“.
The feature to be eopied must be identified either in the mm»
5:W
,

FeatureManager design uee or in the graphies area. For :

this example, select the feature Wheel Hole by pieking it ,

E
in the FeatureManagerdesign tree. Next, copy it to the
elipboard by elieking Copy Eh.
45 Select face.
The eopied feature must be pasted onto a planar faee. Select the bottom
inner face, the same one used for the sketch plane ofthe Wheel Hole
and click Paste [i
46 Copy confirmation.
The Wheel Hole was eoncenuic to the
“new“
smaller end ofthe “figure eight" faee. mummmmmmml
“W“ “mm"
The copy earries that eoneerttrie relation 23:21.",

E E IE
with it only the system now has a bit of
a problem. It doesn't know what edge to
make it eoneentrie to. Therefore, we are
given three ehoiees:
. Delete the relationship
. Keep it even though it is unresolved
(dangling)
. eaneel the eopy operation
Click Delete.

Note Dimensions and relations that reference something that has been
deleted or that is otherwise unresolved are said to be dangling.
Dangling relations ean usually be repaired through one or more
teehniques. We will d euss repairing dangling relations later in the
eourse in Lesson at: dllmg.‘ Repairs.
47 Edit the sketch.
The eopied feature includes both the feature
itself and its sketeh, but is under defined
beeause the original relationship has been
deleted. Edit the sketch.
Change the diameter to 12mm. Drag and
drop the eenter point on the origin as shown.
Exit the sketch.
Rename the feature to Ratchet Hole.

147
Lgsson 4 soLIDwoRKs
Symmetry and urea

48 Fillets.
Add fillcm cm edges and faces as Shawn below.

R, 3mm
Nam: ’ Handle Fillets
R , 1mm
Name ’ H End Fillets
R, 2mm
Nam: ’ TVH Fillets

mm

Ed ng [he Fillet The last fillet te ereate is amund the upper and lower edges ufthc
Feature Head. sinee this fillet has the same radius as the fillet en the ends at
the Handle, we will edit this existing fillet te inelude the edges on the
Head. This is n better teehnique than eresting a new fillet and trying to
figure out how to keep their radii equal. To do this we will edit the
definition Of the H End Fillets.

49 Select and e I the fillet.

Righteliek the feature H End Fillets, end eliek Edil Feature G.
Zoom in using the named view Head. Seleet the additional edges
around the upper and lower edges of the Head. 1he seleetien list
sheuld now indiente n mml of e edges seleeted.

5|] Save and close the part.

Ma
soLIDwoRKs Lennon 4
Symmmy and man

149
 7
DS SOLIDWORKS
CFlD Training Courses
SOLIDWORKS Essenlials is a great place to slart. but there is so much more to learn about
SOLIDWORKS CAD software. Courses related to SOLIDWORKS CAD, include.

SOLIDWORKS Drawings

Assembly Modeling
Advanced Part Modeling
Surface Modeling
Mold Design

Sheet Metal
Weldmenls
File Management

Routing: Electrical
Routing: Piping and Tubing
SOLIDWORKS MED

SOLIDWORKS Inspection

SOLIDWORKS Visualize

Talk to your resellertoday to see how you can conlinue your

SOLIDWORKS learning journey!
soLIDwoRKs Exercise 12
Pulley

Exercise 12: Complete this part using the dimensiuns pmvided. Use ,
Pulley relations where applieable to mainmin the design '

intent.
This lab uses the following skills:

I Symmelry in the Sketch on page 121

- Mid Plane Extrusion on page 123
- Draft Toggle on page 123
- Inzmdueing: Circle: on page 126

Optional Ifyou wuuld like ta use the existing geumeu'y, skip to Procedure. If
Sketching you would like to ereate the sketehes, open a new mm part and use the
dimensions beluw. There are three sketches required, the first created
on the Front Plane, the remaining two on the Right Plane.

N we

Front Plane
7

Right Plane

Proced u re 0an an existing part named Pulley.

Extrusion with draft.
Extrude the Base sketeh (red)
10mm using the -plane end
canditiun and 6" of drafi.

151
Exzmise 12 soLIDwoRKs
Pulley

2 Hanger.
Use the Hanger (blue) sketeh and another Mid-
plane extrusion of 4mm with the same amount
of dxafl.

3 Cu! and hole.

Create a eut using the Center out sketeh
(green). The cut is Through All- Both.
Add a 5mm diameter hole.

Create another hole, 3mm, centered above the

origin.

033

152
soLIDwoRKs Exercise 12
Pulley

4 Fillels.
Add a fillet of 1mm to thc botwm edges of
the Cut.

Add fillets of1mm and

0.5mm as shown.

1mm

Nale Thcsc fillets are very order dependent; the 1mm fillets must precede
the 0.5mm ones.
5 Save and close the part.

153
Exercise 13 SOLIDWORKS
Symmeuy and M5915 1

Exercise 13: Use uflscm and symmetry [0 cumplctc

Symmetry and thc van-
Offsets 1 This lab reinforces the following skills:

I Introducing: Cemerline on
page 121
I Symmelry after Sketching on
page 122
- Mm Plane Extrusion cm page 123
- Sketching an ()flm cm page 137
Unim: millimeters

Dimensioned Use the following graphics to cream the part1

VIEWS
X (D WON—{RU ALL

{2*
50 75

a)
122%
+

02 Pan and 110185

154
soLIDwoRKs Exercise 14
Ratchel Hzmle Changes

Exercise 14: Make changes to the part created in

Ratchet Handle the previous lesson.
Changes This exercise uses the following
skills:

- Trim and Extend on page [39

Design Intent Some aspects fifth: design intent for this part are:
I. The part must remain
symmetrical about the Right
plane
2. The Transition requires
flats that are driven by the
distance between them.

Proced u re 0an an existing part.

Open the part Ratchet /\_\
Handle changes.
The change will Lake place
Transltlon
in the shape ofthe
Transition featurct

155
Eunfise 14 soLIDwoRKs
mm Handle Changes
2 Edll the sketch
Right—click the Transition feature and click Edlt Sketch. Modify the
sketch to add the equally spaeed horizomzl flats 8mm apart. Exit the
sketch.

$12

3 Edll Featured
Edit the H End Fillets feature [0
add more edges. Select the four
new edges creamd by the flats.
Click OK.

4 Resulllng fillets
The new edges become part of the
fillet feature, causing the shape of
the next fillet feature to update.
5 Save and close the part
SOLIDWORKS Exercise 15
Symmetry and onsets 2

Exercise 15: Use offsets and symmetry to

Symmetry and complete the pan.
Offsets 2 This lab reinforces the following
Skills:

I Introducing: Centerline on
page 121
. Symmetry “may Sketching on
page 122
- Introducing: View Normal Tn
on page 126
I Skulchmg Am ()flfsr‘t on
page 137
- (mm me Su/fiw/z on
page 142
- Mea.iur[ng on page 144

Proced u re Open the existing pan Offsethntities and create the geometry as
shown In the following steps,
Offset entities.
Use Offset Entities to create the sketch geometry shown.

157
Exercise 15 SOLIDWORKS
Symmetry and Mists 2

2 Offset from surface.

Use :1 Cut Extrude wnh an Oflset From Surlace of10mm. Selee‘ xhc
hidden face using Select other.

This eumway shows me rcsuhs ohhc offsm from surface 0pm)“. The
Measure mo] can be used m ehcek mis value.

153
soLIDwoRKs Exercise 15
Symmetry and Otlsets 2

3 Offset.
Create a now sketch and offset the face 2mm.

4 Offsets with symmetry.

Use View Normal To to orient the pan. Create the geometry using
Offset Entitiest Use :1 Cut Extrude Through All.

5 Save and close the part.

155
Exercise 15 soLIDwoRKs
l’aal Mulder

Exercise 16: This lab minfomcs the following skills:

“'0' ”Older n Symmelry in 11".» Sketch on page 121
n Mid Plane Exmuion on page 123
n Inzmdnemg: Circles on page 126
- Trim and Extend on page 139
Unils: m meters

Design Intent Somc aspccls ufthc design imam far this pan am:
I. All fillcm and rounds are Rme unless ulhcrwisc noted.
2. Circular edges erequnl radii/diamcwr shuuld remain equnl.

Dimensioned Use the following graphics with the design intent to Create the pan.
Views Tangent edges are hidden in all views.
CBORE th5 Hex Head Belt

le‘
w
' I 3

‘31

2x @125 4x R3 «>22

DHAlL A
SCALE? 1

35

150
soLIDwoRKs Exercise 17
Inlet Ann

Exercise 17: Create this port using the dimensions provided. Use
Idler Arm relations where applieahle to mainmin the design
intent. (live careful thought to the best loention for
the origin.
The only reference planes required for this port are
Top, Front and Right.
This lab uscs ihc following skills:

I Symmeiry in the Sketch on page 12]

- Mid Plane Extrusion on page 123
- Eximding Up To Next on page 128

Design Intent The design intent for this part is es follows:

I. The pan is symmetrical.
2. Front holes are on the ccnmrlinc.
3. All fillets and rounds (highlighted red above) are Rsmrrt
4. Ccnwr holes in Front and Right arc in hunt

Dimensioned Use the following grnphies with the design intent to ereate the part.
Views
Front View

Top View

w As We

161
Exercise 17 soLIDwoRKs
Idler Ann

Bight View

24

«35*

.7754.fm
Detail View A

a 12mm ALLT

R3 ALL
my: 3.
ROUNDS
25

DEWL A
SCALE 1 1

152
soLIDwoRKs Exercise 12
Up in sinim

Exercise 18: Usc symmcu'y and an up to surface cnd

Up To Surface conditicm m complcm the pan.
This lab reinforces the following skills:

I Introducing: Mirror Emiiies on

page 122
- Up To Naxi vs. Up To Surface cm
page 128
Unim: millimeters

Proced u re 0an an existing pan named Upjojurrsee.

1 Sketch.
Using P131362, cream the gnome“)! below using lines and symmetry.

163
Exeru‘ae 1s soLIDwoRKs
up to swim

Using Direction of The default extrusion direction is normal to the profile or sketch plane.
Extrusion Occasionally a model dictates an extrusion that is not normal to the
profile, but along a vector using the Direction of Extrusion option.
The vector can be a sketch line, edge, or axis.

Default Extrusion Direction «(Extrusion (line)

2 Extrude with direction.

Extrude the sketch. L Iek ‘In the Direction of
_ _

Extrusion field and eliek the blue sketch line

as shown. Set the Depth to 28mm.

7m
fl
v

mm:
i"
,.

a
g
i
@1
x

:1”.
,.

Tannin/«um
0

+
A

164
soLIDwoRKs Exelcile ta
Up To Surfau

3 Up to surface.
Skemh on Planel and create the circle dimensioned DMmm as shown.
Extrude the skemh Up To Surface and click the pink face to terminam
the extrusion.
,y

4 FIIIeB.
Add fillets as shown below.

Tlp These fillets are very order dependent; the 12mm fillets must precede
the 3mm ones.
5 Save and close the part.

165
Enmiu 13 sounwoRKs
up To Surface

166
 Lesson 5
Patterning

Upon successful complciion orrlus lesson, you will be able lo:

Crcaic a linear panern.
Add a circular panem.
Use geometry panerns properlyl
Crcaic and use ihe reference gcomciry typos axes and planes.
Creare a mirror panCnL
Use ”‘6 panem seed only opiion wirh a linear panern.
Add a skeieli driven panernl
Auiommc rlie process of fully defining a skcich.

1S7
Lesson 5 soLIDwoRKs
Patterning

Why Use Patterns are the best method for creating multiple lnstanees ofone or
Patterns? more features when the design intent is for the features to always
remain the same. Use Of patterns s preferable to other methods for
several reasons.
Reuse of geometry
The eriginal or Seed feature is created enly enee. Pattern Instances
of the seed are created and placed, with references back to the seed.
changes
Due to the seed/lnstanee relationship, changes to the seed are
automatically passed an to the instanees.
Use of Assembly Component
Patterns
Patterns created at the part level are
reusable at the assembly level as
Feature Driven Patterns. The patlem
can be used to place eomponent pans
or subassemblies.
'
Smart Fasteners
One last advantage of patterns is to
support the use of Smart Fasteners.
Smart Fasteners are used to
automatically add fasteners to the
assembly. These are specific to holes.

Pattern Terminology To use patterns, you should undersmnd the terms seed and pattern
lnstanee.
Seed
The seed is the geometry to be patterned. It can be one or more
features, bodies or faces.
Pattern Instance
The Pattern Instance (orj st Instance) is the “copy" of the seed
created by the pattern. It is in fact much more than a eopy because it is
derived from the seed and changes with the seed.

158
soLIDwoRKs Lessan 5
Patterning

Types 0' Patterns There are many types of patterns available in SOLIDWORKS and the

..
following table is intended to highlight the typical uses for each type.
Note Not all ofthe pattern types in the table are shown as case studies

‘
Pattern Type: Typical usage: Key:
Seed *
Pattern Instance *
In: ()nerdlreetlonal array with equal
Llnear -------- W
_

spacing.

.
Twordireetlonal array with equal

.
In:
Llnear --
_

- W spacing.

Ill): Twordireetional array; pattern

Llnear ”'9'
--------
_

seed only.

Linear ________
_
ll:
DD:
Once or twoedircetional array.
Selected instances removed.

In: One or twoedircetional array.

Llnear ________ on:
_

Selected dimensions vaneel

iss
Lesson
Paneming
5

-------
.3:
a
W
Circular array with equal spacing

.
SOLIDWORKS

.
.90 Circular array with oven spacing
Circular ------- ‘5
_

aboui a comer. Sclecied

insiancas removed or angle less
ihan 3 60".

9 Circular array with oven spacing

Circular ------- '5‘“ aboui a comer and symmcmc '

spacing.

.60 C‘ cular array wiih seleeied

Circular ....... :5 dimensions varied.

Q
Mirrored oriemaiion aboui a
H4]
Mirror --------- seleeied plane.

Arrangcmcm based on a mblc of

Table Driven . .. XY locaiions from a eoordinaic
sysiem,

170
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 5
Pafleming

Arrangcmcm based on the

Sketch Driven. . positions of palms in a skewh.

Arrangcmcm based on the

Curve Driven... ‘2‘ gcomclry of a curve.

Arrangcmcm offull or paniad

Curve Driven... ® eireuiar path.

Arrangcmcm based on the

Curve Driven... ‘2‘ gcomclry of a pmjeeied curve.

% Arrangcmcm ofinstances to
Fill
............ pattern based on a face.

Fill can also use default shapes:

eire1es, squares, diamonds, or
polygons.

Arrangcmcm based on selccied

Variable
....... dimensions in a panern table
varied along a planar or curved
surface.

171
Lesson 5 SOLIDWORKS
Panemlng

Pattern Options Pattern fcaturcs share several options Thcy arc unique to this class of
feature and will be discussed in detail later in this lesson

Pattern Select Propagate Skip Geometry lnstanees

Feature Feature. Visual Instances Pattern to Vary
Bodies or Properties
Faces
Linear
H)
Bil)
/ j J J J
Circular
v
I'éfl
J J
Mirror
I'Ifl

Table
Dr" en

J
Variable Features All
only instances
erg
vary

Note The sketch options Linear Sketch Pattern BE and Circular Sketch
Pattern DZ“ can be used within a sketch to ercatc copies of sketch
geometry. Tllcy dn not create pattern featurcs,

172
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 5
Patterning

Linear Pattern The Linear Pattern tool creates copies, or instances, in one, or two
dimensional arrays. Each array is controlled by a direction, a distance
and a number of copies or insinnccs.
The direction can be defined by an edge, axis, temporary axis
dimension, planar face/surface, conical face/surface, circular edge,
sketch circle/arc, or reference plane.
The instances nrc dependent on the originals. Changes to the originals
arc passed on m the instanced features. This example nscs the
Spacing and Instances option. For the Up to reference option, see
page 190.
Note The number of instanees includes the original or seed instance.

Where to Find It - CommandManager: Features > Linear Pattern 53

I Menu: Insert, PatternIMirror, Linear Pattern

Open the part named

Linear Pattern.
The part contains the seed
feature that will be used in the
pattern.

Direction 1. SEI‘n—rhtta- at»

Cliek Linear Pattern BE. v x
Select the linear edge of the
part and click Reverse
mi
l" l
[dumb
A

Direction Ii} , if necessary, to

*- warm .m miner
set the direction shown.
some sum : up m reverent:

rm, mm,
Delisa
5
g,
‘

Cliek Spacing and instances, set the Spacing to 50mm" and

Number of Instances to 5.
Nate The eallout is attached to the geometry used to
Birmian 1
define the pattern direction or axis. It contains the
key settings for Spacing and Instances and is Spltlnfll 50mm E
editable. Click the value field to change to change inmnuir s E
the value.

17a
Lesson 5 soLIDwoRKs
Paneming

Flyout
Ee—V'
The flyuut FeztureMznager
FeatureManager design tree enables you in
Design Tree view both the FeatureManr BEE—rm a) om
, minnow
ager design tree and the v x x:
.a we“: «minis
PropertyManager at the same
time. This enables you to
W:
mm,
)- l
A
A
m mm

select features from the i‘SumI-vmima

FeatureManager design tree 3mm...“
when it would otherwise be
obseured by the Property
Manager. It is also transparr
ent, overlaying the pan
Span-lg: Snmm
graphics.
imam, 5

The flyout FeatureMznager design tree is activated automatically with

the PropertyManager. It may appear eollapsed and can be expanded by
clicking on the arrow ieon preceding the top level feature.

3 Select features.
Click in Features and Faces and Features to
31;
“in... 00
« x
Pattern. Select the features CutrEXtrl’udel ,

_
Filletl and FilletEr from the flyout
FeatureManzger tree. » 391(an Ind lmhnrtl

4 Direction 2.
Expand the Direction 2 group box and click a
seeond linear edge as shown. afils e
Cliek Spacing and instances, set the Spacing m, a
to 35mm and Instances to 5.
a more Ind lmhnrtl
r'r Upm Mervin

a mum gr
9; l5 E
a norm rm W
Hum—rm A

a (Immune!
Hum
Plum

174
soLlleoRKs Lessan s
Patterning

Skipping Specific instances that are generated by the pattern can be skipped by
Instances selecting a marker at the centroid of the instance shown in the pattern
preview. Each instance is listed in array format (2,3) for identification.
Nelle Thc seed feature cannot be skipped.

5 Instances to S p.
Expand the Instances to Skip group box and dragrselect the center
instance markers as shown. The tooltip shows an array location that is
added to the list when selected. Click OK to add the pattern feature
LPaLtEI‘n 1 .

man.» a
.9 m:
unM)
in

a:
w:
M
in
m

puma"; — —
auras":

. lmlinzu.
l
A
40 I
ID

Nelle Thc input box can be expanded by dragging the botmm edge.
6 Seed and instances.
Click on the pattern in the Featurclvlanager design tree to highlight the
seed and instances in different colors. The toolip for the pattern feature
includes information about the settings that are used.

mm up: two
3nd) Cul'EmudrlFlllrfl, Fillet?
anoint Edgr<l>, spring and moms
Dllrmnnlimlng: Sllmm sparing Slns‘znzei
alumni Edged) mammogram
Dllzmwll inning: 35mm spacing 5mm
mm 3((6unly’Nu
imam drawn.
lmn/lulvimmNn

17s
Lesson 5 soLIDwoRKs
Paneming

Geometry Patterns The Geometry Pattern optictn is used in minimize rebuild time by
using the Seed geemetry for all Instances in the pattern. It shctuld enly
be used when the geumetry ofthe seed and the instanees are of
identical ctr similar shape.
Without Geometry
Pattern
If the Geometry
Pattern optictn is
cleared, the end
ectnditicm of the seed is
used in the instances. In
this example, the Offset
From Surface end
ectnditicm of the blue
seed feature is applied
in the orange instances,
forcing them tu use the
same end condition.
With Geometry
Pattern
If the Geometry
Pattern optictn is
checked, the geometry
of the seed is used. The
geumetry is copied
along the panem,
ignoring the end
ectnditicm.

Geometry Pattern. am" A

Righheliek the LPatteml feature and eliek Edit Li mum
Feature a. Cheek the Geometry pattern option
and Click OK. Because the is Constant
E2231?
"mm”
plate
thickness, the resulting geumetry will look the
‘
WW
a mm mm
same.

176
SOLIDWORKS Lesson 5
Patterning

Performance Performance Evaluation is a tool that displays the amount of time it

Evaluation takes to rebuild each feature in a part. Use this tool to identify the
features that take a long time to rebuild. 0nee they are identified, you
can po, 'bly edit them to inerease emeieney, or suppress them ifthey
are not critical to the editing process.
Introducing: The Performance Evaluation dialog box displays a list of all features
Performance and their rebuild times in descending order.
Evaluation
I Feature Order
Lists eaeh item in the FeatureManagerdesign tree: features, sketches,
and derived planes. Use the shorteut menu to Edit Feature, Suppress
features, and so on.
I Time"/n
Displays the percenmge ofthe total pan rebuild time to regenerate eaeh
item.
I Time
Displays the amount oftime in seconds that eaeh item takes to rebuild.
Where to Find It - CommandManager: Evaluate > Performance Evaluation b
I Menu: Tools, Evaluate, Performance Evaluation

E“- 5E
8 Performance Evaluation. .
Cliek Performance
Evaluation h. umimn
Fun-rm sun. I. simrrin
The features are listed in mat mm... .. lemma :0
descending order aeeording to the and... has has
amount oftime required to
.
n runs“. an
p

in.
regenerate them. 32:» :1: :§
The LPatber'ril feature uses the 333“" :1: :fi
largest portion of the rebuild time. {Sm-s um um
dam
L9"!-
in a...
Click Close. "m "w

9 Geometry Pattern off.

Righteliek the LPatter-ni feature and click Edit Feature
Clear the Geometry pattern option and eliek OK.
i.

177
Lesson 5 soLIDwoRKs
Palteming

1|] Repeal.
Click Performance
Evaluation h again.
The LPatber’nl feature uses a "BI mfin-Inumnnsni‘l
signifieantly larger portion of the
rebuild time when the geometry mm,
g Wm
M m
M
W
pattern is toggled off. Quin-an 13- no
r: mm 13- am
hi mum-u um
L 3mm: um um
1: ma um
11 Save and close the part. L Strum) um
mm
um
[3 mm um um

Interpreting the Data
The first thing to keep in mind is that the total rebuild time for this part
is mueh less than one second, so a change to any one feature is not
likely to make a significant difference.
The seeond thing is the number of signitleant digits and rounding error.
For example, Featurel may appear to take twiee as long to rebuild as
Faatur’e2, 0.02 seconds versus 0.01 seconds. Does this indicate a
problem with Featurel :7 Not neeessarily. It is quite p0. ble that
Faatur’el takes 0.0 I 51 seconds while Featurez takes 0.0149 seconds,
a difference ofonly 0.0002 seconds.
Use Performance Evaluation to identify features that significantly
impact rebuild time. Then either:

. Suppress or delete features to improve performanee. Optionally,

you can do this irectly from the Performance Evaluation dialog
box.
. Analyze and modify features to improve performanee.
What Affects Features ean be analyzed to determine why they behave as they do.
Rebuild Time? Depending on the feature type and how it is used, the reasons will vary.
For sketehed features, look for external relations and end eonditions
that referenee other features. Keep these relations attaehed to the
earliest feature possible. Do the same for sketeh planes.
HP In general, the more parents that a feature has, the slower it will rebuild.
See Repairing Rotations Using Display/Delete Relations on page 307
for an example ofehanging relations in a sketeh.
For features applied to edges or faees, eheek the feature's options and
the position ofthe feature in the FeatureManagerdesign tree. See step A
on page 322; for an example of ehanging relations in a feature.

178
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 5
Patterning

Circular The Circular Pattern tool creates eupies, or instances, in a circular

Patterns pattern controlled by a eenter ofmtaticm, an angle and the number of
eupie. Changes to thc uriginals are passed cm to the instanccd features.
Introducing: circular Pattern creates multiple instances 0f one or more featurcs
Circular Pattern spaccd around an axis. The axis can bc derived from a circular face,
circular or lincar cdgc, axis, temporary axis or angular dimension.
Where to Find It - CummandManager: Features > Linear Pattern BE >
Circular Pattern I26
I Mcnu: Insert, Pattern/Mirror, Circular Pattern

1 Open the part named cirmuariPattern.

2 Pattern Axis.
Click Circular Pattern ’20.
Click in Pattern Axis and click the
cylindrical faec ofthe made] as
Shawn.
manta" i
rm;

3 Settings.
Click in Features and Faces and click the three
. w
¢
MM X
(D

features shown for Features to Pattern.

Click Equal Spacing, 4 instances and click m A

Geometry pattern. lA‘ arming .

Check that thc Angle is set to 360“ and click OK. ”if '
liEaml (puma

Minn-Emma
E

a
menu. v
mix-13h. c
mam“ A
new 1
m «tantra plfltvn
:pmng seiner
m intramural
E Blnpmle:
full new
. mar new

17s
Lesson 5 SOLIDWORKS
Palteming

Note The Reverse Direction BMW , WW 1

A and Symmetric a 5 rings A
rpm may
options am meaningful imam: 4 mm.
only when an angle
other than 360" is used.

Save and close the part.

Reference There are three types of Reference Geometry that are useful in
Geometry creating patterns: Temporary Axes, Axes and Planes. For more
information on planes, see Planes on page 182.
Axes Axes are features that must be created using one of several methods.
The advantages to ereating an axis is that it can be renamed, selected by
name from the FeatureManager design tree, and resized.
Temporary Axes Every cylindrical and eonieal feature has an axis associated with it.
View the temporary axes of the part using View, Temporary Axes.
One axis is displayed through eaeh circular face in the model.
Here are some examples ofereating axes and temporary axes:

Temporary Axes Seleet two planes

can be made or planar faces and
permanent using the option Two
the One Line! Planes. ‘ ‘\
‘
EdgeIAxis option.

a. Hr e/Elgyml:

El tamariaitsmai is: * ()ll'vflvlul/(umlefnu

I nrrmrnmw
W MW atom

180
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 5
Pafleming

Sclcct Two Select a

'
PoinlsNe sto Cylindrical!
define an Conical Face to
through them define an axis
through the
Is rotational ecmcr.

W A

gM m
Ia
~
on. live/Eigwm:
M, ”was, g; M rum
mum/«mum.
o m: m rmum
I wunanuwnmal

mmnmw
he

Select a plane or View and use the

planar face and a temporary axes of
point or venex to any part.
define an axis
normal to the
plane through the
point

' on. ima/Eflqs/‘m:

\i M WWW
Lyllnmn/anulhn

I Murmur.
Where to Find It CommandManager: Features > Reference Geometry 'l >
Axis “
Menu: Insert, Reference Geometry, Axis

Where to Find It HeadSrup View Toolbar: Hidelshow Items 'Y >

View Temporary Axes
Menu: View, Temporary Axes

181
Lesson 5 soLIDwoRKs
Palteming

Open the part named circulariPattern with Axis.

create axis.
Cliek Axis and select the Front and Right
planes as shown. The Two Planes option is
selected automatically Click OK to add Axisl.

IN M m
W mam...
W (Wmmilymmnl m:
‘14 pm we Fan/Plan:

circular pattern.
Click Circular Pattern I20, eliek in Pattern Axis and cliek the axis
Axisl. Click in Features and Faces and eliek the feature
CutrExtrudel. Click Equal Spacing, 4 instances and 0K.

Save and close the part.

Planes The Plane Wizard ean be used to create a variety of planes using
difi‘erent geometry. Planes, raees, edges, vernees, surfaees and sketch
geometry can all be used to apply eonstraints through First, Second
and optionally Third References. The Fully defined smte is listed
when it is reaehed.

HP Ifthe selections cannot be eombined to form a

valid plane, a message appears in the dialog.

182
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 5
Patterning

Shortcut Press Ctrl and drag an existing plane in start the offset Distance plane
as shown below.
Here are some examples ofcmating planes:

Offset Distance Angle

Select a planar Select a planar
face or plane and a race or plane and
distance. an edge or axis.

ml: in men-«-
hm Max: A

elm-l
3 ms
WWW,
1;
7
mm
semen,

Ix WW ‘
NEWS“ - Opimnally cream a
i ““05 0‘ “lg“ “an“
mom Optionally ereaie a series is ;
T

a npsm the same dismnec apan.

of parallel plan C5 the
“'3 ‘
i same dismnec apart.
5_ Mrs am
a 'meq,
L WNW,
ween

Coi cident Coincident

Sclcct three Select a line and a
vcniccs. single vcncx.

ml:
hm Max: A rm in...“ a

arm»
mm
:E
13] [a and“.
1
jm
Drc‘ed Prvfid

W
r l n 1
mm A mm Nae-u s
n m [asap
Ices/mam 1 pawn,
1 MK! [fl (ark-dcm

E L l

1 mm
"in! mm... A

a:

iE
swim
Pmim
c

183
Lesson 5 SOLIDWORKS
Palleming

Parallel Tangent and

Select a face and a Perpendicular
vertex. Seleel a eylindrical
face and a planar
face or plane with
Perpendicular.
J!‘ ”MN. m menu A

m (mm a IFaua ,

mm
[7 run an...
Lam}! ulna-{E A

a lam,
\\ hum
mwmm
A (mam
h“ u (mm;

c; a on
E mum

Tangent and Mid Plane

Parallel Seleel two planar
Selecta cylindrical faces with Mid
face and a planar Plane.
face or plane with mm...” A

Parallel.
a Irma»
m an...“ A
\\ 9mm
a hub _L paw—am,

El 1m. A chm".
[21 n7 wfia
mm m..." A
a h.

a IFXHS) E] m mm
mm m...“ A

Ix PMMHKMH a In“,
:8 mm.“ \x mm
m worm- 45 mm“,
G; l
l. ” A (mam
51mm [g V-Mm

184
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 5
Pafleming

Perpendicular at Creale a plane

a Point parallel lo lhe
Sclcct a skctchcd screen
line and an Seleet a vcncx and
endpoint. Optionally an
Elm m...“ eflset
As a shoncut to
m Immature» n... m .
Perpendicular at a Point,
m ewe" seleet en cdgc/linc and n .vmrnp
a mm W X Cairn-11M
A
; Man:
em“
we.“
cllek Insert, Sketch. The
plane is eremed and a ; 9mm
me."

—s«me
0 Iva-numosmml
A
sketch opened on it.
mew.
Hun-k Plum

Optiunally, rightr
elick gcumctry and
elick creale
Plane Parallel to
Screen.

Note The teggle View, Hide/Show All Types can be used to hide er show all
planes, axes and sketches at once.

Where to Find It - CummandManagcr: Features > Reference Geometry '! >

I
Plane I
Mcnu: Insert, Reference Geometry, Plane

Open the part named mrroriPanern.

First reference.

ml:
2 rrnr Haunt:
Click Plane
Shawn.
Iand select the cuter facc as
m me
Q ”Wm
H (We.
an me,
o m. M»

D m: ufisn
dfi l in!

me mm

135
Lesson 5 soLIDwoRKs
Palteming

3 Second reference.
Select the second enter face as shown. A D Ina“:>
preview erthe plane appears eentered between N we
the reference selections. The Mid Plane optiun l

ll ”was”
is selcewd autumatically. Click OK. U rm...
m We

Mirror Patterns The Mirror Pattern tool creates a copy, or instance, across a plane Dr
planar faee. The instance is dependent on the original. Changes to the
original pmpagam dawn to the mirmrcd insmncc(s).
Introducing: Mirror Pattern creates one instance 0f one or more features or a body
Mirror Pattern across a plane or planar face.

Where to Find It - CummandManager: Features > Linear Pattern BB > Mirror Hi]
I Menu: Insert, Pattern/Mirror, Mirror

4 Mirror. Ihkl run. 0

Cliek Mirror H41 and the Planel plane. Select v x
the library feature Keyed Hula 1 as the
warm
rem—l
A
Features to Mirror. Click OK. 8

186
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 5
Patterning

5 Save and close the part.

Patterning a Solid To mirror all the geometry era port (the budy) about a Common faee,
Body use the eommon foee and the solid body.
Mole The Mirror FaceIPlane must be planar.

Where In Find It Mirror PmpcrtyManagcr: Bodies to Mirror

1 Open the part named Mirrorinody.

2 Mirror. Na in". a)
Click Mirror H41 and the faee as shown. Click Full v x
preview. MN..." A

B
we..." v

hem e

e
o, m
momma
17‘ unmask mm
yen“
o m-..
m...”

187
Lesson 5 soLlDwoRKs
Paneming

3 Bo 'es lo mirror.
Click in Bodies lo Mirror, and select the pan in the graphics area.
Click OK.

4 Save and close the part.

Using Pattern The Pattern Seed Only opliun is used when a two direetion pattern is
Seed Only created. The second direction defaulls to patterning all geometry
created by the first direction unless Pauern Seed Only is used in
pattern unly the uriginal or seed gcumclry. It is Commonly used to
prevent overlapping results when the twu directions use the same
Vccmr.

Where In Find It Linear Pauern Fromm/Manager: Pattern Seed Only

1 Open the part named SeediPanern.

188
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 5
Patterning

Direction 1.
Click Linear Pattern 55.
am»
m‘”'m'
1

I 'it'flxfm
Select the edge as the Pattern naanr. 1mm .1.

direction. Click Spacing and WW“ I (v

>
instances, 30mm as the
Spacing, and 2 as the Number <3 mm ._

of Instances. “<- 1 :

For Features and Faces,

seleet the library feature
87ProngiP1ug2.
Library features will be
discussed in Dexigrl Lilimry on
page 369.
Note An exi ng pattern feature can be used as the Features and Faces.
This enables you te pattern the pattern.
Directi n 2.
m... a
For Dire on 2, select
the edge on the opposite I’m,—
lemwmlim
side as the direction, a lawn-mu
reversing the arrowhead. e a...
Set the instances to 2, at :2

spacing to 50mm. Dwain...“

mum 1
ma"!
lr-Illnul

Note As seen in the preview, the original (seed) feature is patterned in both
directions.
Pattern seed only.
Click Pattern seed
only to remove the extra
instance.
Set the Direction 2
Spacing to 30mm and m I-cm (maria
click OK.
Save and close the
part.

189
Lesson 5 soLIDwoRKs
Patterning

Up To The Up To Reference option is used to create a linear pattern based on

Reference geometry rather than the number of insmnces. lt can be used when the
'
spacing is known but the number of instances based on how many
instances can fit. This example uses a part similar to the Linear Pallem
on page I73.
The Up To Reference selection sets the limit. The Selected
Reference, on the source feature, is compared to the limit. Only the
instances that fall under the limit are used.

WI l

Selected Reference
A

Up To Reference

If the Up To Reference selection is combined with an Offset

Distance, the offset is from the Selected Reference.

Selected Reference

Offset Dlsian

Note The selections can be veru'ees, edges, faces, or planes.

Where to Find It Linear Pattern PropertyManager: Up to reference

1 Open the part named Up To Reference.

W
2 Select reference. 53 learn... 0
Click Linear Pattern BE Select the planar
. v x
face as the Pattern direction. Set the Spacing
to 30mm. Click in Features and Faces and
select the cut feature and fillets. e s...........u.uu
« mum...“

190
soLIDwoRKs Leeann s
Patterning

Seed reference.
3
Click Up to reference and select the (green)
BB
|_
4 x
a) CD

edge.
Click Selected Reference and select the
m.
)'
A

(purple) edge ofthc seed feature as shown.

Iu;:|
moorinuanuimemu
Du (emu/«re

E
The number of instanees its imited by the
distance between the seed and the reference.
n
77 flnnmm El
5) «mu
0 com mm.
0
g;

oinuun i
anon, mm re]

Inlunrcl . psi

4 Spacing and instances.

The spacing drives the number of instances.

E]:
Change the spacing to 80mm. Only three instances can fit at this
spacinglhe fourth instance would lie beyond the reference edge.

if“. e
mum: 1
F

Change the spacing to 70mm. Only four instances can fit at this

spacing. The up to reference and the selected reference edges line up.
Any larger value than the current one (71mm) would drop the number
of insmnecs in three.

CMD
Suiting Ynmm

lmllnu). 6 mutt

191
Lesson 5 soLIDwoRKs
Patterning

Change the spacing to 50mm.

Swami Enmm tit

mum, r El

5 Mo dlrectlon patternl
Optionally a two direction
pattern can be added using
35mm spacing and skipped
instances as shown.

6 Save and close the part

Sketch Driven The Sketch Drlven

Patterns Patterns tool creams
copies, or instances, in
an arrangement
controlled by sketch
points. The pattern can
be based on the
centmid of the seed or
a selected point ot‘fthe
centmid.
This example
represents the holes in
a structural steel plate.
lntraduclng: Sketch Sketch Drlven Pattern creates multiple instances based on points in a
Drlven Pattern selecmd sketch. The sketch must exist before the pattern is created.

Where to Flnd It I CommandManager: Features > Llnear Pattern 33 >

'
Sketch Drlven Pattern
I Menu: Insert, Pattern/error, Sketch Driven Pattern
up Only point geometry is used by the Sketch Driven pattern. Other
geometry, such as construction lines, can be used to posinon points but
will be ignored by the pattern.

192
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 5
Patterning

1 Open SRM,MVE.
The part eontains a seed feature (Hole) and an
existing linear pattern feature (Standard
Linear).

Points Points are a useful type of sketch geometry used to position hole wizard
holes and drive sketch driven patterns. they can be created individually
or based on geometry.
Introducing: Point The Point tool ereates point entities in the aetive sketeh. The sketch
entity Point can be used to loeate a position in a sketch that other

\
geometry (endpoints for example) eannot.

Where to Find It - CommandManagcr: Sketch > Point -

I Menu: Tools, Sketch Entities, Paint
. Shorteut Menu: Rightreliek in the graphics area and click
Sketch Entities, Point '
Equal Spacing Use the Segment tool to create equidistant points along a line or are/
'
eirele. To create and maintain the spacing, an Equidistant relation s
applied to eaeh sketeh point.

Where to Find It I Menu: Tools, Sketch Tools, Segment

193
Lennon 5 soLIDwoRKs
Falteminl

2 Sketch wllh polnts.

Create a new sketch on the
front face of the Plate feature.
Create the centerline and add
the points and dimensions as
shown.
Exit the sketch.

3 Sketch drlven pattern.

Click Sketch Driven Pattern a; and click the v x
new sketch and the Centrold option. Under
Features and Faces, select the Hole feature and
click OK.
w
E
mime pm:
A

0 (emit:
0 mean ”Mr
E

EB

4 Add palms.
Create another skemh and add points in the
pattern shown, using infereneing no line up the
rows horizontally as shown.

194
soLtioRKs Lesson 5
Pafleming

Automatic Fully Define Sketch creates relations and dimensions in a sketch.

Dimensioning of Several dimension styles, such as baseline, chain and ordinate are
Sketches supponcd, The starting points for horizontal and venical sets can be
set.
Note In some examples, shaded sketch contours are toggled ofl‘ for clarity.
Introducing: Fully Fully Deiine Sketch has options for relations to be added, dimension
Define Sketch type, dimension stan location, and dimension positions.
Under defined sketch with
geometric relations

Chain option seleeted with

stan point at origin.
Note: Some dimensions
have been moved for
clarity. K
45
in
75
”\W arm
Baseline option seleeted am
with stan points at origin. ( 3

K on ’3
2,,
i
it)

¥72VIDVS

(92.
Ordinate option seleeted 0:0
with stan points at origin.

cw 772x¢i5
70 i0

Note A special option Centerline appears when centerline geometry is used

in the sketch. Dimensions can be based from the ecntcrline.

Where to Find It I Menu: Tools. Dimensions, Fully Define Sketch

- CoinmandManager: Sketch > DisplayIDelete Relations J0 >

Fully Define Sketch C

I sliortcut Menu: Righirelick iii the graphics area and click
Fully_Define Sketch

195
Lemon 5 soLlDwoRKs
PaltAnlinu

5 Relallon and dlmenslon setupi

Click Fully Define Sketch.
Eli-[mum 0
v x n,
Under Relallons leave the defiult, Select All. maul-1m A
an ennmnm
In Dlmenslons, select the endpoint of the sketch 0 Selmmemmu
cenmrline as the datum for dimensions in both
direenons. m. V

Set both Schemes to Easellne. E n...— A

new
“m nmnn
Click Calculate and OK.
E mnmmns

onenmeene
mm. mm.
0 am». mm.
0 mm in em
a M if um

6 Relallons and dlmenslonsi

Horizontal relations and dimensions axe added to fully define the
sketch.
Set the values as shown and exit the sketch.

I65

2})
275

Male Skemhes dimensioned this way axe fully defined but can be edimd. You
can delete and replace dimensions ifrequired.

196
soLIDwoRKs Lauon 5
Pmminu

7 Pattern.
Add another skemh driven pattern using me new
skew}: and the same seed feature, Hole.
8 Save and close the part.

191
 7
95 SOLIDWORKS
PDM Training Courses
SOLIDWORKS Product Data Management (PDM) solutions organize, manage, and protect
your design data. Learn how to implement worktlows, revision schemes‘ and data access
rights in SOLIDWORKS PDM by checking out these SOLIDWORKS training courses:

I Uslng SOLIDWORKS PDM. Learn how to manage files in SOLIDWORKS PDM, from
the basics of data management to tasks such as creating and checking in documents.

I Administering SOLIDWORKS PDM. Learn the daily administrative functions inside

your PDM vaulL from creating permissions [or users and groups to building data cards
and workflows.

o»— ...u. ”ma n... A”.o.u»...

w..- Wm“... mm:
ow».
hm“. W,
mm...
.M...
am...
m-
“mm.
am.»
mm
hum-v.
”(-1
«—
1...»,
m ,
m

Talk to your reseller today to learn more about SOLIDWORKS PDM solutions!
SOLIDWORKS Exercise 19
Linear Patterns

Exercise 19: ereate feature patterns in this part

Linear Patterns using a Linear Pattern with Spacing
and Insmnces or Up to rererenee.
This lab uses the following skills:

- Linear Palmm on page I73

- Skipping Instances on page 175
- Up To Re/mnee on page 190

Proced u re Open an existing pm.

Open the part Linear.
The pan includes the “seed"
feature used in the patterns.

Linear pattern.
Create a pattern u ng the seed feature. Use the dimensions bclow.

Save and close the pan.

193
Exeru'se 2!: soLIDwoRKs
Sketch Driven Patterns

Exercise 20: Create feature patterns using a sketan Driven Pattern.

Sketch Driven The model is an elevatar panel.
Patterns This lab uses the fallowing skills:

I Sketch Driven Pallemx on page 192

Proced u re Open an existing part.

1 Open the part Sketch Driven Pattern.
The part includes the “seed" featuxe used in the
pattern.

2 Sketch drlven patternl

Use the dimensions shown
ta define the sketch. Use the
skemh to cream a sketch
dnven pattern.

75
I5)
Thanks to Marcus Brawn arMLc CAD
Syximm rar nrlnnmng tinr example

3 Save and close the part

21m
SOLIDWORKS Exercise 21
Skipplng instanees

Exercise 21: Complete this pan using the information

Skipping and dimensions provided.
Instances This lab rclnforccs the following skills:

- Linear Pnzlem on page I73

- Skipping Instances on page 175
a Mirror Patterns on page l86
Units: in meters
Procedure Create a new pan.
1 New part.
Create a new mm pan
2 Base feature.
Create a block
15mmx380mmx20mm. " ”mans
It will be useful to have a
plane eentered along the long direction.
3 Seed.
Create the seed feature using the ’ 1
0

T
Hole Wizard and an ANSI MM drill.
'

lo -~>{~® a TD 12

4 Pattern.
Pattern the hole, skipping instanees as shown in the diagram below.

lzlfli-klo 70 00000
4% %2o
00000 00000 00000 00000
00000
00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000
To
5 Pattern of a pattern.
Mirror the pattern to ereate a symmetrieal arrangement of holes.

0 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000

0 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000
0 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000
0 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000 00000
6 Change.
Change the 1101:: to 4mm diameter and rebuild.
7 Save and close the part.

201
Exnnfise 22 soLIDwoRKs
Linear and uinur Patterns

Exercise 22: Complem this part using the inronnanpn and

Linear and dimensions provided.
Mirror Patterns This lab reinforces the following skills:

- Linear Pallern on page 173

- Mirmr Pallems on page 186
- Pulleming a Solid Body on page 187

Procedure Open an existing part.

Open the part Linear &- Mix-nun

Llnear patterni
Using the existing feature, create a Llnear Pattern
that results in three grooves that are spaced odzo".

error features
Using a single paflem feature, create the duplicate
boss and cut as shown.

Symmetry.
Use a third pamm feature to create the full model
from the half model using Bodles to tumor.
Save and close the part

202
soLIDwoRKs Exercise 23
Circular Patterns

Exercise 23: Complete this part using the

Circular information and dimensions
Patterns provided.
This lab reinforces the following
skills:

- Cimu/ar Puller/L: on page 179

Proced u re 0an the existing pan Circular.

Use an equally spaced circular
pattern to pattern the cut and
fillet for 12 total instanees.

203
Exercise 24 soLIDwoRKs
Axes and Multiple Panems

Exercise 24: Complete this part using the informntion

Axes and and dimensions provided.
Multiple This lab reinforces the following skills:
Patterns Axes on page 180
Linear Pazlem on page I73
Cimu/ar Pattern: on page 179
Sketch Driven Pallemx on page I92

Proced u re 0an the existing part Single Die. Use the drawing below to pattern
the not feature on the sides as shown.
The face eolors are used to help distinguish between the individual
fnees. See step 4 on page zoo for removing the eolors.

5,50 REF

425 lvr

Note Orient the pan as shown in eneh step bcfmc smning work.

204
soLIDwoRKs Exercise 2A
Axes and Multiple Palterns

1 Axes.
Create an axis using the Front and Right
planes.
thatc two more axes using the Tap and
Front and the Right and Tap reference
planes.
All three axes should pass nimugn the
cube center.

2 Side Two.
Using a Linear Pattern with Instances to
Skip, Create the “two" side.

3 Remaining sides.
Complete the remaining sides using the descriptions efeaen one listed
below.
I Side Three
Use a Circular Pattern with an axis
to create a cut at the center 0f the
face.
Create a sketch and use a Sketch
Driven Pattern with Faces to
Pattern to create the remaining cuts.

I Side Four
Use a Circular Pattern with an axis to
ereate the remaining cuts.

205
Exercise 24 soLIDwoRKs
Axes and Multiple Patterns

I Side Five
Use a procedure similar tap that of side
three.

I Side Six
Us: 2 Circular Pauern with an axis ta
create a cut at the corner 0f the face.
Us: 2 Linear Pallern ta create the
remaining cuts.

4 (Optional) Remove face colors.

‘
Marking faees with Colors is a mod g
method that helps with face rceognitiun.
The face colors can be removed afier the
modeling is complete.
Click a nonrred rnee, expand
Appearances, and click the red ‘x' ofthe
face color.

lhmbermp.
.tmmm
new
mm x.
Xhmwemhrtuvtav,

Repeat for all of the colured faces.

Optionally, set the part Color to red and
individual faees t0 white.
5 Save and close the part.

206
 Lesson 6
Revolved Features

Upon successful completion ofthis lesson, you W|11hC able to:

Create revolved features.
Apply speelal dimensloumg techniques to sketches for revolved
features.
Use the multlbody solid technique.
Create a sweep feature
Calculate the physical propemes ofa pan.
Perform rudlmentary, first pass stress analysts,

207
Lesson 6 soLIDwoRKs
Revalved Features

Case Study: The handwheel requires

Handwheel the creation of revolved
features, eireular
patterns and sweep
features.
Also ineluded in this
lesson are some basie
analysis tools.

Stages in the Some key stages in the modeling proeess of this part are shown in the
Process following list.
Design intent
The part's design intent is outlined and explained.
Revolved features
The center 0f the part is the Hub, a revulvcd shape. It will be emated
from a sketch with a canstructiun line as the axis 0f revolution.
Multibody solids
Create two discrete sulids, the Hub and the Rim, cunnecting and
merging them using a third solid, the Spoke.
Sweep features
The Speke feature is ereated using a sweep feature, a eomhination of
two sketehes that defines a sweep profile moving along a sweep path.
Analysis
Using analysis tools, you can perform basie analysis funetions sueh as
mass properties ealeulations and firstrpass stress analyses. Based on the
results, you can make ehanges to the pan‘s design.

208
SOLIDWORKS Lesson 6
Revoned Feztunes

Design Intent The design intent ofthis part is shown below:

Handwheel
Hub Dlameter

Spoke R‘m SEEHDNAA

. Spokes must be evenly spaced.

I The center ofthe rim ofthe handwheel lies at the end ofthe spoke.
I The hub and the rim share the same center.
. The spokes pass through the center ofthe hub.
Revolved The Hub is a revolved feature that is created by rcvolving geometry
Features around an axis. Revolved features require axisymmetrie geometry and
a line (used as the axis) in the sketch. This revolved feature will be used
as the center of the wheel. Under the right circumstances, a sketch line
or an edge may also be used as the centerline.

Procedure To begin this ease study:

Create a new part using the
Savc the pan as Handwheelt
ijllM template.
Sketch Geometry Geometry for the revolved feature i ereated using the same tools and
of the Revolved methods as extruded features. In this ease, lines and ares will be used to
Feature form the shape and a eenterline is used as the axis ofrevolution.
Rectangle.
Select the Right Plane and Click Sketch.
Create a rectangle from the Origin as shown.

2w
Lesson 6 soLIDwoRKs

fl
Revalved Features

Convert to construction.
Select the vertical line shown and Click For
Construction. The line is convened into a
eonstmetion line.

_l
The shading is removed because this is no longer a
1

closed contour.

Introducing: The 3 Point Arc option enables you to create an are based on three
3 Point Arc points: the two endpoints renewed by a point on the curve.

Where to Find It - CommandManager: Sketch > CenterpointArc ‘9 >

3 Point Arc n
Menu: Tools, Sketch Entit’ s, 3 Point Arc
. Shoneut Menu: Rightaeliek in the graphics area and click
Sketch Entities, 3 Point Art: 9
4 Insert 3 Point Arc.
Click 3 Point Arc (’3. —r
Begin the are by positioning the
‘
cursor on the left vertical line and .ui.n-e=iaeT
dragging downwards aIeng that
edge. Release the mouse button
and then seieet and drag the point
on the curve away from the
sketch.
Trimming.
Use the Trim tool with the Power Trim option and
trim away the portion ofthe 1ine inside the are.

210
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 6
Renewed Feztmes

Rules Governing In addition to the general mlcs governing sketches that

Sketches of were listed in Lesson 2: Intmdueiinn ta Skeiehing, some
Revolved Features special mles apply to sketches of revolved features:
'
. A eentedine, axis, sketeh line or linear edge must be
specified as the axis of revolution.
I The sketch must not cross the axis.
Not Valid

Special Revolved geometry is dimensioned like any other with one additional
Dimensioning option. Dimensions that measure di meters on the finished feature can
Techniques be ehanged from linear to diameter dimensions.
We will also dimension to the outside of the are in the sketch, rather
than the center point which is the default.

6 Are dimension.
Dimension the are by selecting the vertical line
and then Shiftrseleeting the circumference of
—V
the are. The result is a dimension between the
line and the tangent ofthe are.

7 Finished dimension.
Change the Value to 4mm.

8 Dimensions. in
Add the following dimensions to the sketch.

is .

211
Lesson 6 soLIDwoRKs
Revalvm Features

Diameter Some dimensions should be doubled dimensions in the finished

Dimensions revolved feature. For these dimens‘ ns, always seleet the eenterline
(axis ot revolution) as one or the picks. You then have your ehoiee of
either a radius or diameter dimension, depending on where you place
the dimension text. Ifyou don't pick the eenterline, you won't be able
to change the dimension to a diameter.

Note This option is available only ifa centerline is used as the axis of
revolution. Doubled dimensions are riot restricted to use in revolved
feature sketches.
9 Dimension to centerline. l0 4-7
Dimension between the centerline and the
outer vertieal edge to create a horizontal
linear dimension. _. i

Do not click to plaee the dimension text just i

yet.
i

45

fl
i

Notice the preview. Ifyou plaee the text now, 7 1

you will get a radius dimension.

1

1l
i

1|] Move the cursor. 25

‘0
Move the cursor to the right ofthc
centerline. The preview changes to a
diameter dimension. 1

Click to place the dimension text. Change l

the value to 25mm and press Enter. 45 is . l

Normally, a diameter dimension should 7 i

have a diameter symbol preeeding it, i i

thus: (Zr 25. When the revolved feature is

created from the sketch, the system will
i.
automatically add the diameter symbol to
the 25mm dimension. ‘ 4

Note Ifyou inadvertently place the dimension text in the wrong place, and
get a radius dimension instead ofa diameter, you can fix it. Click the
dimension, and click the Leaders tab ofthe Dimension
PropertyManager. Click the Diameter button ® to make the
dimension a diameter dimension.

212
soLlDwoRKs Lesson 5
Revenue Features

Creating the Once the sketeh be made into a revelved feature.

is eump1eted, it ean
Revnlved Feature The process is simple, and a full (360”) revolution is almost automatic.
Introducing: The Revolve uption enables you to create a feature from an
Revolved Feature axisymmetrie sketch and an axis. This feature can be a base, boss Dl’ eut
feature. The axis can be a eenterline, line, linear edge, axis or
temporary axis. Ifa single eenter1ine is present in the profile, it is used
automatically. Ifmorc than one is present, you must select it.

Where to Find It - CemmandManager: Features > Revolved Boss/Base 8

I Menu: Insert, BossIBase, Revolve

11 Make the feature.

Click Revolved BossIBase 8. v x

A message will appear indicating that the sketeh

is an upen contour and asking ifyou want tu close
the eunmur automatically. Click Yes.
Use the settings as shuwn.
I: W.
I Direction1’ Blind
- I1‘ (Angle) , 360“
Click OK v to create the feature.

12 Finished feature.
The solid revolved feature is Created as the first feature
of the part.
Rename it Hub.

213
Lesson 6 SoLlDwoRKs
Revalvcd Features

13 Edit the sketch.

Click a faee ofthe Hub. Click the skcteh Sketehl . o a“o@
m,
from the Selection Breadcrumbs and click Edit
Sketch.
Note You can rightrcliek the featurc in the FeatureMimager design trec and
achieve the same rcsult.
14 Normal To.
Click Normal To $ to change the view normal to thc sketeh. Do this
to see its true size and shape.

Introducing: Sketch Fillets can be used to trim and add tangent ares in a single step.
Sketch Fillet Ifthe corner has becn trimmed, selcct the vertex point to add the tillct.

Where to Find It I
I
CommandManager: Sketch > Sketch Fillet
Mcnu: Tools, Sketch Tools, Fillet j
. Shortcut Menu: Rightrcliek in the graphics area and click
Sketch Tools, Sketch Fillet '1
15 Fillet settings.
1 5mm 0)
Click Sketch Fillet 1
and set thc value to 5mm. e
Makc sure the Keep constrained corners option ,,
x s
is cheekcd.

nary—m; A

K sniinm ;
m mp rmrmt
DDlmvumn "mitt

16 Selections. .— (1)25
Selcct both cndpoinls of the are and click
OK.
l
10
The dimcnsion drives both but only ‘

appears once, at the lnst sclection.

Virtual Sharp symbols are added where
the eorners were. These symbols represcnt
the m . ng corners and ean be
dimensioncd to or used within rclations.

Note
a‘4
Floating over an cndpont shows n preview orthe tillct.

214
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 6
Revaned Features

17 Exit the sketch.

Exit the sketch to cause the changes to take effect.

Building the The Rim ofthc Handwheel is

is
30 i

Rim anmhcr revolved feature. It too is i

17
revolved 360? The profile ofthc 25 i

Rim is a slot shape

The Rim will be created as a sane
arate solid body, not merged to
the Hull

Slots Straight and are Slots are common

shapes based on lines and arcs. The
slot is a single entity whieh is
composed oflincs, arcs, eonstruetion
geometry and points.

Introducing: Slots The Slot tool is used to creme straight and are slot shapes based on
different eriteria. There are two types based on lines and two types
based on ares. All slot types have the option to creme dimensions with
the geometry. The tollowing types are available:

Slot Type Resulting (:eornetry

The Straight Slot is created by locating
Straight Slol E9
the eenterpoints ofthe ares and then
dragging outwards to ereate the width.

215
Lesson 6 soLIDwoRKs
Revaivea Features

Slut Type Resulting Geumetry

Centerpoint Straight The Centerpoint Straight Slot IS created
Slot @ by locating the geometric center, one of
the are eemerpomts and then dragging

as»
outwards to create the wtdth.

3 Poi,“ Am SM if? The a Point Are Slot is created like a 3

Point Arc (sec ltxlmducmg: 3 Paint/1m
on page 2 U) and then dragging outwards
I

to create the width.

4"?”
Centerpoint Arc Slot The Centerpoint Arc Slot is created ilkc
Q a Centerpoint Arc (sec SA 92611 Geometrv
on page 33) and then dragging outwards to
create the width,

Where to Find It CommandManagcr: Sketch > Straight Slot (=3,

Centerpoint Straight Slot <9
Mcnu: Tools. Sketch Entities, Centerpoint Straight Slot
Shortcut Menu: Righirclick in the graphics area and click
Sketch Entities, Centerpoint Straight Slot 9

215
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 5
Reverted Features

18 Sketch.
Create a new sketch on the Eight plane. ()rient the model in the same
direetion.
19 Centerpoint Straight Slot. :3 m (3
Click Centerpoint Straight Slot Clicka. v

I
Add dimensions and Overall Length. Click g‘rn— A
the location of the centerpeint and a location ‘

horizontally to the right. A third eliek sets the

slot width. Click OK and set the dimension ‘ ‘
values as shown. Q 9:

@-
Elna mum
°°

75

Tip The dimensions are added automatically if the Add dimensions option
is elieked.

2|) Rotation a '

Add a eenterline using Centerline ,a‘, setting
/MM 0
~/ x
Vertical and Infinite length. Place the line at the
origin. This will be the axis of revolution for the m
revolved feature. A. warm
Mum
Add a diameter dimension from the eenterline tn
the center-point of the slot, and from the slot
centerline to the top edge of the Hub. Erasmus”.
Vlwtm mtg!»
The sketch is now fully defined.

f
wtawwm
3° i

‘ l

170—;—

217
Lesson 6 soLIDwoRKs
Revalved Features

Polenlial Ambiguity Ifthe skewh eonmins more than one eenterline, the system will not
knew which centerline is intended let be the axis elf revolution. The
cenlerllne lo be used can be selected either before or afier seleeling the
Revolve tool.

21 Compleled feature.
Select the infinite vertieal eenterline. eliek BossIBase, Revolve 8.
Use on angle of 360“. Rename the feature to Rim.

2”
l

1m ‘

Mullibody Solids Multibody solids oeeur when there is more

than one solid body in n part. In eases where
diserete features are separated by a distnnee,
this can be the most efficient method in
designing n part.

The Sand Bodies folder holds the bodies and also

lisls how many bodies ore eurrently housed in the
folder (2). The bodies can be merged or combined
later to ereate a single solid body. :,[a mm (“was
from»:
For more information on multibody parts, see the Elm:
AdvancedPa/l Modeling training mnnual. isms"
, r...
. 3-...
Buflmngthe The Spoke feature will be erented using a Sweep feature thnt requires
Spoke two sketehes: n profile and a pnth. Tne sweep pushes a e1osed eontour
profile nlong an open eontour path. The path is sketched using lines and
tangent ares. The profile is sketehed using on ellipse. The feature will
bridge the spaee between the existing Hub and Rim features and
cembinc them into n single solid body.
The Spoke feature is important beeause it will be patterned to ereate
any number ofevenly spaeed spokes.

218
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 6
Reverted Features

22 Open the Display Pane.

In the FeatureManagcrdesign tree, click to expand the Display
>

Pane. It cunmins Columns whieh can be used te change display

properties elf items in the tree.
235m"-
Use the FeatureManager Search
s in
7 man u x

—
box v te Search by the e "33:” w-m-«M-wrnsw D
starting letters of a name er some [Mu C I;
pomon ofthe name. - 3m

Type ska inte the FeatureManager

. (his C
Design Tree filter to show the sketches ofthc Hub and Rim.
Click an the sketch ieen for the Hub to show it. Repeat for the Rim.
24 Setup.
Create a new sketeh en the Right plane and change the display te
Hidden Lines ble.
25 Sketch line.
Sketch a horizenml Line
running from the ecnterline
inside the Hub boundaries.

26 Tangent are.
Create a Tangent Arc from
the line endpuint in the
direction shown. The actual
values are not impomnt as
you sketeh. They will be
defined by dimensions later.

27 Connecting tangent arc.

With Tangent Arc still
seleeted, continue sketching
by using the previews aie's ,

endpoint as a start. sketeh this .

are tangent te the first, ending
at a horizontal langency posir
tion.

219
Lesson 6 soLIDwoRKs
Revalved Features

Ha When the vertical inference line eoineides with the site's eentei, the
tangent ofthe ate is horizontal.
28 Horizonlal line.
Sketeh a final line. It is
horizontal, with its length
to be determined by .
relations and dimensions. .

29 Relations.
Drag and drop the lett
endpoint of the line onm the
center-point ofthe Rim sketch.
A Coincident relaticm is
added.
Add another relation between
the line at the opposite end
and the eenterpoint of the are.
3|) Relurn lo a shaded display.
Cliek Shaded C to ehange the display.
31 Fully define sketch. 55
Add an Equal relation to the
ares and add dimensions.

Hp Picking end points and Centers allows for niote options when creating
the dimensions.
32 Exil skeleh.
Cliek Exil Sketch Ce
to Close the sketeh without using it in a feature.
Hide the Hub and Rim sketehes.

220
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 6
Revanea Features

Introducing: sketehing an ellipse is similar to sketching a eirele. Position the eursor

Insert Ellipse where you want the eenter and drag the mouse to establish the length of
the major axis. Then release the mouse button. Next, drag the outline of
the ellipse to establish the length of the minor axis.

lmpaflanl! To fillly define an ellipse you must dimension or otherwise constrain

the lengths of the major and minor axes, and also constrain the orienta
tion of one of the two axes. ()ne way to do this is with a Horizontal
relation between the ellipse Center and the end of the major axis.

Where In Find It I CommandManager: Sketch > Ellipse Q

I Menu: Tools, Sketch Enlilies, Ellipse
. snorteut Menu: Rightaeliek in the graphics area and click
Sketch Entities, Ellipse 0
33 Ellipse.
Create a new sketeh on
the Front plane. eliek
Ellipse 0 and position
the centerpoint at the end
of the line. Move away
from the eenter and
position the major and
minor axes with
additional elieks.
34 Relations and
dimensions.
Add relations to make the
eentei-point and one ofthe
major axis points
Harizanlsl. Add the
dimensions as shown.
Exit the sketch.

221
Lesson 6 soLIDwoRKs
Revalved Features

Introducing: Sweep Sweep creates a feature from two sketches: a sweep profile and sweep
path. The profile is moved along the path, ereatirig the feature.

Note The Circular Profile option uses a path sketeh with a circle diameter.

Where to Find It - CommandManager: Features Swept BassIBase

> J'
I Menu: Insert, Base/Boss, Sweep

Nate The Sweep Command is covered in depth in the

Advanced Pm Modeling eeurse.

35 swear”
ir 5- 0: 0
Click Swept BossIBase J'.Select the closed v x
contour sketch as the Profile and the open an... r... A
contour sketch as the Path. amine-e
am...
||:srem
CI—
a

Cliek OK.
36 Results.
Name the new feature
Q
' W
EM
WW<W>

Spoke. The Solid

.
, mM
m
Bodies(2) folder
disappears. This indieates
Emma...”
m mm
that the two solid bodies 5] “9""
have merged into one.
r
2;“
a».
t 3....
' J's-«e
37 Pattern the Spoke.
Cliek Circular Pattern I26. Select the
cylindrical face as the center of rotation for the
pattern. Using the Spoke, set the Number of
Instances to 3 with Equal spacing.

222
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 5
Revahed Features

Rolsle View Rolsle View C‘ enables you to rotate the view ofthe model freely. To
restrict that motion, yeu ean ehoose an axis, a line or edge, e vertex, or
a plane. Click the Rotate Wew tool and the center axis.
The same result ean be obtained using the middle mouse button
remtien. Select the entity to rotate about using the middle mouse
butten, then drag with the middle mouse hutten.

38 Rolale.
Rotate about the Handwheel center axis by
elieking a circular edge or eylindrienl faee of
the Hub with the middle mouse button. Then
Drag the middle mouse button to activate the
mute command.

Edge Selection The Edge Selection toolbar can assist in selecting combinations of
edges that are related to seleeted edge in some way. is a multiple edge
selection method that can be used in combinau'on with any other
selection methods.
For example, seleen'ng this single edge offers several different
combinations of edges (shown as blue and dashed), eneh under s
dinerent ieen and name.

Between right reature Between lert reature

and part

Between right reature

and left ieature

Close Selection Toolbar

All All concave

223
Lesson 6 soLIDwoRKs
Revolved Features

Note nie number ofavzilablc edge combinations, along with ihc naming and
ieons, will vary based on the sclccicd edge. This molbar ean also be
ioggled off or ignored in favor ofdircet selections.
Direct Selection Similar results can be achieved through the direct selection of six edges
or two faces. Selection of a face sclccis all edges of that face.

Note Faee selections make the model oeder suited to wiilrsiand dimensional
elranges.

39 Add fillels.
Click Fillet and click Show
selection toolbar.
Seleei an edge, and use the All
Concave selection. Add 3mm
filleis to the edges as shown.

Other Selection You can also select edges by dragging a window or using keyboard
Options Shortcut.

. Drag ihc window from lemo right, all die edges that are entirely
inside die window are selcetcd.
. Press Clrl+A io select all the edges.

224
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 5
nevened Features

Chamfers Chamfers ereste s bevel feature on edges er vertiees of s medel. The

shape can be defined by two distances or a distance and an angle. in
many ways, ehemrers are similar to fillets in that you seleet edges and
or faces in the shine way.

Where In Find It - CummandManager: Features > Fillel 3 > Chamfer O

I Menu: Insert, Features, Chamfer

. Shortcut Menu: Righteliek a faee er edge and click Chamfer O

4|) chamfer.
Add a Chamfer feature using the top edge of
0 L, (9
‘, X
the Hub feature. Select the chamfer Type
Dislanee Dislance and the Chamfer Method m A

Asymmetric.
Set the distances using the values shewn. (F "(i
”no.“ A

Dunnn inn
L Eungimpisssmn
isuunni inn a ruiisuniw
. running
a Na Bvawew

mum-m A

<3 l2 tum

Filleis lo Chamfers Another way te ereete a ehamfer is by the eenversien 0f an existing

fillet. This can be done using the sherteut menu or while editing the
feature.

Where In Find It
. Shortcut Menu: Righteliek a faee er edge and click
Convert Fillel lo chamfer 2‘6

RealView Gmphics Ifyou have s eertified graphics acceleratur, you may be able to use the
RealView Graphics option. It provides highquality, real u'me material
shaders when available.

Where In Find It I Menu: Wew, Display, RealView Graphics

I HeadSrup View Toolbar: View Sellings Cl,
RealView Graphics 9

225
Lesson 6 SOLIDWORKS
Revalvm Features

Note Ifyou do not have RcalVicw Gmphies, skip m slop 45 on page 228.

fip If RealView Graphics am not available, the icon will b: grayed om.

RealView 0n RealView Off

Appearances, The Appearances, Scenes and Decals ml: ofthc Task Pane contains
Scenes and Decals three main folders: Appearances(eolor>, Scenes and Decals.

m o whamm,
a . Q WeI-x SKBH‘
Muse...“

mull e
: mm M. am a

5
mm
; Omnl Km. mm v—(h Sell-Man

226
soLIDwoRKs Lessan s
Revolved Features

41 RealView on.
Click RealView 9 to toggle it on.
42 Appearances and scenes.
From the Appearances,
Painted, Powder Coat
folder, drag and drop
aluminum powdereoatinto
the graphics window.
From the Scenes, Basic
Scenes folder, drag and
drop Backdrop - Black
with Fill Lights into the
graphics window.

The Apply Scene Q flyout tool on El:

inm—
Tip
the Heads-up View toolbar allows 3Marni-d mam»:
you to select and apply a scene from
the “St
‘ '
smiwraiemmaiigm
”spires.
Another option is to click the icon to W’
rotate through the list one at a time. "“"m‘ “W”
\lmanSlergmnd

mmqumr-m

Appearances Colors and textures are applied using Appearances. This menu has
tabs for Color/Image and Mapping.

. Color is used to apply a color to the texture added from the

Appearance folder.
I Mapping is used to change the mapping style oftlie texture added
from the Appearance folder.

227
Lesson 6 soLIDwoRKs
Revalved Features

43 Color.
9

W
E:— .

Click Edit Appearance and ehange the color ¢ x ,.

using a greyscale color swatch and light gray or
white. ehek 0K.
a WM

Note Applying an appearance docs not apply a material to the part. For
applying materials, see Edii Malaria! on page 228.

Tip Click View, Display, Ambient Occlusion to add realism to the shaded
model.
44 RealView off.
Click RealView 9 to toggle it off.
45 Save and close all files.

Edit Material The Edit Material dialog is used to add and edit the material associated
with a part. The material is used for ealeulations that rely on material
properties, including Mass Properties and SimulationXpress. The
material ean vary by eonfiguration. For more information on
configurations, sec Lesson 10: Configurations.
It's imponant to understand that applying an appearance is not the some
as defining a material for the part. Appearances control thc display of
the modci, whiic editing the material will apply material properties for
the calculation of mass and density and uflen associated appearances.

11p Part tcmplates (‘.pr’tdot) can inelude a predefined material.

Where to Find lt . Shortcut Menu- ightrcliek Mater] F. and click

228
sounwoRKs Lauon 6
Wed Fem-s

Open Ew_Anuylil.
Open the exisnng pan HWAnaiysis. This part has additional features
needed for use in the analysis semjon owns lesson.
Materials.
Right—click Edlt MaIerIal E and click SOIJDWORKS Materials,
Copper Alloys, Alumlnum Bronze.

mm
mmmm-‘mmnmumlmmmu-mmfl
n.a....n..,i...n
Maw w. urn-mks.“ ~

an“ (an-MW
mm:
in... n...

Win “a
y—‘m—
LAsson s SDLIDWORKS
Revalved Features

Note The Properties, 0mm m. m...“

—
Appearance and IV Anwyzppeinnm e1 Hummu-mom:
crossHalch arc Lhasa Mutul‘mt
“H ‘ ‘ ‘
’ '
assigned by the ’_
‘

sclccwd mawrial. ' Egg“ ‘

“M“ V

, L; mm
»

.
3 mm
L, M ‘
a mu m.
eO mumenbmnn
nmmm mum,"
0 WWW
aO mmebmnn
unduI-xunwm:
, uwmmmmew
a ”mm.“
e

V
Qm
(3
eW.
o unmann
“Elm

.‘Ami. amend .
e

Color.
Click Apply and close.
A Change in material
changes the eeler eme
pan. The mawrial name is
also updated in the
FcatumManagcr design
tree.

5 mm,“ "mm
nnw
m 54...,”
. m Am
F “mm m.
g m M.
[a new...
[a mM
L Dngm

230
soLIDwoRKs Lesson a
newch Feztmes

Mass Properties One ofthe benefits ofworking with a solid model is the ease with
which you ean pcrforni cnginccring calculations such as computing
mass, center of mass, and moments of inenia.

Notes I Section Properties can also be generated from a planar face or a

sketch in a model. The sketch can be active or selected.
I You can add a Center of Mass (COM) feature. You can measure
distances and add reference dimensions between the COM and
other entities. You add aCOM point in the Mass Properties dialog
box or by clicking Insert, Reference Geometry, Center of Mass.
Introducing: Mass Properties used to generate the mass properties of the entire
is
Mass Properties solid. The properties includc mass, volume and a temporary display of
the principal axes.

Where to Find It - CommandManagct: Evaluate > Mass Properties ‘1‘

I Menu: Tools, Evaluate, Mass Properties

4 Mass properties.
Click Mass
Properties ‘1“ . The
Density of M
Aluminum Bronze anennknmammm...
is used. LOMKEWMMIMIMI.

The results of the

rlllfllllmnl-ulu-uulmem
3mm in: m
um.
calculatmns are "33m: Wjaulnn
«nu-mum- .....
displayed In the
dialog box. Nm-nM-mlumk-flm
um . m5 gnu
on" : mnu‘n m .um
minnows”: mull-run
Note For those parts that do not posses an accurate physical dcscription, you
can click Override Mass Properties. You can override mass, center of
mass, and the moments ofinertia. This is helpful when you use
simplified models or purchased componcnts.
To change the units, click Options, click
Use custom settings, and set the units.
There are other options you ean set
including the density and thc accuracy
level ofthe calculations.

231
Lesson 6 soLIDwoRKs
Revolt/ed Features

Mass Properties Components ofthe Mass Properties ot‘a pan can be carried with the
as Custom pan as a Custom Propertyl This information can be extracted by a Bill
Properties of Materials report.
File Properties File properties are details about Windows based files that help identify
it 7 for example, a descriptive title, the author name, the subject, and
keywords that identify topics or other important information in the file.
Document propenies can be used to display information about a tile or
to help organize files so that they can be found easily. You ean seareh
for doeuments based on doeument properties.
There are file properties unique to SOLIDWORKSthat are more suited
to engineering, than the default properties Additional properties can be
added based on the user's needs.
Metadata File properties and attributes are sometimes referred to as Metadata.
Classes of File File properties can be grouped into several classes.
Properties I Automatic
Automatic properties are maintained by the applieation that ereated
the property. These include properties such as the date the file was
created, last modified and file size.
I Preset
Preset properties already exist, but the user must fill in the text
value. The preset file propenies used in SOLIDWORKS are stored
in the file Property.txt. This file may be edited to add or remove
preset properties
I Custom
Custom properties are defined by the user and apply to the entire
document.
I Configuration specific
Configuration specific properties apply only to a specific
eonfiguration.
I SOLIDWORKS custom properties
There are several custom propenies that can be automatically
updated by SOLIDWURKS, These inelude the pans mass and
material.

Where to Find It - Menu Bar: File Properties

I Menu: File, Properties

232
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 6
Revotved Features

Creating File File properties ean he created directly in the file, or they ean be created
Properties by other procedures
Direct method
Filc propenies are added directly to the tilc by the user,
Design tables
Design tables can crcatc custom propcnics using a column headcr
$PRP@property whcrc property is the namc ot‘thc property to bc
created and populated with the information created in the design
table.
Custom Properties Tab
Form templates for adding properties can be created using the
SOLIDWORKS Property Tab Builder. These forms can then be
accessed from the Task Pane using thc Custom Properties tab.
SOLIDWORKS PDM applications
SOLIDWURKS PDM applications will add several custom
properties to files checked into the vault. These include: nutnher,
status, description, project and revision. sounwoxxs PDM
applieations can also be configured to add additional properties
detined by the Vault Administrator
Uses oi File File properties can bc ttsed tor several operations.
Properties Parts, assemblies and drawings
Filc propenics can be used to create parametric notes Annotations
linked to tilc propenies will update as the propenies ehange.
Assemblies
Advanced Selection and Advanced Show/Hide can select
components based on specific file properties. Specific procedures
are found in the training eourse As‘semb/v Modeling.
Drawings
Filc propenies ean be used to till in data in the title hloek, BOM,
revision blocks and annotations. Specific procedures are found in
the training course SULIDWURKS meingd‘.
To eotnntttnieate the deseription oftliis model and it's weight, we'll
add some custom propcnics to thc t‘tlc.

233
Lesson 6 soLIDwoRKs
Revolved Features

5 File prope s.
Click File Properties El and click the Custom tab. Activate the
Property Name cell in the first row ofthe dialog. Use the arrow at the
right of the cell to choose Description from the preset properties. In
the Value”ext Expression cell, type Handwheel for Globe Valve
as the description.

Summary Custom emulatinnsouofie

WM warm

)
1
M".-
Dummon
<W|x .mwarmly
rm
ill
“or“...
u. ill newI

tar clam vaml V

W my...
mix
lor van:

6 New custom property.

Activate the Property Name cell and type in the Name mass. In the
ValuerText Expression cell, choose Mass from the preset properties.
The Evaluated Value cell shows the current mass and how it would
appear in a table or drawing title block. close the dialog.

M... u.- I

ill mums...
mm tar Glalx ma
my...v...
' Innis
Damn-Ml not DUI-smut lar Shoe
mm rm ill swunMNWJI-uyssmur-
(W a m arm
Note The Configuration Specific tab ean also be used. This would allow the
property to vary by configuration. Configurations will be discussed in
Lemon m.- Configurations.

234
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 6
Revoned Features

SOLIDWORKS With the solid 3D geometry ofthe hand wheel and the material defined,
Simulation- we have all the information we need to simulate how this model would
Xpress reaet to stresses applied to the part. We'll use the simulationXpress tool
to do this.
SOLIDWORKS simulationXpress is a first pass stress analysis tool for
SOLIDWORKS users. It helps you judge whether your part will
withstand the loading it will reeeive under realzworld eonditions.
SOLIDWORKS simulationXpress is a subset ofthe SOLIDWORKS
Simulation produet.
Product Code In order to nm SOLIDWORKS SimulationXpress, a product code
required. The product can be generated from your SOLIDWORKS
serial number. See the Enable SimulationXpress dialog on start up.
Overview SOLIDWORKS Fixture
simulationXpress uses a
wizard to provide an easy to
use, stepzbyzstep method of
performing design analysis.
The wizard requires several
pieces of information in order
to analyze the part: fixtures,
loads and materials. This
information represents the part
as it used. For example,
conslder what happens when
Exlemally applied load
you turn the handwheel. The
hub is atmehed to something that resists turning. This is represented by
a fixture. ixtures are sometime called constraints. A force is applied to
the hole in the rim as you attempt to turn the handwheel. This ‘ a load.
What happens to the spokes? Do they bend? will they break? This
depends on the strength of the material the handwheel is made of, the
physieal size and shape of the spokes, and the size of the load.
Mesh In order to analyze the model, SOLIDWORKS
SimulationXpressautomatieally meshes the
model, breaking it up into smaller, easierztoz
analyze pieees. These pieces are ealled elements.
Although you never see the elements, you can
set the eoarseness ofthe mesh prior to the
analysis. —

235
Lesson 6 soLIDwoRKs
Revalvm Features

Using SOLIDWORKS SimulationXpress walks you through the steps of

SOLIDWORKS analysis, from Options to Optimize. The steps are:
Simulation-
Xpress
Options
Setup the type of units that arc eommonly used for materials, loads and
rcsulle
Fixtures
Selcet fnees ofthe part that remain in place (fixed) during the analysis.
Loads
Add external loads such as forces and pressures to induce strcss and to
deform the part
Material
choose a material for the part from the smndard library or input your
own.
Run
Run the analysis, optionally setting the coarseness ofthe mesh used
Results
View the results ofthe analysis: Faetor of Safety (FOS), Stress and
Deformations This is sometimes called [mxlflmcesxing
Opti ize
Optimize a result quantity using a seleeted dimension.
Where to Find It I CommandManager: Evaluate >

I
SimulationXpress Analysis Wizard !
Mcnu: Tools, Xpress Products, SimulationXpress

Start SimulationXpress.
Click SimulationXpress !.the Thc
analysi, wizard appears in Task Pane. was—u.”
9‘...»— m. is

WWMMM
.mutmmumuu
“WWW-44's.
mqnqda
nmmwm
whim-Mandy‘s
mmmmmmn
tsunami-imm-
mmmfimh—lm‘p
Note The first time that the SimulationXpress Analysis Wizard is run, it
will require a SimulationXpress Product Code. Follow the
instructions on the dialog to reecivc a code.

236
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 5
Reverted Features

The Simulation- The SOLIDWORKS SimulationXpress interface begins in the Task

Xpress Pane, where the checklist of sequential msks appears under the
Interface SOLIDWORKS SimulationXprcss fl tab. Seleetion options and the
SimulationXprcssStudy trcc appear in the PropertyManzgcr.

fimmm e. i. w. m we.

«x-

sounwonxs
SimulationXpress
Task Pane Tab
mullahs/I mung-5...,
a.“
semwmmmgnmmm
l
v5...
“imam

Options The Options dialog conmins settings for the System of units and
Results location.
2 click Options.
Set the unim m SI and use the default Results location. Click Show
annotation for maximum and minimum in the result plots.
Click OK and cliek E Next.

237
Lesson 6 soLIDwoRKs
Revalvm Features

Phase 1: Fixtures Fixnires are used to “fix" taees ofthc model that should not move
during the analysis. You must restrain at least one face ofthe part to
avoid analysi tailure due to rigid body motion. As you eomplete eaeh
phase in the wizard, a green check mark 9 is added to the list.
Fixtures page.
Click Add a fixture.

fip Move the eursor over the blue hyperlinks (such as Fixed Holes) tor
examples.
Face selection.
Select the eylindrieal face and the flat face that
form the Drshapcd hole. , X ,.
ms
maul

Click OK and cliek Next.

Simulation Study A SimulationXpress Study is being constructed Qe simmmumtmnh

as the wizard steps are completed. The emmrimnm
FeatureManager design tree is split and the lower
portion contains the SimulationXpressStudytree.
'
9;;
u mgmallm
Eventually it will include fixtures, loads, mesh
and the results of the analysis.

Phase 2: Loads The Loads page is used to add external forces and pressures to faces of
the part. Force implies a total force, for example 200 lbs, applied to a
face in a specific direetion. Pressure implies that the force is evenly
distributed on the face, for example, 300 psi, and is applied normal to
the face.

Note The specified roree value is applied to each face. For example, ifyou
seleet 3 faces and specify a 50 lb. force, simulationXpress applies a
tom] force ot 150 lbs. or 50 lbs. on eaeh raee.

238
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 6
Revolved Features

Loads page.
In this example, we will use a Force type load. Click Add a force.
Select the face.

i
.
Se1eet the eyhndneal face as shown. Cllek
‘ m o
Selected direction and eliek the Right plane.
y X
‘
Set the Force to 3000.

8— . rm"
Sum-ts

Click OK and cliek Next.

n [mun mam...
Phase 3: Material The next phase is selecting the Material. You ean ehoose from libraries
of standard materials or add your own.
Material page.
The current material, selected within
SOLIDWORKS, is Aluminum Bronze from
the Copper Alloys list.
:3: 5
./
:K'hvill
To change the material, click 3 Material, cliek z 2:3,.
change material and select from the li .
This is the same list that appears when using '“‘ “‘“‘““1""‘"*""“
"mm” am

m
Edlt Material.
Click next to keep Aluminum Bronze as the
material.
“w
mez
Phase 4: Run sima1ationXpress prepares the model for analysis, creates the mesh and
ea1eu1ates disp1aeements, strains, and stresses.
Run page.
The required information has been provided and the analyzer is ready.
Click Run Simulation.

239
Lesson 6 soLIDwoRKs
Revalved Features

Phase 5: Results The Results page is used to display the #immmfinfiyfflamfi

results of analysis The full U WJ-‘IHHWMn-mm ml
SimulationXpres tudy tree i shown in
‘ 9’

v g
m“
the spllt FeatureManager d . n flee.
This ineludes all the input and output of
mum
J. has: ova-«mm
I'm

ths
‘
the study
1; swimmer
mmrmut
.
UVmumtSdfith-vwvlnfiml

fip Doubleeeliek a result feature (sueh as Stress (rvonMisesVD to view it.

Results.
A preview ofthe deformation plot appears on the screen. The
deformation is sealed to make it easier to visualize.
Ifthe part is deforming as expected you can view the other result plots
of the study. Click Yes, continue to see the next result.

Factor of Safety SimulationXpress uses the maximum Von Mises stress criterion to
calculate the factor of safety distribution. This criterion states that a
duetile material starts to yield when the equ alent suess (von Mises
stress) reaches the yield strength ofthe rnnter . The yield strength
(SIGYLD) is defined as a material property. SImulationXpress
calculates the factor ofsafety at a point by dividing the yield strength
by the equivalent suess at that point.
At any location, a factor of safety that is:
I Less than 1.0 indicates that the material at that loeau'on has yielded
and that the design is not safe.
I Equal to 1.0 lndicates that the material at that location hasjust
started to yield.
I Greater than H) indieates that the material at that location has not
yielded.

2w
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 5
Reverted Features

1|) Factor of safety.

The FOS has areas that are less than 1. This indicates that areas of the
part are uverstressed and will fail.
Red areas indieate where the factor of safety is less than one. The Task
Pane also shows the actual factor of safety value.

Click Done viewing results and Next.

Phase 6: Optimize The O mize tab can be used to bring Factor of Safety, Max Stress
or Maximum Displacement values to acceptable levels by iterating the
value of a dimension. The optimization is performed within set numerie
boundaries with the above eonsflaints.
11 Optimize the model.
Click Yes for Would you like to optimize your model? and Next.
12 Value to change.
Select the 14mm dimension (major axis of
the ellipse) as the dimension in change.
CliekOK.

ilA\
mm. [:3
.... a... m
a...” .a m
u.
. m u...
.

m...
mom. , ‘

—D,
mum,m in0,, mnmmm
“mum" in

ENE--
241
Lesson 6 soLIDwoRKs
Revalved Features

13 Variables and constraints.

Set the Min and Max Var ble values to 18mm and 22mm as shown.
For Constraints, seleet Factor of Safety and set it to a minimum of 1.
Click Run.

PWntshnumun a... rot... it»

won. a

emu...—
rmsm-y unis-uni. IIIlI i3»

manna-Hm .
14 Results. in... am.
After several iterations, the optimization is msmemmmwsxafi 1mm mmm
complete. Click the Results view tab. The Mal-“saw mm mm
resulting changes meet the FOS target with ""‘ ”“9““ "'2‘”
only a small inerease in weight.
15 Within Ion results.
Click the Optimal Value option and eliek Next.
Click 4 Run and Run Simulation

Updating the changes performed in SOLIDWORKS or during optimization are

Model detected by simulationXpress changes can be made to the model,
materials, fixtures or loads. The existing analysis ean be reanalyzed to
show the newest results.

16 Save data.
Click close in the SOLIDWORKS SimulationXpress window and Yes
to save the data.
17 change model.
The optimization process changed the
seleeted dimension value. Click the
Model tab on the bottom of the
graphies window and ehange that
dimension to the rounded value
20mm (in Sketeh4 under the Spoke
feature) and rebuild.

242
soLIDwoRKs Lessan s
Revalvea Features

18 Relr' ve data.
Slan SimulalionXprcss again and mu lhc simulalion again lo updalc lhc
rcsullsl
19 Save and close.
Click Close in lhc SOLIDWORKS SimulalionXprcss window and Yes
in save ihe dam.
20 Save and close the pan.

Results, Reports The following are some examples oflhe difl‘erem types of ouipul mm
and eDrawings are available wilh an analysis. They include rcsulls, rcpons and
cDrawing files.

Note Some enlie displays are cxaggcralcd by a dcformalion scale,

Type Displxy

Stress (-vunMiscs-)

G l

Displacement (-Res disp»)

‘3 I

Dcformxtion
(-Displxccmcnt—)

243
LAsson s soLIDwoRKs
Revalved Features

Displxy

Fxcmr nf Safety
(-Max van Miscs Stmss-)

MIMI-flan M
w 5".st a
2%”?
Word Report

cDrawilng File

244
soLIDwoRKs Lam" 6
Wed Fem-s

245
 7
DS SOLIDWORKS
Simulation Training Courses
SimulationXpress provides an introduction to SOLIDWORKS Simulation solutions. The full
suite of SOLIDWORKS Simulation products delivers a complete, easyetduse portfolio of
analysis tools for predicting a product's realeworld physical behavior by virtually testing CAD
models. SOLIDWORKS training courses that can help you learn these solutions include.

I SOLIDWORKS Simulation. Learn about linear stress ,_,m

—""“
analysis, gap/contact analysis, best practices, and more.
SOLIDWORKS Simulation Professional. Learn about "“
heat transfer analysis. frequency analysis. fatigue w-
‘—
analysis. and more.
SOLIDWORKS Simulation Premiu - Dynamics.
Learn how to analyze structures subjected to various
types of dynamic loading.
SOLIDWORKS Simulation Premium: Nonlinear. Leam
”mam
how to use nonlinear analysis to analyze models that 13%;}:
exhibit large displacements and/or yielding. inz‘lens
mm W
mm is
SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation. Leam how to conduct 1313;; 21:

fluid flow analysis. $323;

um. 2s
SOLIDWORKS Motion. Leam how to study kinematics 13135335

and dynamic behavior of assemblies. llllil ii

mm Pressuii lPZl

SOLIDWORKS Plastics. Learn to predict how melted sumpm cm,“

plastic flows during the injection molding process.

Talk to your reseller today to learn more about SOLIDWORKS Simulation solutions!
soLIDwoRKs Exercise 25
Flange

Exercise 25: Create this part using the dimensions provided. Use
Flange relations wiscly te mainizin the design intent.
This lab uses illc following skills:

- RevolvedFealumx on page 209

Uniis: in meters

Design Intent The design intent for this part is es follows:

I. Holes in the pnttein arc eqnauy spaeed.
2. Holes are equal diameter.
3. All miets are equal and are R6mm.

Note that construction circles can be created using the Properties of a

circle.

Dimensioned Use the renewing graphics with the description of the design intent in
Views cream the part.

Top View
<7 $1404» {20

wW
FI‘DDt Vlew
,

W2

247
Exercise 25 soLIDwoRKs
Wheel

Exercise 26: Create unis part using the

Wheel dimensions provided. Use
relations wise1y to maintain are
design inmnt.
This lab uses 111C following
skills:

I Revolved Feaiums on
page 209
UniLs: in meters

Design Intent The design imam for diis part is as fallows:

I. Part is symmetrical about use axis emie hub.
2. Hub has drafl.

Dimensioned Usc die renewing, grannies with the dcscripliun omie design intent to
Views create the pan.
Front and Top views, and Section AVA from Front view.

WWW

r.
[

j
l

<Z>2A

4L

SECTlON AVA

248
soLIDwoRKs Exercise 25
Wheel

Optional: Text in a Text can be added to a sketch and extmded to form a cut or a boss. The
Sketch text can be positioned freely, located using dimensions or geometric
relations, or made to follow sketch geometry or model edges.

Where to Find It I Cemmznsznager: Sketch > Text A

I Menu: Tools, Sketch En ies, Text
. snonout Menu: Rightreliek in the graphics area and click
Sketch Entities, Text A

1 Construction geometry.
Sketch an the front face and add construction lines and ares as shown.
Tip Use Symmetric relationships between the endpoints of the arcs and the
vertical ecnterline.
2 Text on a curve.
Create two pieces of text one amehed to each are. They have the
following properties:
Text: Designed using
Font: Courier New 11pt
Alignment: Center Align
Width Factor: 100%
Spacin : 100%
Text: SOLIDWORKS
Font: Arial 20pt
Alignment: Full Justify
Width Factor: 100%
Spacin : not applicable when using Full Justify

24s
Exzmise 26 soLIDwoRKs
Wheel

3 Exlrude.
Extrudc a bass with 2: Depth of 1mm and
Draft of 1 ’.

Nole Extruding mxt can be time cansuming.

4 Save the part and close it.

250
soLIDwoRKs Exercise 27
Gfllde

Exercise 27: Create this part using the infurmation and

Guide dimensions provided. This lab reinforces the
‘
followings s:

- Introducing: Slots cm page 215

Units: millimeters
Proced u re Create a new mm pan and name it Guide. Cream the game“)! as
Shawn in the following steps.

Note These images show the sketch relations (View, Sketch Relations) for
clarity.
Lines and fillet. R25
0an n skoioli on the Front nlnnc.
Create the sketch lines, a sketch fillet
and an angular dimension as shown.

Offset.
Use uflset entities to create the
20mm offset is shown.

close ends.
Close the ends using a
tangent arc and a line as
Shawn.

251
Exzmise 27 soLIDwoRKs
Guide

4 Drag lo origin. .95

Drag the ccmcrpoint oflhc arc is
mo Origin and drop it. This
creates n Coincident relation.
.

20
125W
5 Wnual Sharp.
A Virtual Sharp is used is m
represent an imaginary comer
when: lines would meet.
Add n virtual Sharp by solooiing
the twu lines as shown and ‘

clicking Point ' .

20
175.00"

6 Fully defined.
Complcw the sketch
by adding dimensions
as shown.

49
7 Exlrude.
Extrudc the skcwh 10mm.

252
soLIDwoRKs Exercise 27
Gum

8 circle and boss.

Add a circle to a new sketch on the top face of the model. Use Tangent
and Coincident relations to relate the circle to the geometry. Fully
define and cxtrudc the sketch 10mm as shown.

045
9 Fillel.
Add a fillet R20mm as shown.
N

253
Exzmise 27 soLIDwoRKs
Gulde

1|) Slol.
Use Straight Slot with the options Overall Length and Add
Dimensions to create the geometry shown below. Create a through all
cut with the sketch geometry.

11p The slot sketch should be fully defined. It may require a parallel
relation.
11 Hole.
Add a 20mm through all hole to complete the part.

12 Save and close.

254
soLIDwoRKs Exercise 2:
Elllpse

Exercise 28: Use an ellipse in cream the mm

Ellipse This lab reinforces the following
skills:

I Introducing: Insert [mm on

page 221
Unim: millimeters

Proced u re Create a new mm pan. Create the gcumctry as shown in me folluwing

drawing.

m
. 25

75

1
A
1320

DElAiL v

SCALE 2 : l

‘52

H77 kw;— 4

SECHON AVA

255
Exercise 19 soLIDwoRKs
Sweeps

Exercise 29: Crcatc these three pens using swept features These require a path and a
Sweeps section or a path and the Circular Profile option.
This lab uses the following skills:

- Introducing: Sweep on page 222

Unils: m meters
Slide Stop The Slide Step uses a path that deseribes the ccntcrlinc ofthc swccp.
A
<— R25

dmo
SECUON AVA
SCALE 1
: 1

Cotter Pin The Cotter pm uses a path that deseribes the inner edge of the sweep.

mu @T
sEcnoN AVA
SCALE 5
(CROPPEDJ
: 1

256
SDLIDWORKS Exercise 29
Sweeps

Paper Clip The Paper Clip is defined by a path that describes the eemerurre of the
sweep. Use a path and a section or a path and the Circular Profile
option.

Path
15D

%
rm

sEcHON AA
SCALE 12 : 1

mm |o TnMcch Snlullnm LLC (or xnbmlllmg mus: Cxam'rlcs

Milered Sweep The Mitered Sweep is defined by a path that describes the outer edge
efdre swccp.

6U
35
v4

257
Exercise an soLIDwoRKs
Slmulatlan- Xpmss

Exercise 30: Perform a first pass stress analysis on an

Simulation- existing pan.
Xpress This lab uses the following
Simulatithpress ski s:
Phase 1; Fix/mes on page 23);
Phase 2; Loads on page 238
Phase 3; Maien‘a/ on page 239 X
Phase 4; Run on page 239
Phase 5; Rem/IS on page 240
Units: ineters
Open Pump Cover.
This part represents a cover that will be filled with oil under high
pressure.
Start the SimulationXpress wizard.
Set the options.
Click Options and set the units to SI. Also click Show annotation for
maximum and minimum in the result plots.
Define the fixture.
Select the uppermost faces of
the four tabs and the
cylindrical faees ofthe four
bolt holes.

Define the load set.

Select Pressure for the
type ofload. Rightreliek
one of the faces on the
i Me of the PumpCover.
Cliek Select Tangency
from the shortcut menu.
Set the pressure value
and direction.
Set the pre. .urc value to
250 psi.

258
soLIDwoRKs Exercise 30
Slmulaliun- Xpress

6 Specify the material.

Sclcct Aluminum Alloys and click 2014 Alloy from the list.
7 Run the simulation.

8 Results.
The factor ofsafcty is less than inelieating that the part is ever
1

stressed. Alsu view the stress and displaeement plots.

9 change the material.

Righteliek the Pump Coven (72014 Alloyr) ieon in the
SimulationXprcssStudy and click Apply/Edit Material.
Change the material to other Alloys, MonellR) 400.
1 l] U pdate.
Rcrun the study to update the analysis using the new material. The
faeter of safety sheuld be greater than 1.
11 Save and close the part.

259
Ennfiae so soLIDwoRKs
Sinulafim- muss
 Lesson 7
Shelling and Ribs

Upon successful complcuou ohms lesson, you Wlll be able to:

Apply drafi m model l‘uccs,
Perform shcllmg oporauons m hollow om a pan.
Usc me nb mol,
Cream lhm features.

251
Lesson 7 soLIDwoRKs
shelling and Ribs

Shelling and Creating thin walled parts

Ribs involves some common
sequences and operations,
whether they are east or
injection molded. Both
shelling and drzfl are used, as
well as ribs. This example will
go through the steps of adding
draft, shelling and creating
ribs.

Stages in the Some key stages in the modeling proecss of this part are given in the
Process following list:
I Draft with a plane
Draft can be defined with respect to a planar face or plane and
direction.
I shelling
shelling is the process of hollowing out a part. You have the option of
removing one or more faces of the part. A shell feature is a type of
applied feature.
I Rib laal
The rib tool can be used to quickly create single or multiple ribs. Using
minimal sketch geometry, the rib is created between bounding faces of
the model.

I Thin features
The thin feature option ereates revolves, extrusions, sweeps and lofts
with thin walls of constant thickness.

1 Open the part Shelflngdembs.

262
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 7
Shelllng and ths
Selection Sets Selection Sets can be created for geomeu'y that needs in be selected
multiple times. Each set can contain one or more pieces of geometry.
feature.
Selection sets can be created using Vertiees, edges, faces or features in a
part. In assemblies, components can also be added. In this example, we
will add a face as a Selection Set, but it is imponant to note that the
method varies depending on the type of geometry required.

. To save a vertex, edge, or face, rightcliek a venex, edge, or face

and eliek Selection Tools, Save Selection.
I To save a feature, rightrcliek a face and eliek the Save Selection
opu'on under Feature (<feature name>).
. To save a component, rightreliek a face and eliek the Save
Selection option under Component (<component name>).
Where to Find It I Shortcut Menu: Rightrcliek a face and eliek Selection Tools,
Save Selection

2 Selection set.
Rightseliek the underside face and
eliek Selection Tools, Save
Selection.

The selection set is saved as SelectieanetsM 1) in ‘ilzhngahh madam

the Selection Sets folder. Exam
as.“ $4:
. no amassed»
I nut

Note Selection sets can be renamed.

Analyzing and Drafi is required for both cast and injection molded parts. Because drafi
Adding Draft can be created in several ways, it is important to be able to check the
drafi on a part and if necessary, add more.
Draft Analysis The Draft Analysis tool is useful in determining, whether the part has
sufiieient drafi to be removed from the mold based on a set draft angle.

Where to Find It - CommandManager: Evaluate > Draft Analysis m

I Menu: Wew, Display, Draft Analysis

263
Lesson 7 soLlDwoRKs
Shelllng and nine

Click Draft Analysis B.

Direction of pull.
Using the flyout FeatureManager
design tree seleet Selaefioanets 1 ( 1)
as the Direction of Full.

Results.
Click Reverse Direction so the pull direction
arrow points as shown. Set the Angle to 2“.
Colors are as 'gned to the faces according to the
nature ofthcir drafl. Three (yellow) raees require
1 sum
drafi.
l' «manna
Click OK to complete the command and the face r hr: mm...
colors and legend will remain visible.

-
lulu-u flml

-- Vosllwe emu
Nrwlnr a
mom

- mm as"
wagons even

Other Options So far we have seen one method for ereating features with draft, using
for Draft the Draft option in the Insert, BossIBase, Extrude command. There
are times when this method does not address your specific situation.
For example, we will add drafi to faces a/m they are ereated.
Introducing: Draft The Draft feature enables you to add draft to faces of the model with
respeet to a neutral plane or a parting line.

Where to Find It - CommandManager: Features > Draft B

I Menu: Insert, Features, Draft

254
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 7
Shelllng and ths

6 Neutral plane draft.

av M“L, 0
..
— a
Click Draft iek Manual and Neutral x
Plane as the Type of Draft. Select the botmm
planar face, using the selcetion set, as the "an...“ A

Neutral Plane. Set the Draft Angle to 2 ? "“"I'w

dcgrccs.Sclect the three yellow faces to dmfl
and click OK to cumplcte the cummand.

’2

Note Click Reverse Direction if necessary.

7 Draft analysis recheck.
Notice that the color changes for the
sclcctcd raecs. They new have positive
drafi within the boundaries set in the
dim analysis.
Click Draft Analysis
off the eolurs.
3 again t0 shut
11p Zooming in on the Top
view shews the dmfied
faces.

265
Lesson 7 soLIDwoRKs
snelung and Ribs

Shelling A shelling operation is used to “hollow out" a solid. You ean apply
different wall thicknesses to seleeted faces. You can seleet taees to be
removed. In this example, all walls will have the same thickness,
Order of Most plastie pans have rounded eorners, lfyou add fillets to the edges
Operations be are shelling and the fillet radius is greater than the wall thiekness,
the inside eorners ofthe part will automatically be rounded. The radius
ofthe inside eorners will equal the fillet radius minus the wall
thickness Taking advantage ofthis ean eliminate the tedious task of
tilleting the inside eorners.
Iftlle wall thiekness is greater than the fillet radius, the inside eorners
will be sharp.
Introducing: Insert Shell removes selected faces and adds thickness to others to
Insert Shell create a thin walled solid. It includes options to create multiple
thicknesses in the salne shelling command.

Where to Find It - ColnmandManager: Features > Shell U

I Menu: Insert, Features, Shell

Tip clear Show preview before seleeting the faces, otherwise the preview
will be updated with eaeh seleetion, slowing down the operation,
Face Selection Shelling can remove one or more raees from the model or ereate a fully

‘‘ ‘‘
enelosed void. Here are some examples:

()ne face ()ne faee

selected. selected.

Multiple faces No faces

SClCCICdl selected,
Note: Tile
results are
shown
seetioned, using
tlle Section
View command

zas
soLlDwoRKs Lesson 1
shelling snd Ribs

8 Shell. Ci 5"“ Q
Click Shell DI and set the Thickness Io 1.5mm. v x
Clear Show preview and click the 9 faces
(including the hidden botwm faee) shown as the
Faces lo Remove. Click OK.

The selected thiekness is applied [0 211

faces except those temeved.

Offset dislance plane.

—
9 ?
Click Plane I , select the thickness raee, using

nuns—s

i hi
the seleeiion scL and use an Offset Distance of
10mm [0 the imide (intersecting the model).
Click OK. in...“ A

0
g in.”

W
went,
E smut
E
Erium
e: , s‘
E ii. i...

267
Lesson 7 soLIDwoRKs
sneuing and ths

Ribs The Rib tool enables you to a special type of extruded feature, a rib
feature, using minimal sketch geometry.
Rib Sketch Unlike other sketches, the rib sketch does not have to cover the
complete length of the rib feamrce This is due to the fact that the rib
feature automatically extends the sketch to the next feature it finds on
both ends.
The rib sketch can be simple or eomplex. n can be as simple as a single
sketched line that forms the rib centerline, or it can be more elaborate.
Simple sketches can be extruded either parallel or normal to the sketch
plane, Complex sketches can only be extruded normal to the sketch
plane, Here are some examples:

Simple sketch extruded

parallel to the sketch
plane,

Simple sketch extruded

normal to the sketch
plane,

Complex sketeli
extruded normal to the
sketch plane,

Introducing: Rib The Rib feature creates a rib of specified thickness either with or
without draft. The rib is based on a sketched contour line that defines
the top ofthe ribs

Where to Find It - CommandManagcr: Features > Rib @l

I Menu: Insert, Features, Rib

263
SDLIDWORKS Lesson 7
Shelllng and ths

1o Sketch line. i
Create a new sketch on the plane Plansl. :1
Click Line and click the Midpoint Line
optiun. Skcwh a horizontal line from near 5
the center. Add a second line and dimension l
them is shown.

T— or

Note The lines can be underrdcfincd beeause the endpoints do not have to be
eeineident to the model edges. The Rib feature will extend the solid
gcumctry te interseet with the walls erthe model. Evcn iftllc lines
extend past the walls erthe model, the rib feature will be eontzined te
the inner walls orthe [1er This simple sketeh is really just defining the
top location erthe rib and the direetion it will be created.
11 Rib tool.
am Q
Click Rib @ and set the paramcwrs shown: v x
-
I Thickness: 1.5mm
Cream rib cm Both Sides ufskctch linc E
im A

I Extrusion direct u A
sum iii
Normal lo Sketch §“‘""‘“"""
“sum-w
I Draft Q: 3" outward Emma”
32

l
u a. mum me
was i?!
g bi.» mi.
w...
33:1,

Click OK.
Tip Iftlic Flip material side arrow poims away from the model, reverse the
direction.

269
Lesson 7 soLlDwoRKs
shelling and Ribs

12 Rib sketch.
Seleet the Right plane and create a new sketeh. Change the display to
Hidden Lines Vl ble.
13 Line.
Create a horizontal line from the
Vortex towards the Bibi feature as

[2/
shown. Leave the sketch under
defined.

14 creale r' .

Cliek Rib @ and Parallel to Sketch KN with the options used in the
previous rib feature to create the rib.

Sectinn View Section View cuts the view using one or more section planes. The
planes can be dragged and rotated dynamically. Planar or Zonal
options can be used. Planes or planar raees can be used.
Planar The Planar option cuts the model with planes.

Zonal The Zonal option uses intersection zones to cut away portions of the
model. The zones are defined by the planes and allows for multiple
cuts.

270
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 1
shelling and Ribs

Nate Drawing View sections can n1sc be created by clicking OK and saving :1

Drawing Annotation Wew. They are added in the drawing using the
View Palette.

Where to Find It I Menu: Wew, Display, Section View

- HeadSrup view Toolbar: Section View a

—
15 Section view.
Click Section Wew and the Front Plane E. ., x
Click the Planar option and drag the arrow to
section the graphics as shown.
Click OK. * M"

ti amour
E amt!!!

16 Sketch.
Create a new sketch on the Right plane
as shown.

271
Lesson 7 soLIDwoRKs
Shelllng and Ribs

Converting Edges Convert Entities is used to creme copies of model edges in the active
sketeh. The edges are projeeted onto the plane of the sketeh, whether
they lie on that plane or not
Introducing: Convert Entities enables you to copy model edges into your aen'vc
Convert Entities sketch.

Where to Find It - CommandManager: Sketch > Convert Ent es 6

I Menu: Tools, Sketch Tools, Convert En s
. Shortent Menu: Rightreliek the graphics area and click
in
Sketch Tools, Convert Entities 8
Geometry selection options include:

Edge

F aec

Loop (using the

Inner loops one
by one option)

272
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 1
shelling and ths

g
m
17 Convert.
Click Convert Enlilies ®.Se1eenhe1inear
swim
v v x
a0
cdgc ofthc previous rib feature and convert it
onto the activc skctch plane. Click OK.
kamin
humus...“

18 Drag endpoints.
Drag hoih endpoints of the convened
edge to shape it as shown.

19 Compleled ribs.
Add another rib using the same method
as the previous one.

Click Section Wew again to tum it off.

27a
Lzssolt 7 SDLIDWORKS
shelling and Rios

Full Round Thc Full Round Fillet option creates a fillct that is mngcm to threc
Fillets adjaccnt sets of faccs. Each fnce sct can cunmin morc than onc facc.
Howcvcr, within cach facc sct, thc faces inust bc mngcm continuously.
Introducing: Full A full round fillet does not nced n radius valuc. Tho radius is
Round Fillets dctennined by tho shnoc of thc faccs you sclect.

Center has is
removed

Side faces
are Ilimmed

Where to Find it . Fillet PropcnyManagcr: Full Round Fillet

20 Full round.
0M 0

W
m
Click Fillet and thc Full Round Fitte « x
option. Under items To Fillet, sclect onc racc in
each set as shown. mum A

W s WE

at
’mimlm
at:
mm... ”was
at r... m...
'9 mini m...

Note Rightdick D8 to rnovc bctwcen facc scts.

274
SOLIDWORKS Lesson 7
Shelllng and mos

21 Completed fillets.
Another fillet ean be added using the same method as the previous one.

22 Save and close all files.

Thin Features Another technique available for creating thin walled parLs is to generate
Thin Features. Thin feature creation is automatically invoked when an
open contour is used for a sketehed based feature
Thin Features are made by using an open sketch profile and applying a
wall thiekness. The thickness can be applied to the inside or ouLside of
the sketeh, equally on both sides ofthe skeleh or unequally on either
side.
Thin features can be created for extrudes, revolves, sweeps and loflsl

Revolve, open Revolve, closed

‘

Extrude, open Extrude, closed

‘

Where to Find It I Revolve PropenyManager: Thin Feature

I Extrude PropenyManager: Thin Feature

275
Lesson 7 soLIDwoRKs
Shelllng and Ribs

Open Thlnj'eamres.

Thin revolve.

’
Select the strainer sketch and
Revalved Bass/Base
When the system asks whether
the sketch should be
automatically closed, Click No.
Set the Thin Feature
thickness to 5mm and the
direction to the outside.
Click OK.

Thin extrude.
Select the bracket sketch and
Extruded Bass/Base Q. Set u im-
the Thin Feature to Mid-Plane Elm-mum
and 5mm. Click Auto-fillet K 3”“
corners and setthe Fillet Radius
to 3mm.

Directi n.
Set the direction of the extrude
towards the base feature and
use Up To Next.
Click OK.

276
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 7
snenmg and mus

Nole This example uflcrs anuthcr comparison between Up To Surface (tap)

and Up To Nexl (buttom).

5 Convert edge.
Reverse the View of the model and create a skew}: cm the face as shown.
Click Convert Enlilies and click the circular edge as indicated. Click
OK.

11p Ifyou prcsclcct me cdgc, no dialug appears.

277
Lesson 7 soLIDwoRKs
shelling and Ribs

6 Exlrude.
Extrudc Lhc skcwh 5mm away
from the model as shown. Shaw
the Right Plane.

7 Reference plane.
Create a new reference plane by pressing cm and dragging the Right
Plane 75mm as shown. For mere informaticm, see Planex on page 182.

278
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 1
shelling and mus

8 Convert face.
Create a new sketch on the new plan: and sclca the and face of the
ExtruderThinl feature. Click Convert Enlilies fij.

9 Exlrude.
Extrudc the sketch using Up To
Nexl and click OK.

Thanks to Steve Ostmvsky, TPM

1|) Save and close the file.

27s
 7
95 SOLIDIA/ORKS
Electrical and PCB Training Courses
SOLIDWORKS Electrical solutions simplify electrical product design with specific tools for
engineers and intuitive interfaces for faster embedded electrical system design.
SOLIDWORKS training courses that can help you learn these solutions include.

Electrical: Schematic. Learn how best to

implement SOLIDWORKS Electrical to provide
intelligent electrical designs.

Electric l- SD. Learn how to prototype electrical

schematic designs in 3D and automatically create
point to point wiring. cabling. and harnesses to
obtain lengths. fill factors. and bundle sizes.

Electrical: Advanced. Learn how to leverage an

ERP system. create designs from Excel. and
employ preferred methods for managing your data.

SOLIDWORKS PCB Essentials. Learn how to

develop schematics. check design integrity before
creating PCB layouts. add keepouts and cutouts.
and much more.
Talk to your reseller today to learn more about
SOLIDWORKS Electrical and SOLIDWORKS PCB
solutions!
soLIDwoRKs Exercise 31
Pump Cover

Exercise 31: Cmatc ihis pen using the

Pump Cover dimensions provided. Use
relations wisely to inniniain ihe
design inieni.
This lab uscs ihc following skills:

- shelling on page 266

UniLs: millimeters

Design Intent The design imcm for this pan is as follows:.

The tabs are all equal size and shape.
Holes in the labs are all equal.
@MPENE"?
All fillcis are equal at radius Ramm.
Wall thickness is consmnt.
Slot is eeniered on edge.
Excluding lhc slm, pan is symmcuical about two planes.

Dimensioned Use the following grephies with the design inieni to ereaie (hr: part.
Views
@

84’ :|: loo

fieV @L‘DIZTHRUALL

i:

l
l

r. i l

4 40
l I7
m
7
_J

R25 R50 12222222:

SECllON AA

281
Exercise 32 soLIDwoRKs
l’oal Past

Exercise 32: Create this part using the informaticm

Tool Post and dimensions pro ed. This 12h
reinforces the follow gski s:
- Shelling on page 266
- Section Vmw on page 270
- Converting Edges on page 272

Proced u re Create a new mm part and name it Tool Post. Create the geamefl'y as
shewn in the following steps.

Male These images show the sketch relations (View, Sketch Relations) for
clarity.
Profile.
Open a sketch on the Tap plane. Sketch the lines, a arcs and dimensions
as shown.

l.
t
Revolved boss.
Revulve the sketch to Create the
base feature shown.
The are creates a spherical radius.

282
soLIDwoRKs Exercise 32
local Post

3 Shell.
Shell the body inward using 16mm, removing the two faces shown.

4 Section view.
Create a Section View using the
Section Method Zonal with the
Front and Top planes to show the
internal geometry.

5 Through All - Both cut.

Create an open contour sketeh on the Front plane using eonverted nnd
sketched geometry. A diameter (doubled) dimension is used here for a
nonrrcvolved sketch.
Cut using the extrude Through All - Both option in remove the outside
perhon as shown.

'7

283
Exzmise 32 soLIDwoRKs
l’oal Past

6 Mirror.
Mirror the last cut feature about the Top plane.

7 Through All cut.

Create a sketch with construction geometry and cut using me cxtrudc
Through All option.
Return to the Section Wew to show the internal geometry.

57

8 Save and close.

284
soLIDwoRKs Exercise 33
Compression plane

Exercise 33: Create this pun using the dimensions

Compression provided. Usc relarions wisely ro mainrain
Plate the design inmnt.
This lab uses ihe following skills:

I Shel/[rig on page 266

- Ribs on page 268
- Converting Edglzx on page 272
Unim: millimeters

Design Intent The design inieni for [his part is as follows:

I. Pun is symeirieal.
2. Ribs ore equally spaeed.
3. All flllcm and rounds arc1mm.

Dimensioned Use the following graphics with the design inieni to oreaie (hr: pan.
Views
To]: View ®i9

QA
BXBIVP

V W

Ty
06TH: 2

FI‘DDt View
5
fl r‘qm
Exzmise 33 soLIDwoRKs
Comynssinn mm

Button: View

<D75
i5
24f]

<782
Eight View

DetailA (233

1,
'

15

(a
H H
DHA‘L A
SCALE 2 : I

Detail B
21 i 5

DETA‘L B
SCALE 2 : 1

286
soLIDwoRKs Exercise 34
Elm Dryer

Exercise 34: Create this part by following the

Blow Dryer smps as shown.
This lab uses ihc following skills:

. Analyzing andAdd/‘ng Dmfl

0n page 263
- shelling on page 266
Ribs on page 268
I Full Round F[flats on
page 274

Optional Ifyou wuuld like in use the existing gcumcu'y, skip lo Procedure. If
Sketching you wuuld like in cream the skcwh, open a new mm pan and use the
dimensions below. The skcwh is on the Right Plane.

287
Exercise 34 SOLIDWORKS
Blow Dryer

Proced u re 0an an existing part.

Open the part Blow Dryer.

Extrude, Draft and Starting with the sketch, the base feature is created, drafiicd and
Rounds reunded.
Extrude.
Extrude the sketch 25mm as
Shawn.
i

Draft.
Add dint of? to tin outer faces except the
outlet rm, using the back filCC omit model its
the neuual plane. This is a partial Front View,
looking, mm the Outlet face.

Rounds.
Add rounds
(R16mm and
R11mm), using the
size and sequence
Shawn, to the solid
body.
/5
check draft.
Using Draft Analysis, ehcck the draft for 2’ against the Right Plane.

288
soLIDwoRKs Exercise 34
Blow Dryer

6 Complete the part.

Complmc the part using the following guidelines
I Wall thickness is constant.
I Vents and ribs are the same size.
. All bosses require a drafi angle of2".
I All fillms and rounds 1mm cxccp‘ full rounds (m ribs.

125

HE
s—l

Pea

35“
SECTION B
2
Potter» 2 av
Memes;

k
6mm vemcauy

50
was

§
** 3
Thru
(DV
both Mb:
4
7

®2v12 (05

SECT‘ON A DETAIL C
SCALE 2)(
7 Save and close the pan.

235
Exercise 35 soLIDwoRKs
Angles

Exercise 35: Create ihis part using the dimensions provided.

Angles Use relations wisely to mainmin the design inieni.
This lab uses 111C following skills:
- Converting Edges on page 272
- Thin Feaiunes on page 275
Unils: millimeters

Design Intent The design imam for this part is as follows:

I. Pnni symmetrical.
2. All fillms and rounds are 1mm unless noied.

Dimensioned Usc ihe renewing graphics with the design imcm to create the part.
Views 90
em m
25* .7
‘
l

zoo no ms
no

96
um loo

Mia
’29 G

mm M
,5] l mien is-raieunm

290
soLIDwoRKs Exercise 36
Am.

Exercise 36: Crcntc ihis pan using the dimensions

Arm pm idcd. Usc relations wisely lo
mninmin the design imam.
This lab uses the following skills:

- Converting Edges on page 272

- Full Round Fillets on page 274
- Tnin Failures on page 275
UniLs: millimeters

Design Intent The design imcm for [his part is as follows:

‘
I. Pa symmetrical.
2. All fillcis nnd rounds MC 2min

Dimensioned Use the following graphics with the design imcm to create the part.
Views

«$23
“$30

fill ao DleHoie
CBORE for ME
/
/
’

Hex Head Boll

<50 REF

291
Exercise 37 soLIDwoRKs
Blade

Exercise 37: Create this part using the infurmation and

Blade dimensions provided.
This lab reinforces the following skills:

- Full Round Fillets on page 274

- Thin Features on page 275
’
UniLs: millimeters '4

Procedure Create a new part. Refer to the image above for the sizes of filleLs and
munds.
l0
R16 REF

P6

L65
DElAlL LEG
SCALE :4

3mg ~\ AUXlLlARY BLADE

95%!

LA
K) $55 , q caoRE
E
_
I.

CBORE forM20
Hex Head Boll °<<~
kmse.

292
 Lesson 8
Editing: Repairs

Upon successful complcilon ofihis lesson, you Will be able in:

Diagnose various problems in a pan,
Repair skcich gcomciry problems.
Us: Hi6 rollback bar,
Repair dangling relaiions and dimensions.
Usc ihc Foamrcchn in repair fillciing problems,

293
Lesson 8 soLIDwoRKs
Eflltlng: Repairs

Part Editing The SOLIDWORKS sofiware provides the capability to edit virtually
anything at anytime. This facilimtes the ability to review or repair any
sketch or feature in the history ofthc model. Many tools for editing
pans are covered and reviewed in this lesson.
Stages in the Some key stages in the process ofmodifying this part are shown in the
Process following list. Each ofthese topics comprises a section in the lesson.
Add and delete relations
Sometimes the relations in a sketch must be deleted or changed due to
changes in the design.
What's Wrong?
when errors occur, the What's Wrong option can be used to
investigate and pinpoint the problem.
Ed't sketch
Making changes to the geometry and relations of any sketch can be
done through Edit Sketch.
check sketch for feature
check Sketch for Feature can check a sketch for problems, verifying
its suitability for use in a feature. You must Edit Sketch before using
check Sketch for Feature.
Edit feature
Changes to how a feature is created are done through Edit Feature.
The same PropertyManagcr that is used to create a feature is used to
edit it.

Editing Topics Editing covers a wide range oftopics from fixing

broken sketches to reordering things in the
FeatureManagcr design tree. These topics can be
summarized as repairing errors, interrogating the
part, and changing the design ofthe part.

Information from a Nondestructive testing ofa model can yield many important insights as
Model to how the model was created, the relations ps that were established,
and changes that can be incorporated. This section will focus on using
editing tools in conjunction with rollback to “interrogate" the model.

294
SOLIDWORKS Lesson l1

Edltlng: Repairs

Finding and Fin ing and repairing problems in a

pan is a key skill in solid
Repairing modeling. Many changes that are made to a given pan (Edit Feature,
Problems Edit Sketch and Reorder, to name a few) can cause features down the
line to fail. Pinpointing the problem area and finding the solution will
be diseussed in this section.
Problems can occur in sketches or any other feature ofthe pan.
Although there are many types or errors, there are some that occur
more often than others. Dangling dimensions and relations are very
common, as is extraneous geometry in sketches.
Opening a part that has errors can be confusing. One error near the
beginning ofthe pr ess can often cause many later features to fail
along with it. Rep ng that initial error may fix the rest ofthe errors as
well. Some repairs will be made to this model before interrogating and
changing it.
Settings Two settings in the Tools, Options dialog affect how errors are
handled. Show errors every rebuild ensures that the error dialog
appears afier eaeh rebuild. Use the When rebuild error occurs pullr
down to control the action taken when a pan opened with errors. It
can prompt for action, stop the rebuild at the error or contlnue.
Forced Rebuild Rebuild can be used for the changed dimensions, but a forced rebuild
will do a complete rebuild of all features in the model. Press etrl + a to
force a complete rebuild.
We will begin by adjusting these settings.

1 Error settings.
Click Tools, Options, System Options, Messages/Errors]
Warnings. Click Show errors every rebuild and the Always [mile
down from Display FeatureManager tree warnings.
Click OK.
Open the part named Editing as.
This part was built and saved with numerous errors.
Feature failure.
After opening, the system displays another message box, labeled
What's Wrong. Each error is llsted by feature name in the scrollable
dialog.
The model is not visible; errors have caused lnany features to fail.

295
Lesson 8 soLIDwoRKs
Editing: Repairs

What‘s Wrong The What's Wrong dialog lists all the errors in the part. The errors
Dialog themselves are broken down into Errors that prevent features from
being created and Warnings that do not. The other columns offer some
help in diagnosing the problem ineluding a preview in some eases.

11p Click the question mark o to open onrline help regarding this type of
error.

Dumnnn
Thevimurinals:ulcofiukmuacnulrnnenapynllmuwwMadcap,j
Minn. mum
on .im mmmx m-ammm i. Manama min-Ill mumps an lei-1:1
and (amino
n. mmmoor mama mm. weamm
more onmadam:
o Kim’- tnbllu Imam calm as in mam calm
o Edam:
@ carom cam." nor an! n Wemllm (wink-u
amid Hus: mm menuwmwlnlm until

i we: we namnnm: n a.“

w. .tnmnmtsinmns. anal-[hang model nan-am... as lawn

no
mm»... WWW, m,,..,mow.mwn
E
The eolumns of the dialog ean be sorted by the eolumn headers. Cliek
on the Type header to sort by Error and Warning types.

amiss
culmvlkllurllwmwkzmnm
Gum-«4:011 m ll mm. (man
mon«or...
.nm
amt a. most "mum mat. a. mm n my... on... o.
am. "an m wry-i var! i. that
luxnzkd W wmommnmnrmtw
ossiww tum who»: (unfit-L
MAM .s. m imam n. our on...

gun...“ Elm—imam“ ant-"W“Vn-lrmnm

Mole The display of this error dialog is controlled by the option Show errors
every rebuild on the Tools, Options, Syslem Options, Messages]
ErrorsIWarnings menu. This option must be mall/ed in order for this
message to appear. There are several controls:
I Through the Tools, Oplions dialog
I Through the message dialog itself: Display What's Wrong during
rebuild
. Through the message dialog itself: display of just errors (Show
errors), just warnings (Show warnings) or both

296
soLIDwoRKs Lesson l3

Editing: Repairs

4 FeatureManager design tree.

Close the What's Wrong dialog. The
FeatureManager design He: lists many errors
‘ o “my
. V

C5 (“a“m‘

indicated with markers. The markers placed

next to the features have partieular meanings:
I Top Level Error
The error marker next to the part name at the
top ofthe nee marks an error in the tree
below. These markc are useful in
assemblies and dra gs to see part errors.
.An Error ' fl 0 H5mm main
Error marker 9 is plaeed next to a C
feature that has a problem and cannot ereate v Iii o Cut-Emma
geometry. The text of the feature is shown in
red.
C ‘ Skeldll
m
.J ‘0
Slldll

I Warning Planrl
AWarning marker A is plaeed next to a V “th
feature that has a problem but ereates C A 5mm (-1

geometry. This is eommon for “dangling" v lfil 0 Cm-Emudd

geometry and relations. The text ofthe C ‘ 5mm;
feature is shown in yellow.
0@ a Damn
I Normal Features v aCln-Emudd
Normal features that do not have warnings or
errors appear with black text.
C ‘ 5mm
. Hi 6 cm‘mdd
C A 9(2th
v IE 0 CmAEmudd
C A Sketchs
.go 0 Gereml
' fl 0 Cinemas
C A 50mm
3 0 film
3 0 film
3 0 filled

297
Lesson a soLIDwoRKs

“an
setting: Repalts

Searching the Tree TthcamrcMzr-agcr

Seareh box 7
can be used to search
a.
Inc
x7e
e mes Mmlde-Mxl) o
Q
>

(arranges
x
iDd-uhswdwlhj
)

by the starting letters of

' $833M g g :1:
a name 0r some pertien . m e ”we [a :1 films
of the name. Try typing
risk", .. r. and “pa" as
w
4.3....
C
C A n emu
A sum
seeeo>
v.-
0
x
examples . a a (mammal Q mm; (s [Ddauhubaaulpj
C A um .ga a charm
Click the “x" to elear . a a (wmmd
the search. C A we
m a (new.
C A we
a a when
E A um
5 e mama
C A stream}
Flat Tree View In pan documents, you can set the FeatureManager C new.
design uee to shew features in the order they were aC oA m
rim
created, instead of hierarehieally. Using Flat Tree Wew, 3 a Cukilfludd
curves, 2D sketehes, and 3D sketches are net absorbed E] 0 shell
into the features that referenee them. I A rim
C A ”straw.“
This View of the FeatureManager design tree is helpful a1: 9A mm
new
fer reviewing parts with ermrs. Many of the ermrs you
will find are related to sketches. Aflat tree view makes it a a en mm
easier to see sketches in the FeatureManager design tree.
a oA (W...
C rim
3 9 cu sauna
C A Skim;
Where to Find It
. Shortcut Menu: Rightreiiek the teprlevel part ieen and eliek
Tree Display, Show Flat Tree View
I Keyboard Shoncut: ctrI+T

5 Flat tree view. C Hanan

Press ctrI+T to switch to flat tree view. ii a m...
C A mu
Skebehl is now listed ahead ofmain, the feature that a o (uremia
uses this sketch. All of the other sketches and features m aM
and listed in the order efereation.
u A we
C A mum
ata en
E A mm)
a 0 (new
a a (mum
C A new
a o («rm-mgr
C A rim

298
soLIDwoRKs Lesson a
Edlilllg: Repalls

Where to Begin Features are rebuilt in sequenee from the top of the tree. The best olaee
to begin is at the first (base) feature with an error, in this ease that is the
feature main.
An error in the base feature may eause a series of errors in the child
features (purple) as shown. Scc Dynamic Reference Vrrua/ianrinn on
page 324 for more information.

.a hunts (D!u.<D-1u>_w

o r..—
m um um: Dr new .
m: arr-um s
again.
«Mme a. mum («Mun

la0 ta. ran.) .4.»

a a (ma
E A sum.

C A mm
.3.
0 (arms
a mum kw

6 What's Wrong?
The What's Wrong option highlight an error message for a
is used to
sclccwd feature. Rightrclick the main feature and click What's
Wrong? The message indieates that the sketeh eannot be used for the
feature beeause an endpoint is wrongly shared.

‘ mm“, m... m
m- | | [mul
j
um."
= a
I

9am a...“ “swam...mm.iaunlmurmoaammmrrmm

ham...“ lawmmrmmmmrmrumrm m
‘

a.“

29s
Lesson 8 soLIDwoRKs
Eflltlng: Repairs

fip Floating the eursor over the error in

the Fenrnrelvlnnager design tree will . o more
Me
menopausal”,

result in a balloon labeled with the

feature name and the same
, gm”
“a warm.)
description as the What's Wrong [a rm
description. 3 L;
If Dynamic Reference Lew-
. . . C leis-nan
Vlsuallzatlon
.
ls toggled on, the label
ml] be connected to the lines at the
EL? 9“,,
C A m I1:;::i;;7::;:;;;;f,;°,i‘
feature as show" in Wm M Begin a o (n mommaWanmn,
la a M
on page 299.
. A
C A [manta
m,
4n em
C A Shade 7
a o enemas
@ a Ch-mtsd
C A avast.
ti o enemas
C A Strum
is o (tn mung
C A also
is a en mud
0 (tom.
.2a
C A 9mm;
9 en more
iii
a oat and
a 9 am
a him:
Edit the sketch.
The What's Wrong message has indicated the sketeh (Sketehl) as the
problem. close the dialog and edit Skatehl.

Note Click Tools, Options, System Options, Sketch, Auto-rotate view

normal to sketch plane on creatlon and sketch edit to
automatically orient the sketch normal to the screen when editing and
creating new sketches.

Sketch Issues There are several reasons why sketches

will not rebuild, but they can include
geometry, relations or dimensions. Extra
lines connected to existing endpoints and
small unwanted pieces of geometry are
common.

Note A single gap in an otherwise eontinnous eontonr is acceptable.

300
SOLIDWORKS Lesson R
mono: Repairs

8 Zoom to . .
Geometry that away from the intended
is
profile geometry can causc sketch issues
Click Zoom to Fit .5 and all the
geometry in the sketeh will be shown
There is a very smell pieee or
disconnected geometry.

Note Closed profile sketches created in previous versions are not shaded.

Box Selection Box selection enables you to select multiple sketch entities
with a reemngulnr dragrwindowl Entities are seleeted based on
the direction that the window is dragged The selection
includes dimensionsl
Left to right: Only the geometry complctely within the window
selectedl
Right to left: The geometry within and em. ‘ng the window is
selected This is also eallcd cross select: n.

no Using Shift with the box selection mainmins previous selections Using
Girl with the box inverts the seleetions.
Lasso Selection La 0 selection enablcs you to select multiple skctch
cut with a freerform dragrwindow.
clockwise: Only the geometry completely within the lasso is selected.
Counter-clockwise: The geometry within and crossing the lasso is
selected

Where to Find It I Shortcut Menu: Rightrcliek in the Graphics Area and click
Selection Tools, <selection tool>
I Mcnu: Tools, <selection tool>

301
Lesson 8 SOLIDWORKS
Eflltlng: Repairs

E
9 Select.
Use lefl to right box selection to seleet
the extraneous line and delete it.
Zoom in on the remaining geometry.

Cheek Sketch {or check Sketch for Feature enables you to eheck the validity of a sketch
Feature for use in a feature. Since different features have different sketch requirer
,
merits for example, revolved features require an axis of revolution ,
you select the type of feature for which the sketch is to be evaluated. Any
geometry that impedes the creation ofthat feature will be highlighted. it
will also eheek for ing and inappropriate geometry.

Where to Find It I Menu: Tools, Sketch Tools, Check Sketch for Feature

Notes I If Check Sketch tor Feature cneounters sketch problems, it will

start Repair Sketch autcmatieally. Sec Repair Sketch on page 303.
u if you exit a sketch that has a problem that prevents its feature from
rebuilding sueeessfully, you arc prompted to show the problem
using, Check Sketch for Feature. You can do that or exit the
skcteh and rebuild anyway.

1|] cheek sketch. arskimlurklumflfl’

Click Check Sketch tor Feature.
The Check Sketch tor Feature
command eheeks for incorrect
geometry in the sketch, compared to
what is required by the Contour type. in this case the Feature Usage
is set to Base Extrude because that is the type of feature this sketch
belongs to. The Contour type is detcrmined from the type of feature.
Click Check and OK on the mcssage dialog.
The Repair Sketch dialog is launched.

302
soLIDwoRKs Lesson a
Editing: Repairs

Repair Sketch The Repair Skelch tool is used in find errors in the sketch and allow
you to repair them. Repnir sketeh organizes the errors, describes them
and zooms in on them using the magnifying glnss.
Where to Find It - CommandManager: Sketch > Repair Sketch R
I Menu: Tools, Sketch Tools, Repair Sketch
Magnifying Glass The Magni ing Glass tool is useful in finding and seleeiing small
edges and fnees in n model or an assemny The magnifying glnss
typically is used while other too1s are aetive. Some additional funetions
are:

. Use the midd1e mouse button/whee1 to zoom within the glass.

. Use All + midd1e mouse button/whee1 to seetion the mode1.
. Use cm + midd1e mouse button/whee1 to move the magnifying
glass and poimcr together.
Where to Find It I Keyboard Shoncui: G

11 Repair sketch.
Repair Sketch sums auiomatically. Sei human...”
the Gap to 0.010mm and click Refresh union.

c.Threeerrorsappearwiththe « rm >>

magnifying g1ass zoomed in on the first f:““';“ee.:’;:t:::‘.‘:;:::

one.

12 Next.
”Wm
Click Next >>l. Since we errors are in Smu'w\uhm"

5I
roughly the same nren, the magnifying mm : E
glass remains in more or less the same W m
place. :m:.i'e'.':'“'*'”““""'
Relate ihe wheel to zoom ihe magnifying
glass in on the proh1em area.
The error description
A small entity. IS it intentional?
It isn't. Click the short line and delete it.
Click Refresh.

303
 soLIDwoRKs

13 No points gap.
The next error is lismd as a Two Points
Gap. As shown in the magnifying glass,
there is a gap between endpoints. Select
the endpuints and add :1 Merge relafiun.

14 Last errari
Click Refresh and the last error is
magnified.
Select the line and delete it. Click
Refresh to confirm the result No
prublems fauna.
Close the Repair Sketch dialog.

15 Equali ——
Add an Equal relation between the
edges as shown in cumplete the sketch.

16 Exit the sketch

Exit the sketch.

304
soLIDwoRKs Lesson a
Edltlng: Repairs

Rebuild Options After repairing the first feature, a message appears to help define the
Feature Sketehz has a warning, whieh
next edit. The message
may cause subsequent features to fail. Would you like to
repair Sketeha before SOLJDWORKS rehullds the subsequent
features?
I Click the option Continue (Ignore Error) to rebuild the entire
modcl and place the rollback bar aficr thc last feature.
I Click Stop and Repair to place the rollback bar alter the next
feature with a warning or error.

17 Stop and repair.

Click Stop and Repair on the message dialog.
18 Next error.
The top error on [1101 for SkEtChZ fifth: feature CutrExtr'udel l It
ermmins dangling sketeh entities according to the message. Dangling
skctch cntities occur when dimensions or relations refcrence things that
no longer exist.

Note Dangling dimensions and Mam...”

relations can be hidden from View.
—_;;;-;Wv
gmwm“
The Hide dangling dimensions wammonium“armammmmm...
and annotations option can be
found under Tools, Options, Document Properties, Detailing
Reattactl Relations Some relations can bc quickly repaired by reattaehing them to similar
references from ofthc model.
19 Edit Sketch. QA games we.nt«mt.rn>,oepi
Click the sketch Sketehz and click >
is my
Edit Sketch from the What's Wrong 515”"
mum’s
Em
,
ponlorl ofthc popupl
_

m M
a rap
l’J lieu

m
i
A
A
s»
I“
mannmmn.mJ trims
.......r........i...,.....,....‘
*
unwound: some“
e on .mr,mam.m..
momentous,
n A».
A
mum
e ..:.‘:'::9::r:m"”‘"*

305
Lesson 8 soLIDwoRKs
Editing: Repalls

20 Dangling relations.
One line ofthc sketch is shown in the
dangling eolon Click on that line to select it
and display its drag handles. The drag handle
ean be used in a drag and drop repair
proeedure.
when you click on the line, its relations are
displayed in the PropertyManager. The
relation that is dangling is eolor eoded the
same as the sketch entity itself.

mm ammo
a 11

(j) ”not”...

21 Reattach.
Drag the red handle onto the topmost
horizontal edge ofthe base feature. The
system transfers the collinear relation from
the missing entity (a deleted plane) to the
model edge. The sketch is no longer
dangling.

ans
soLlDwoRKs Lesson l3

Edltlng: Repairs

Repairing Relations Another option for repairing relations is to make use of functions in the
Using Display! DisplayIDelete Relations command to replace relation references.
Delete Relations Using this eomrnand you ean display all relations in a sketeh or use the
drop down menu to filter the display based on eriteria sueh as dangling
or over defined. Scc Introducing: Display/Delete Relations on page 43.

F_
22 Undo.
Cliek Undo to remove the last event the repair ofthc dangling relation.
23 DisplayIDelete Relations. A Mm A
Click Display/Delete
Relations Jo.
“hm . [mm—l
J; J1
the Filter list seleet
1n 5:12?“
Dangling. This displays :j'fln
only the relations that are
.
dangling.
Select the Collinear relation.
is) rains. ® mm

E E
memen- i

\
gamma...
a
MM“

24 Entities section. u.— A

Look at the lower seetion ofthc PropertyManager. mm mm mm.
There is a list ofthe cntit' s used by this relation. sum
One entity has a Fully Defined smtus, the other is
nun mum r...“
Dangling. Human-mots

fin-
tamw

25 Replacement.
Select the entity marked Dangling and eliek the same top horizontal
edge of the base feature as in step 21 on page 306.
Click Replace and then click OK.
26 Exit the sketch.

307
Lesson 8 soLIDwoRKs
Editing: Repalls

27 R0" forward.
Righteliek in the
Q
r
‘ [oranges (anun<<ndxurz> o

FeatureManager design nee and

cliek Roll to End. Again we see a
message that problems have been
detected in the pan.
Choose Slop and Repair to
position the rollback bar to the
problem area in the tree and stop
the rebuilding ofthe models
28 Message.
Float over SkEtChS. The What's
Wrong message states that the
skcmh plane is m "g. and that
—/ (“mm
5‘
. A rm
asiiiwnarnmaerm m
Edll Sketch Plane can be used to mm,
a
mlwififfiffflf" n.

.
7 A mm
repair the error. i J25:
an
A «non,
,
l A Lu! Lumdb’
, A new;
A rm rvllmhl
(i ‘ damn
A

, AA noon;
4
lm minds;
l
A Him
A fills)
V
l

l
A lllln',

Repairing Sketch Another eonimon error oeeurs when a plane or feature with a planar
Plane Issues face is removed that was used as a sketch plane for another feature. In
this ease, the sketeh has an error and requires that a new sketeh plane be
assigned.
Introducing: Edit Edil Sketch Plane enables you to change the plane or face that a
Sketch Plane speeifie sketch is created one The new sketeh plane does not have to be
parallel to the original.

Where to Find It I Shoneut Menu: Rightreliek a sketeh and click

Edit Sketch Plane 9
I Menu: Select a sketeh and click Edit, Sketch Plane

and
soLlDwoRKs Lesson l3

Edltlllg: Repairs

29 Edit sketch plane.

Click Sketeh3 and ellck
Edil Sketch Plane 9. The
PmpertyMarlager a
“Missing“Plana< 1 > as the sketch plane
and a dashed uutllne ofthc missing
reference is Shawn.

Imam w
v x

—
mm”... A

8
all Select a replacement.
Select the front planar face of the part as a
replacement. Click OK. The feature is
repaired.

31 Roll forward.
Roll forward tujust afier CutrExtmdell, which carries the next error
marker. Float over the Sketehe to View the error.

309
Lesson 8 SOLIDWORKS
Eflltlng: Repairs

Reattach Dangling dimensions can he quickly repaired by reamehing them to

Dimensions edges or venices of the model. The dimension value will reflect the
new distance

no Dimensions ean be reattached in this manner whether they are dangling

or not.

32 Edit the sketch.

Sketche, the sketeh of the Cub
Edit
Extmde4 feature. Note that the 9mm
dimension appears in the dangling eolor for
dimensions and relations. The dimension is
trying to atmeh to ge mctry that no longer
exists, and therefore is considered
dangling.
Click on the 9mm dimension to see the drag
handles. The end marked with the red square
handle is the dangling end, similar to how
dangling relations are marked.

33 Drag and drop.

Drag the handle and drop it on the bottom
edge ofthe part when the edge cursor
appears. Ifyou try to drop it on an
inappropriate loeation, the eursor will display
the S symbol. Both the dimension and the
geometry return to their normal colors. The
dimensions value updates to reflect the size
of the geometry. Ifyou need to ehange the
dimension, doublerclick it.
34 Exit the sketch.

310
soLIDwoRKs Lesson a
Edmllg: Repalls

Reattsch Concentric Dangling eoneentrie and coradial relations can be quickly rcpaircd by
and Coradial reattaching them to a similar siren/Hr edge of clic modcl.
Relations

35 Roll Fonuard.
Roll forward to just ancr CutrExtmdea.
36 Edit sketch.
Edit Sketehlfi, the sketch of
the CutrEXtr'udEB feature.
Click the rightmost dangling
circlc (Concentric) to scc clic
drag handle. Drag and drop the
handle on the small circular
edge behind.
Repeat the procedure for the
leftmost dangling circlc
(Coradial).
37 Exit the sketch.

38 Roll toend.
Rightclick in the Fcanirclvlanagcr design tree and click Roll To End.
Thc message siaics there is a problem with Filleta. Click
Continue (Ignore Error) to move the rollback bar to the end.

Highlighting
Problem Areas
Cemin crror mcssagcs coniain the preview symbol 0. inlfyou
that markcr, the system will highlight the problem arca
click on
the modcl. If
you use What‘s Wrong on the feature directly, it automatically
liigliligliis the problem arca.

39 Highlight message.
Click on the preview symbol to visually display the arca in which the
error occurs.

311
Lesson 8 soLIDwoRKs
Edlilng: Repalls

The area where the error occurs is highlighted

with an edge. Thc fillet fails in the area
indieated by thc dotted line.

FeatureXpert The FeatureXperl option is available for certain

3 Fin:1
conditions where finets er dmfi features fail. In this
example, the Fillata feature i ng. FeatureXpert will0 a PM
make use of all adjaeent fillets to create a solution. The
automated se1utien may involve splitting selections into
3 ““3
difi‘crent fillet features and reordering the sequence. The FeatureXpert
is based on SOLIDWORKS Intelligent Feature Technology (SWIFT).

Note The option Enable FeatureXperl must bc cliekcd from Tools,

Options, System Options, General for this to be available.

4|] FealureXperl.
Click the FeatureXpert button on thc What's Wrong dialog box. Note
that the original fillet has been split into multiple fillets.
41 Model rebuilt.
The model is now rcbuilt without any errors or
warnings.

42 Save and close all files.

312
soLIDwoRKs Lesson a
Edltlng: Repairs

Freezing Features Features can be frozen using the Freeze E g int»:

Bar. Frozen features are not rebuilt and fl9
cannot be edited. These features have a E g 33%
lock symbol a. ma
Freeze I @ "‘“""
The freeze hat IS a useful tool when you rm».
.

Bar
want to delay rebuilds or prevent changes
to some features. For more on why you
gmread
[a (WW
want to freeze some features, see @ ems.
, Evaluation on page [SW
_>_T
Per/nrmance
, I77.
‘
4
,
[a mum
Rollback
Bar .
(l

. ( mew

Edit Feature Edit Feature is hloelted for frozen features. Ifyou try to change a
Blocked dimension ofa frozen feature, this message appears:
Modifying the dJmenslon is disabled because the feature
associated with the dJmenslon is frozen.
Enable Freeze Bar To enable the Freeze Bar, follow this procedure:

Options, System Options, General and click

I. Click Tools,
Enable Freeze bar.
2. Open a pan.
3. Set the freeze bar by dragging it to a position in the
FcaturcManager design tree.
Editable Features None of the frozen features, those above the
freeze bar, are rebuilt or edited.
New features are inserted after the freeze bar
will be editable

Disable Freeze Bar To disable the Freeze Bar, follow this procedure:
I. Drag the Freeze bar to the top of the tree (below the pan name).
2. Click Tools, Options, System Options and clear
Enable Freeze bar.

313
 7
95 SOLIDWORKS
SOLIDWORKS eCourses
SOLIDWORKS eCourses are complete courses convened from the SOLIDWORKS
instructorrled training manuals into selfrpaced eLeaming. These eCourses employ
professionalouality design, guided practice. olfline exercises, and highly interactive
content. You can learn what you want, when you want. where you want.

The eCourse catalog includes:

I CAD classes. Animations. Mold Design.

Routing: Electrical, Routing. Piping and
Tubing, Sheet Metal. SOLIDWORKS File
Management. Surface Modeling. and
Weldments
Electrical and PCB classes. Electrical:
Schematic and SOLIDWORKS PCB
Essentials

Programming classes. API Fundamentals of

SOLIDWORKS PDM Professional and
SOLIDWORKS API Fundamentals

Simulation classes. Simulation Premium. Dynamics, Simulation Premium. Nonlinear,

SOLIDWORKS Flow Simulation. SOLIDWORKS Motion. SOLIDWORKS Plastics

Talk to your reseller about SOLIDWORKS eCourses to find out if they are a good fitlor you!
 \
soLIDwoRKs Exercise 3:
mm
Exercise 38: Edit this partusing the s on own.
,
Errors1 l
information and dlmcnlenSl
Q I: snarl-la
. .

provided to repair the errors ' g : 33:;

and warnings and eomplete . q ‘ (WM
the pan. , ati Ae when
Whom
This lab minfomcs the
340’“
.
a 06 mam
BB
WW.
following s
a ea mm.
- Whats erlg Dialog on a Mia
page 2%
. Check S/rmchfrpr
Fealm on page 302
I Realmch Relations on
page 305
I Realmch Dime/mom on
After
page 310
- Highlighting Problem Areas on page 311
Proced u re 0an the existing part Errors 1 and make several edits to remove the
errors and warnings fmm the part. Use the drawing below as a guide.

63.,
R20

R5

31s
Exercise 39 soLIDwoRKs
Enulsz

Exercise 39: Edii ihis pan using use

[Wm
ErrorsZ information and dimensions
provided to mpairthe errors and :
figxmj‘m
warnings and eoinnleie the pm. , g a no
'
This lab reinforces ilie following 5:23;?“
skills: D a na
ank Wrong Dialog on a a no
I .
a 0a (issues/sanding
page 2% Minn.
Iiifl
'
- Finding and Repairing g g ZS“
th/emx on page 295 .
g a (summons
I Check Slmichfnr Feature 0n
page 302
After
Proced u re 0an the axis ng pan EProI’sZ and make several edits [0 remove use
errors and warnings fmm the pan. Use the drawing below as n guide.

7i i i i

”if“ ‘ ‘ "5.5

fip Click Merge solids in the Mirrorl feature. The Completed pan shuuld
be a Single solid body.

316
soLIDwoRKs Exercise 40
Ems:
Exercise 40: Edit ibis pan using the i
ii A snsinnaa
ErrorsS information and dimensions mm-
provideel to repair are errors ;
E23223,
and warnings and cumplctc , m A m mm,
the pan. n3 0m
ego a mam
This lab reinforees [hc , [3‘ on [mud-3

following s
9 Elisa

- Whatk Wmng Dialog on

page 2%
- Check simian/ran
Famine on page 302
- Repairing Relaiiam
Using Display/Delete
Relations on page 307
I Regimen Dimemi‘nnx on
page 310 After
- Highlighting Pmblem
Amm on page 311
Proced u re 0an die existing pan Emma and make several edits [0 remove die
errors and warnings fmm die pan. Usc die drawing below as a guide.

SECHON M

317
Exercise 41 soLIDwoRKs
Mdlng Drall

Exercise 41: Edit this part using the informaticm and

Adding Draft dimensions provided Use editing
techniques to main the design intent
This lab reinforces the following skills:

I Introducing: Edit Skeich Plane on

page 308

Procedure 0an the existing pan Add Draft, and make several edits using the
final drawing belowi Change the made] so that 5’ ufdrafi is added.

A<—|

ANS‘ Meme
If; Serewr My mum

SECHON AVA

<7”

DETAIL Rio
SCALE 2 : v

318
 Lesson 9
Editing: Design Changes

Upon successful complciion ofihis lesson, you Will be able in:

I Understand how modeling ieehniques influence ihe ability in
modify a pan,
I Uiilize all ihe available mols in edit and make changes in a pan
I Use Skeieh Contours m define ilie shape ofa feature,

319
Lesson 9 soLIDwoRKs
Editing: Deslgn Changes

Part Editing The SOLIDWORKS sofiware

provides the capability to review the
way a model was built. changes can
be easily applied to the model ifthe
design intent has been redefined.
Tools for reviewing and editing parts
are reviewed here in this lesson.

Stages in the Some key stages in the process ofmodifying this part are shown in the
Process following 1 t. Eaeh orthese topies eomprises a seetion in the lesson.
Information from a model
Use the Part Reviewer to evaluate how a model was built.
Edit the model
Use the e ng tools to modify the geometry and design intent. Many
ofthe most eommonly used editing commands: Edit Sketch, Edit
Feature, Edit sketeh plane, Reorder, Rollback and Change dimension
value are used here.
Sketch contours
A single sketeh ean be used to create multiple features by using
contours within the sketeh.
Design Some changes have to be made to the model. Some will ehange the
Changes stmeture of it, others only dimension values. Making design changes to
a model can be as simple as changing the value ofa dimension and as
difiieult as removing external references. This section steps through a
series of changes to a model. The focus is on editing features rather
than deleting and reinsening them. Editing enables you to maintain
references to drawings, assemblies or other pans that would be lost if
you deleted the feature.

Open the part Editingnesigngchanges.

The part has no rebuild errors but this does not mean that it is free of
mismkes. The model does not uphold the design intent and requires
changes. We will review the entire model, then make those ehanges.

320
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 9
Editing: Deslgn Changes

Required Changes The design intent for the revised

model asfollows.Someofthese it9
/@fl
R7 /
’
speeifieations will require ehanges
to how the original part was
NO '

designed:
I Only the base is shelled.
. The eireular bo

Fe
tangent to
the right edge.

l;
I The rib is rounded at the end.

/
I The eircular boss is centered
over the rib. l‘\
I The eircular boss is flush with
the vertical plate at the back.
I A eutout with holes is added to
the base.
Information The part has some builtrin problems
From a Model related to the sequenee of features. These
problems will become evident when it
eomes u'me to make design ehanges. In
order to undersmnd the way that this part
was eonstrueted, we will walk through the
steps ofhuilding it. The design intent of
the part will be revealed as the features are
reviewed one at a time.
Part Reviewer You ean use Part Reviewer to review how parts are created featurerbyr
feature. Use the arrows in the Task Pane to guide you through the
features and sketehes of the model. As you step through the model, you
can review or add eomments for your eolleagues to review.

Where to Find It - CommandManager: Evaluate > Part Reviewer Q

I Menu: Tools, SOLIDWORKS Applications, Part Reviewer

Part Reviewer.
Cliek Part Reviewer
..
The Part Reviewer Task Pane tab appears.
x
«4 l4 H »I Q. U
, y
We will use the eontrols in this Task Pane to 5
step through the pan to see how it is built g
El
E
Display sketches.
In the Part Reviewer Task Pane, click Show Sketch Details 6. The
sketehes will be shown as you step through the features ofthis part.

321
Lesson 9 soLIDwoRKs
Edmng: Deslgn Changes

Feature BaseiPlabe.
Click Jump to Beginning |«.
The BaseiPlaLe was Created from a
rectangle and cxtmdcd.

/ ,\
Sketch Sketch 1 .
Click Step Forward N.
Sketchl opens for editing. The sketch
censists ofa rectangle anchored at the
\/
Origin with two dimensions.

Feature Basej‘illet.
Click Step Forward N. Note that you do not
have to close Sketehl before advancing to the
next feature.
Fillets of equal radius are added to the front
corners in this feature.

Feature VenicaLPlate.
Click Step Forward DI.
This feature was sketched on the rear face of
the model and extruded mwards the front.

Review comments.
The VemieaLPlaLe feature has a Comment
that states: as |« |< ”ML—9C1

Remember to doublercheck the ’ ‘ ’

thickness DI this feature.

Comments associated with features appear in
the Part Reviewer and in the Comments
folder in the FeaturcManagerdesign tree. JOE

322
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 9
Editing: Deslgn Changes

Hp To add commcnts outside of the Part Reviewer, rightrcliek a feature in

the FeatureManagerdesign uec and click Comment, Add Comment.
To View eomment markers in the FeatureMznager design trce, right
click the taprlevcl part icon and click Tree Display, Show Comment
Indicator.
Remove comment.
Click Edit feature name and comment I , then click Delele to delete
the commcnt. Also, you eould have modified the eomment.
10 Skelch Sketcha.
Click Step Forward N.
Sketeh2 opens for editing. You can
see the geometry and its connections
points.

11 DisplayIDelete Relations.
Click Display/Delete Relations 19. Set the «
Filler to All in this sketch and click individual
relations in the list to explore all geomeuic m A

relations on the sketch entities. The rclations will 1;

explain how entities are attached to each othcr and 22:33...
on [data
to the rest ofthe modcl. an m. i
mm
mm

® mi...

E
amen“. __

12 circulariPlane. '
Click Step Forward N. -

The plane was created for sketching

the next feature, a circular boss. It
lies bchind Sketehz.

323
Lesson 9 soLIDwoRKs
Efllllng: Design Changes

Dependencies Dependencies are relationships between features in the

FcatumManagcr design use. This information is impomm when
editing, dclciing or reordering feanires.
Parents . Features ihm the largct feature depends upon.
children . Features which are dependent upon the largcl feature.
Dynamic Reference Dynamic Reference Visualization is used to graphically display the
Visualiz ion parent and child dependencies ofa feature by hovering over that feature
in him FCatumManagcr design tree.
Where to Find It - Shortcut Menu: Rightrcliek the toprlcvcl pan icon and click
Dynamic Reference Visualizalion (Parent) E9 and
Dynamic Reference Visualization (Child) =5
ParenllChild
a Punt/Child RtMmmMPl X
Relationships the dependencies between
features It di. plays information Na We
i. g
similar to the dynamic reference m anejlm mm
(pennant,
visualization tools using a simpler
format.
l

Where to Find It I Shoncut Menu: Rightrcliek a feature and click ParenllChild

13 Dynamic reference visualization.

Toggle both Dynamic Reference Visual' 'on (Parenl) H9 and
(Child) =5 on and float over the Circularjlane feature. The only
parent feature is the Basejlate. The child feature is Sketehs of the
Circular Boss.
b
fl my”.
3 VemaLPlam
Basejilla
b
fl
t LJ‘UrmlaLB er <—Skuzh3
t lr‘llhinhnder j
14 Hide sketches.
Click Show Skelch Delails C. to turn this off. The skcmhcs will
remain hidden as you step through the features of this part.

324
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 9
Editing: Deslgn Changes

15 Feature circularinoss.
Click Step Forward DI.

Circumjiane ms used for sketehing

creeuiarjuss. The sketch was extruded
through the part from the rear.

16 Feature EibJI'nder.
Click Step Forward N.
This feature was sketehed as a reetangle
and extruded up intu the cucuiaejoss.
Note Sketcha ofCirculanBoss did nut appear
because we turned 011“ Show Sketch
Details Q.
17 Feature Wallj'hlckness.
Click Step Forward N.
The model was shelled out leaving both
circular faces and the barium face open.
See the secticm cut at the right for details.

18 Feature Gunternore.
Click Step Forward N.
The Hole Wizard was used in creme a
counterborc hole on the mp planar face.
However, due te the thin wall, it appears as
a simple cut.

19 Pattern feature.
Click Step Forward DI.
The CounterBore was patterned using a
linear pattern, LPattePnl.

32 in
Lesson 9 soLIDwoRKs
Editing: Deslgn Changes

2|] Bibj’lllet feature.

Click Step Forward DI.

The RibiFfllet feature Crcmcs fillets when:

the RJbiUnderjoins [he CirculariBoss
and BasaiPlate.

21 Glrcj‘illet feature.
Click Jump to End M.
This feature eremes fillets on both sides of
the VerticaliPlate.

22 Close Part Reviewer.

Click Close in the Part Reviewer to close the Task Pane.

Rebuilding Rebuilding a model ineorporates the ehanges that you have made. Slow
Tools rebuild times ean slow down the modeling proees signitieantly. There
are some tools available to optimize rebuilding times.
Rollback to Rollback can be used to limit the rebuilding time
Feature by rolling baek to the feature being edited. For
example, if the VerticaLPlabe is being edited,
'
3 :2:
.
rollback to a position just afier that feature. ' fl W 1"“
changes are made to the feature and it is rebuilt. ‘1 E “’16 ’2‘?”
Due to the rollback position, only the features
> ‘
°"
"W ‘3"

before the bar are rebuilt, limiting the scope of

I
‘

“MM"
the rebuild. The remainder ofthe part will be ‘1 Walwlrtms
rebuilt when the bar is moved. > :x‘ (endorse
:‘r LPaneml
thiFlHd
ClVgFlllet

Freeze Bar The Freeze Bar ean be used to freeze the features above it. Frozen
features do not rebuild.
For more information, see Freezing Features on page 313.

326
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 9
Editing: Design Changes

Rebuild Feedback During a rebuild, a progress bar and status are shown on the bottom bar
and Interrupt ofthe SOLIDWORKS window. The rebuild ean be stopped by pressing
the Est: (Escape) key.
Feature
Suppression
Feature Suppression is a more permanent
method oflimiting rebuild time. Features that are
, fl my”!
suppressed are not rebuilt. Configurations ean be
Q mf Finn

used to arrange eombinations of suppressed flhi Vm'—""‘

features. (ivrularylane
> Li; Clinulalrfloss
For more information, see Suppress/Unrapprers
> Ll; RIbVUndel
Features on page 354.
n \Malerhmkness
> \‘5 counteraore
E3Lvattem1
Riejillet
let

General Tools In general, there are four tools available to modify features:

I Edit Feature (see Introducing: Edit Feature on page 84)

I Edit Sketch (see Introducing: Edit Sketch on page 83)
I Edit Sketch Plane (see Introducing: Edit Sketch Plane on
page 308)
I Delete Feature
Deletions Any feature can be deleted from the model. Consideration should be
given to what other features, other than the selected one, will be
aFfeeted. The Confirm Delete dialog lists Dependent Items that will
be deleted with the selected one. The sketches of most features are not
automatically deleted. However, the sketches associated with Hole
Wizard features are automatically deleted when the hole is deleted. For
other dependent features, deleting the parent will delete the children.

Delete feature.
Select and delete the
CounteI‘BoI’e feature. The check
box, Delete child features, is
(“dunking

Nut...“ W
WNW.”
mat—”m...“
‘ ‘ '1‘
.3
’

%‘
E
already eheeked. The dialog gmtm;
indicates the LPaLteI‘nl feature
will also be deleted beeause it is a
ehild of the CDunberBoI’e.
”WNW w
Click Advanced to see the demils
ofthe ehild features.
erzfrm
M " "’ ‘

Click Yes to confirm the deletion. Lin-n1

m...

327
Lesson 9 soLIDwoRKs
Edlllng: Design Changes

Reorder Reorder allows for changes to the sequence of features in the model.
Sequence ehanges are limited by parent/child relationships that exist.
Reorder features by dragging and dropping them onto other features in
the FeatureManager design nee. They are placed after the feature that
they are dropped onte.

Note You eannot reorder the target (child) feature before the parent feature.

Try to reorder.
Try to reorder the shell feature, Waluhjelmess, to a position
immediately after the Basojmet. The eursor displays a “no move"
® symbol.
Parents.
Use Dynamic Reference
_
b
fi my”!
\fisualiza ion (Parent) to determine G Bigf"I“
the dependeneies for the Wall
‘
fll3 “mm“
Thickness feature. The Cmfi'fl-M
Circularjoss references need to be >
fl CIn‘iLllm
removed in order for us to be able to
reorder the feature.
fl Rib Undo.

Edit Feature.
Righteliek the Walumekness
feature and eliek Edit Feature.
Seleet both ofthe highlighted
circular faces. The Faces to
Remove seleetion list will show
only a single face.
Click OK.

Note When you reseleet an already seleeted faee, it aets like a toggle,
deseleeting it.
As an alternative, you can eliek on an item in the seleetion list and
deseleet it by pressing the Delete key on the keyboard. Sometimes this
can be eonfusing beeause you might not always know which face is
labeled Faee<2>.

328
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 9
Editing: Deslgn cnsnges

Changes to dependencies.
Editing the WallgThlekness feature fi Basejlate
causes a change in the dependencies. 3 “New“
The only remaining parent is now the fim VelkaLPw-e
BasegPlate. CIKIJIILPIM

The feature can now be reordered. fl CiKulaLBoss

film: ndtv
@wul buss
m Ringfiun
m CiIgFllfl
Reorder.
Drag the WaJLThJekIless feature and reorder it by dropping it on the
BaseiFfllet. It is positioned below the BaseiFlllet feature.
>
fl 5»;le »
fl Eastman r
fl BaseJ’ldle
Q Basefllet QQ let 3 Basejlln
,
fl “mus,“ . fl v: Mm below En llrt
$1 Cxulau’hne $1 enmiyhne r
fl Veniuu’lm
r ‘3 Cxulavjoss >
fl Cnmrjoss $1 civeuhrylane
r ‘3 Ribjndev >
fl RibJJndel r
fl Circuhrjoss
O Ribgfillet
New.
Q Ribfllet
O Cajun Q G let

Results.
Now the shelling operation affects only
the first and second features of the pan.

Ed ng the sketch.
Edit the Sketch of the VEI‘tiCaLPlalte feature.
Add new relation.
Rightseliek the endpoint between
15] -45
venieal line and the are and click (Z5 64

Make Tangent d
to add a
R] 2 75
Tangent relation between the line
and the are.

329
Lesson 9 soLIDwoRKs
Edltlng: Design Changes

1|] Over defined.

The addition ofthe relation triggers
1 5] '45
(Z) 64
an error in the smell. The smell is
now over defined.
Rl2 75

Overdefined If the status of the sketch changes from fully defined to over defined
Sketches (see Siam afa Skeieh on page 38), a diagnostic tool appears. This tool
can be used to repair the sketeh. ()ther unfavorable states can be
repaired as well.
Skelthpert The Sketcthert option is used to automate the repair of Over
Defined, No Solution Found, or Invalid Solution Found eonditions in
the sketch. The Sketthperl is based on SOLIDWORKS Intelligent
Features Teehnology.
Note General part editing and repairs were diseussed in
Lemon 8; Ediiing: Repairs.

Where to Find It
. Shorteut Menu: Rightacliek in the graphics area and click
Sketcthert
I Status Bar: Over Defined ‘DvfiDdllkd

11 Over Defined.

the Status Bar text Over Defined.

.
When the sketeh becomes over defined, ellek on ? W
x
0

rim, A
inn is Unsaivabie nmruurmeninnrnmme

Luau
0.9mm an m I Cm". s
nm'Mxll-Ilanartulmxi

@
yum v

330
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 9
Editing: Design Changes

12 Diagnose.
Click Diagnose and click the button to walk through the solutions.
Each solution rcpmscnts n possible solution. Each sot uses a different
combination ofmlations and dimensions. Relations or dimensions that
will be removed by selecting that set an: marked with a red line through
them. They are also listed in the More InformationIClptions group in
the PropcnyManagcr.

Possible Solutions 1-4

@64 l5l.45

13 Select.
Click Accept and 0K to
(D 64
select the solution that
deletes the horizontal
linear dimension.
R 'l 2
15

331
Lesson 9 soLIDwoRKs
Edmng: Deslgn Changes

Manual Repairs The Manual Repair optiun can also be used to

a m
resolve the over defined state. Using this option,
the conflicting relation 0r dimension is selected ,
u
X

E
and deleted. M(‘Du’uk‘lnrnl\mm\
“mm". w.
151.45
"stunt-Aw...“
(D 64 lk'd‘wunilh my.
”m"
R12 75
' Wm“
w Dnlwzl
"
o mam
H mm
H mm

F mumbled
m...
Emmmtmm
14 Exit the sketch.

15 Resulting model.
This muvcs the CirculariBoss 50 that
its cylindrical face is tangent to the outer
edge ofthe Basejlste. The fillets update to
the new positions.

16 Edit the nibJInder sketch.

The EjbiUnder sketch is tied to the
outer edge of the Basejlate.
Click View, HideIShow, Sketch
Relations to see the relations.

332
soLIDwoRKs Leuorl 9
Editing: Design changes

17 Delete relallonr
Delete the Collnear relation attached to
the right vernoal model edge.

18 New geometry.
Drag the rectangle so it is close
to being centered below the
circular boss.
Add a Vertleal relation to the
right side line.
Add and delete geometry and
dimensions as shown.
TP2

Note Tempomrily change to an isometric view to select the dimension from

the minimum arc condinon to the circular edge of the boss.
19 Temporary graphlcs.
To center the rib, a relafion will
be added between the arc
cenmrpoint and a mmpomry axis.
Tnm on display of mmpomry
axes and relate the cenmr of the
arc to the temporary axis.
Exit the sketch and toggle off the
display of temporary axes.
Lesson 9 soLIDwoRKs
Edltlng: Deslgn Changes

2|) Edil Skeleh Plane.

Expand the li, ing of the aireolarjoss
feature. Rightrcllek the sketch and cliek
Edil Skeleh Plane Q from the shortcut
menu.
You dct not have to edit the sketch.

21 Face or plane selection.

The eurrent plane used in the sketch
is highlighted. You ean now ehoose a
new sketch plane.
Select the rear face of the made] and
cliek 0K.
The careulargsoss feature has been
edited. The sketeh now referenees a
model faee rather than a plane.

22 Children.
Cheek the parent and child
' fl ”“5”“
relationships ofthe plane. The 3Q! “an“
eieeulaeplame now has no ehildren. WIUMMS
fl VaticaLPlae
r
fl “guitar
3 RILFIH
3 file:
Ci":

Purge Unused Purge Unused Features can be used m autumatieally find and
Features optionally purge or delete all the features that are not being used by the
model. This ineludes features that are suppressed in all eonfigurations
and features that have no children.
In this example there is only a single feature, but this proeess allows
multiple feanires to be found and removed automatically.

Where In Find It I Shortcut Menu: Rightrcliek tap level feature and elick
Purge Unused Features
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 9
mm Changes

_
Editing:

23 Purge Unused Features.

Click Purge Unused Features and select the single feature that is
fuund: the CirculanPlane. Click OK to delete the feature.

Purge Unused mum x

‘ seesaw M... ram: M

mm Au

umm mum and mum. gummy

5mm: and vmmncrgrummy mm; Hamid m rm muwmwu. mu m a
was
"hm m
mm m

13W. WW cam m,

24 Edit Fealure.
Edit the CirciFfllet feature.
Add the edge shown and click
OK.

25 Result.
The additional edge is filleted as
part Of the CirciFfllet feature.

26 Save and close all files.

335
Lesson 9 soLIDwoRKs
Editing: Design cnanges

Sketch Sketch Contours allow you to select portions ofa sketch that are
Contours generated by the interseetion of geometry and ereate features. This way
you ean use a partial sketeh to ereate features.
Another advantage otthis method is that the sketeh can be reused,
ereating separate features from di erent portions ofthc sketeh.
Two commands, Conlour Select Tool and End Select Contours, are
used to start and end the contour seleetion process.
Contours There are ofien multiple Skelch Contours available within a single
Available sketch. Any boundary generated by the intersection of sketeh geometry
can be used singly or in eombination with other eontours.
Using this sketeh as an example, these are some ofthe possible regions,
contours and eombinations available for use.
Individual
Regions

0.9

Ind ual
Conlours

Combined
Conlour
Selection

go 0.»

336
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 9
Editing: Deslgn Changes

Nole Multiple open and closed eontours can be used as

Sketch Contours to create extruded thin features. For
more information, see Thin Features on page 275.

1 Open Partialimdlflng as.

Open an existing pm that is identical except for one additional sketeh,
Contour Selection. The sketch eontzins two eireles enelosed within a
rectangle.
Reorder and rollback.
Reorder the Contour Selection
sketeh to a position between the
Base Fillet and WalliThickneSs
features. ' / .

Rollback to a position between

the Contour Selection Sketch
and Walljl‘llickness feature.

Exlrude a cut.
8 (9
I.
—
Click Extruded Cul v x 0
Click the edge of the rectangular shape from the A

Contour Selectlon Sketch.

.

Create a blind cut, 10mm deep into the model.

Rename the feature Helethg.
Lesson 9 soLIDwoRKs
Edltlng: Design Changes

Shared Sketches A sketch can be used more than onee m create multiple features.
When you create a feature, the sketch is absorbed into the feature and
hidden from view.
Add more cuts.
Expand the He1e,Mtg feature
in the FeatureManagerdesign
trcc.
Righteiiek the Contour
Selection sketch and eliek
Contour Select Tool.
Click the two circular regions
of the sketch as shown.

Note Multiple selections require the our key.

Cut through all.
Click Extruded cm @ and exu'ude the regions using the end
condition Through All. Rename the cuts ThnLHolas.
Roll to End.
Right<eliek in the
FeatureManager design nee
and click Roll to End. Note
that the cut holes are used in
the shelling operation to
create additional, unneeded
faces.

Reorder.
Reorder the ThmiHoles feature to a position
aficr the WalliThickneSs feature. The result
is that the ThruiHoles feature is not affected
by the shelling.

338
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 9
Editing: Deslgn Changes

change wall thickness.

Change the wall thickness te 6mm and
rebuild.

Copying Fillets A quick and easy way to ereate a new fillet is to eepy it from an
existing feature. The new fillet is the same type and size but unrelated
to the original.
Copy.
Hold down cm and drag the oieejiuet feature onto the edge of the
model. Release the meuse button.
The fillet ean be eopied from the FeztureManagcrdesign tree, or
direetly from the medei.
t fl Bagjlm:
Q mjrim
> Hi Mme
m Wathtdma
, [a “huntera
»
fl meILPH:
t Q miragee
, m mum

___ a RDjIla

Hp Chamfers ean be Copied using the same procedure.

10 New fillet feature.
A new fillet feature is ercaled en the edge.
Edit the fillet and add the edge on the opposite side. Change the radius
value to 3mm.

339
Lesson 9 soLlDwoRKs
Edltlng: Design Changes

11 Select Face.
Change the view orientation to a
Trimetrjc view. Select the planar face
indicated. It will be used to define the
seetion plane.

12 Section view.
Click Section Wew a to use the
selected face as the section plane. Click
Planar, and using the arrow, dmg in
position the out as shown.

13 Save and close all files.

Replace Sketch Replace Sketch Entity is used to replaee a single entity with another
Entity in an existing sketeh while maintaining downstream referenees linked
to that geometry.

Replace Sketch Entity is also triggered when a sketch entity is deleted.

The Sketcher Confirm Delete dialog offers the Replace Entity option
for this purpose.

Where to Find It I Menu: Tools, Sketch Tools, Replace Entity

. Shortcut Menu: Righteelick sketeh geometry and click
Replace Entity a3
soLIDwoRKs Lennon 9
Editing: Design changes

1 Open the part Replace Entity.

2 Add am
Edit Skemhl. Add a 3 Polnt Arc and dimensiun as shown.

3 Delelel
Delete the miginal line (below the
wumuxml-mumnm
mmmlemxm-nnmfl-mm
arc) and click Replace Entlty in mmmymmmM-«u-W
me dialog.

Drona-umb-

341
Luann a soLIDwoRKs

fi_
Edfling: Deslgn Changes

4 Replace.
.
Cluck Make constructlon and clnck the an: as the
- n... m
f , m

_
x
replacement.
v
Click OK.

IEI
mm In» «m

3
9 ”mm“...
o m
mummy

5 Rebulld.
Exit the sketch. The medal rebuilds without errors.

6 Save and close all flles.

soLIDwoRKs Lennon 9
Editing. Design Changs
 7
95 SOLIDWORKS
Certified SOLIDWORKS Flssociate
(CSWFI)

When you finish the SOLIDWORKS Essentials course. you may be ready to measure your
knowledge and competency with SOLIDWORKS software. The Certified SOLIDWORKS
Associate (CSWA) exam is a great place to start. The exam features handsion challenges
in many of the areas covered in this course, including.

Sketch entities. tools, and relations.

Boss and cut features
Fillets and chamters

Linear, circular. and fill patterns

Inserting and mating components in assemblies

Drawing views and annotations

To leam more.

I Go to solidworks.com to read more about the exam and download a sample exam.

I Go to mysolidworkscom to take the CSWA Exam Prep Course.

Talk to your reseller about taking the exam so you can join over 200,000 Certified
SOLIDWORKS Associates around the world!
soLIDwoRKs Exercise 42
Changes

Exercise 42: Make changes to the pan created in the

Changes previous lesson.
This exercise uses the following skills:
Dependencies on page 324
Del/31mm on page 327
Reorder on page 328
Copying FiI/Els on page 339

Proced u re Open an existing pan.

Open the part Changes.
Several changes and additions will be
made to the model.

Delete.
Delete the mounting holes, eutmlt and
shell (CueExtmclel,
WalliThickness and CutrEXtI’udEZ)
and absorbed features from the model.

Same thickness.
Sct thc thickncsscs ofthc BaseiPlate
and VerticaliPlate to the same valuc,
12mm.

345
Exercise 42 SOLIDWORKS
Chznges

4 Cut.
Remove the portion ofthc
VerLPlabe on the right side ofthe
CirculariBDss and RibiUndeI’r
Edit, Rollback and Reorder features
where necessary to maintain the
filletingr

5 Fillel.
Add another fillet the same radius as
the CirciF‘iHet.

6 Counterbored holes.
Add two eountcrbored holes of the
following size:
ANSI Metric
M6 Hex Cap Screw
Through All
Reorder features where necessary to
avoid undcreutsr
7 Save and close the part.
soLIDwoRKs Exercise 43
Editing

Exercise 43: Edit this pan using the information and dimensions provided. Usc
Editing relations and up to surface end conditions to mainmin the design intent.

This lab reinforces the following skills:

- Dependencies on page 324

- Reorder on page 328
Procedure 0an the existing part EDITING, and make several edits:
Change the existing part, editing and adding game“)! and ic1ations, to
match the version Shawn below.

‘7 so

so
s25

you

915
i m
R5
its. VHRU
2 mos:

I
[is )
w is
L

<7i'7514—i i
m

347
Exercise 44 soLIDwoRKs
Sketchxpefl

Exercise 44: Use the Sketthpen to repair

Sketctherl the part.
This lab reinforces the
following skills:
- Sketcthefl on page 330

Proced u re 0an an existing pan and named Sketthpert. Repair the sketches as
shown in the following steps.
Edit Sketch 1.
Expand the BaserExtr'ude
feature and edit the sketch
Sketehl. Click View Normal To
to orient the sketch as shown.

Solution.
Stan the Sketcthen and eliek
Diagnose. Choose the solution
shown at right.
soLIuwoRKs Exelcile
Sketchxpen
u
3 Other sketches
Complem repairs to the remaining two sketches using Skethpert.
Edit Skemhi’: from the CubExtPudel
feature. Select the sulufion shown.

Edit Sketh from the 010.0 (10)

Diameter Holel feature. Select the L
solution shown to delete Coincident2
and ConcidentS.
4 Save and close the part

349
Exercise 45 soLIDwoRKs
Comm Sketches

Exercise 45: Edit ihcsc pam using the information providcd. Extnldc pmfilcs in
Contour cream the geomcu'y.
Sketches This lab reinforces the following skills:

- Sketch Comm on page 336

- ShamdS/(elchm on page 338

#1
Depth: 50mm
and 30mm

#2
Depth: 3.5", 1"
and 2.5"

Kw “um,

#3
Depth: 30mm and
10mm

#4
Depth: 1.5" and
0.5"

350
soLIDwoRKs Exercise 45
Contour Smnhes

Handle Arm

Oil Pump

Idler Arm

351
Enmise 45 soLIDwoRKs
coma-n skews
 Lesson 10
Configurations

Upon successful completion ofihis lesson, you will be able to:

Use configurations to represent difi‘erent versions ofa pan within a
single SOLIDWURKS filo.
Suppress and unsuppress features.
Change dimension values by configuration,
Suppress features by configuration,
Understand the ramifications of making changes in pans that have
configurations
Use the design library in insen features into a pan.

353
Lesson 10 SOLIDWORKS
Configurallons

Configurations Configurations allow you to represent more than one version ofthc pan
in the same file. For example, by suppressing the mae med features
(holes, chamrers, poekets, etc.) and changing dimension values in the
parts at the top of the illustration, you can represent the rough forgings
shown below theln.

Terminology Some ofthe terms used when diseussing and working with
configurations are explained below.
Configuration Name The Configuration Name appears in the ConfigurationManager. It is
used to distinguish between configurations ithin the same part or
assembly at the pan, assembly or drawing level.
Suppress] Suppress is used to temporarily remove a feature. When a feature is
Unsuppress suppressed, the system treats it as if it doesn't exi That means other
Features features that are dependent on it will be suppressed also In addition,
suppressed features are removed from memory, freeing up system
resources. Suppressed features can be unsuppressed at any time.
other Configurable Although features and dimensions are most commonly eonfigured,
Items other items ean be controlled by eonfigurati us as well. Examples
include:
Equations
Sketch Constraints
External Sketch Relations
Sketch Dimensions
Sketch planes
End conditions
Colors

354
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 10
Cunfigumllons

Using Both pam and assomblics can have configurations Drawings do not
Configurations hayc configurations orthcir own but drawing yiows can disp1ay
dincrcnt configurations of tho fi1cs thcy mfcmncct

Procedure In this lesson you will loam about using configurations within a pan
fiic. In Lesson 13,» gourmet/p Assembly Modeling, you win cxplom
using configurations in conjunction with assctnbhcs.
Bcgin this cxampic by ronowing this proocdurc:
Open the Ratchet Body.
This part is a copy ofihc onc crcatcd in a prcyious 1csson.

Accessing the
Configuration
Manager
Configurations arc managcd from
wi n thc same window that is
oocupicd by tho FcaturoManagcr
v
‘ Riki-d Bodyctwtfigurafiu-us)
[a o/ Defaultl natctrat Bod/l
dosign ucc. To switch thc display within this window, usc thc tabs
locatcd at tho very top ofthc window panc. Clicking tho Tl mb will
display thc ConfigurationManagcr (shown at thc uppor right) with thc
dorau1t configuration lismdt The default configuration is namcd
Defaul L. (who says wc don't havc a scnso ofhumor‘!) This
configuration rcproscnts thc part as you modcicd iiiwith nothing
supprossod or changed thn you want to switch back to tho
FoaturcManagor display, click thc :I tab.

Note The ConfigurationManagcr conmins bath the Configurations and

Display Slates panes. For information about Display Slates, Sc: the
Assembly Modeling training manua1.

355
Lesson 10 soLIDwoRKs
Configurations

Splitting the
FeatureManager
Window
Many times it is efficient to be able to aceess
multi 1e tabs in the left pane at the samctimc.
This is particularly true when working with
configurations. Rather than switch back and
‘
7 “an
o Mambo; washrooms”
I'm"!
,

forth using the tabs, you ean split the Features , .1121”
Manager design tree window top to bottom, is mower...
creating two panes. One pane can show the Ely-1:“
FeatureManager design tree and the other can Li]
“3.;
show the ConfigurationManagcr. L oat
»
an M
To subdivtdc the FeatureManagcr design trcc fl Yuma
, . ,
.
window into two panes, drag the splitter bar ,
was
. downwards from the top ofthe
>
5 Km
window. Use the tabs to control what is
, E:
W
,
a theta...
displayed in eaeh pane. »
a man»:
3 no... and
Q a ran rates
a r arms ‘

E IE 9
m..."-
~
.mmmmflqumk}
l-a «Murinnrmmi
Inst-1mm
cg $6":thme
Adding New Every part (and assembly) must have at least one configuration, and
Configurations multiple eonfigurations are common. There are several options beyond
the Configuration name that you can set.
Bill of Materials When the pan is used in an assembly and further, a bill of materials, the
Options name that appears as the eonfigurations Pan Number is eontrolled in
the configurations ill of Materials Options.
Advanced Options The advaneed options inelude rules for creation of new features and
color settings. Parent/Child options are for assemblies only.
I Suppress Features
This option controls what happens to newly created features when
other configurations are active and this configuration is inactive. If
ehccked, new features added with other configurations active are
suppressed in this one.
I Use configuration specific color
Allows for different eolors for each eonfiguration using the color
palette. Different materials may introduee different eolors.
I Add RebuildISave Mark
Rebuilds and saves eonfiguration data when the part is saved.
Where to Find It
. Shortcut Menu: Rightseliek in the ConfigurationManager and eliek
Add Configuration

356
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 10
configurations

2 Add a new oonfigurat n.

Click Add Configuration.
Add configuration.
The Add Configuration property manager is
h
o x ”M 0
used to add configurations to the part. Give the
.
configuration the name Forged, Long and a...” m
WWW."
A

optionally, add a comment. mm mm

suntan."
Click OK.
When you add a configuration that mam-mum“
configuration becomes active. Any subsequent
changes to the part (such as suppressing,
features) are stored as part ofthe Configuration. --u---o-—— A

$3..’T.‘.'.".§T.?f$7.fl“"

1321014!le

is... t— cutter .'

our agrarian
nth-numb;

HP Special characters sueh as the slash u) are not allowed in the

configuration namc.
Added ‘° "5" v Q Matter Body Conlgunfim‘s) (raged. Long)
. .
The new configuration is
added to the list and
m Mu“ [ mm MI 1

automatically made the

l'(1V Furs-4 lms [mm Ml
aetive configuration. Notice that the name of the active configuration is
shown in parentheses, appended to the top level part name icon.
HP The name in square brackets is the name that will appear in a BOM.
This can be changed by changing the setting for the Part number
displayed when used in a bill of materials in the Configuration
Properties dialog.

357
Lesson 10 soLIDwoRKs
Configurallmls

Defi 'ng the Suppressing features is one ofthe most common methods of
Con guralion configuring a part. when a feature is suppressed, it still appears in the
FeatureManagerdesign tree but it is grayed out. This Version ofthe part
is saved or stored in the active configuration. You ean create many
ditrerent configurations within a part.You can then easily switch
between different configurations using the ConfigurationManager.
Introducing: Suppress is used to remove a feature from memory, essentially
Suppress deleting it from the model. It is used to remove seleeted features from
the model to create diFferent ‘Nlersions" ofthat model. All the children
of a feature that is suppressed are suppressed with it.
Unsuppress and Unsuppress with Dependents are used to reverse
the effectofsuppression on one (unsuppress) or more (unsuppress with
dependents) features
Where to Find It I Shoneut Menu: Rightrcliek a feature and eliek Suppress 1'
5 check children.
Click the Recess feature. Dynamic Reference Visualization shows
that the PockeL and RaLcheL Hole are ehildren of Recess
feature.

r
fl Handle
V
fi‘lnnslioll
r m Ha,
r
g has .
r @ Poem <—stetth5
r @ WMdHok
r @ MchaHok ¢—Sl<:tch7 o
D Handle file‘s
D H End fillets
D 17H fillets

353
soLIDwoRKs Lesson in
Cnnfigumllons

Another way t0 look at relationship is that both the Pocke L and

RaLCheL Hole depend cm the Recess feature as a parent.
r fins-nit.
r firmness“

>
Hi wounds
r
E Rmzha Hats >
Hi deha Hole -------
® Hurdle file‘s ® Hurdle files
3 HEndfikk ® Hsudnkts
® 1-H
file‘s ® 1-H file‘s

Note The Wheel Hole is in turn a child ofthe Pocket.

Suppress [he Recess feature.
6
In the FeztureManagcrdesign tree, seleet the
>
fl "in“:
Recess feature. RIghkCth Suppress.
. .
>
fl 1mm” _ _

The system suppresses not enly the Recess but

»
fl Head
, w Rm”
also the EockeL, the wheel Hole, and the
t N Packet
Ra Lche L Hole. Why‘!
t N Wheel Hal:
Because the EockeL, wheel Hole, and , W
“km We
RaLCheL Hole are all children efthe Recess. If
you recall, the PockeL was sketehed on the 3 “”in:
hottem faee ofthe Recess. The two holes were m “as
H En

then sketched en the botmm face ofthe PockeL. 3 1-" files

/
This is what cslz ed the pamntrehild
relationships among them.
Rule Suppressing a feature autumaticzlly suppresses its children.
When the features are suppressed in the
FcatureManzgcr design use, their
curresponding geometry is suppressed in
the model, too.

359
Lesson 10 soLIDwoRKs
Configurallans

Note Features can be suppressed or unsuppressed

in the active, specified, or all configurations MW
using Properties.
Rithlick the feature and select Feature
Properties. Check or elear Suppressed
and select the configurati ns using the
dropdown list.

Changing To switch to a ditrerent configuration, simply doublereliek on the one

Configurations that you want. It will become the active configuration.
S itback to the Default: configuration. >
fins-idle
Position the eursor over the Deraul L >
firmnsniuu
configuration ieon and doublefilick it.
The system keeps the Recess, Pocke L, Wheel
>
fitted
, @ Rx—
Hole, and Ra Lche L Hole features unsuppressed
in this configuration making them y‘ e in both
’
5 "m
the FeamreManagcr design tree and the graphics 5 WM“
windows.
>
@ MM HM-
® Him“: rillcts
Q H End rims
Q 1-H rims

Renaming and We now have two configurations: Defaul L and Forged, Long.
Copying The Deraul L configuration represents the part in its machined state.
Configurations However, the name DefaulL is not too meaningful.
Configurations can be renamed in the same way as features. However,
ifa configuration is being referenced by another SOLIDWORKS
document, renaming that configuration can cause some ditficulties.
A Better Approach Instead of renaming the default configuration we will make a copy of it
and then rename the copy.

350
soLIDwoRKs Lesson in
Cunllgulatlons

Copy the Default

configuration.
Select the DefaulL
-
‘ mngdyColfigumbnls) (Data-ll
”:0 V M‘"““""‘ 3““
Fmged, Long nstrhet Bodyl
t
‘

configuration and copy it

1

using any of the standard f ‘

(”9'1 ml
delt Rmha Bu dy]

‘
[

tCChniqucS {Of Com/ml; 2‘ v Rachel Body Colflguratiouls) (delt)

feature: Ctrl+c, Edit, Copy,
or the [I tool.
F3
f:
¢ WauMWM]
Forge-l, Long satthet Body]
1

Paste the configuration using l”: Mdtlwmxl, Long [ Rams Rudy]

cum, Edit, Paste, or the [3 tool.
Rename the eopy to Machined, Long. You now have configurations
that represent the RaLcheL Body in its forged and maehined states.

Configuration The configurations ieons in the ConfigurationManager are marked with

Symbols symbols that indieate smtus. These symbols are used to indieate rebuild
and save status.

Symbol Description
i=6
, The eontiguration is uprmrdatc. A full dam set has
been generated.

[7: _ The configuration has not been rebuilt.

[7. r. The eontiguration is marked to be automatieally

rebuilt and saved when the part is saved.

Note The eontiguration ieons ean also vary depending on how the
configurations have been created. See Other Methods In Create
t'enfigumliens on page 365 for more information.
Managing There are several options to manage configuration data by
Configuration Data automatically generating uprtodatc configurations or purging
configuration data.
Single To generate the full data set for a single eonfiguration, rightrelick a
Configurations configuration and click Add RebuildISave Mark. This will mark it as
uprmrdam every time the part is opened.
Multiple To generate the full data set for a set of eontigurations, rightrelick the
Configurations top level component in the ConfigurationManager and click Rebuild]
Save Mark with an option. The options inelude this, all or specified
configurations. Use Rebuild All Configurations to rebuild all the
configurations at onee.

361
Lesson 10 soLIDwoRKs
Configumllons

Purging Data To purge the full dam set for all configurations, righteeliek the top level
component in the ConfigumtionManager, eliek Rebuild/Save Mark,
Remove Mark and Purge Data for All Configurations.

Note Automatie generation can be eonvenient but is generally eestly in terms

of part file size and rebuild time. For this reason, only seleeted
eonfigurations should be marked for rebuilding.

9 create more configurations.

Using the same procedure, Copy and paste the Forged, Long
configuration. Rename it Forged, ShorL.
Copy and paste the Machined, Long configuration, renaming it
Machined, ShorL.

Configuring Configurations can also be used to eonuol the value ofa dimens n.
Dimenslon Values Each configuration can be used to change the dimension to a difi‘crent
value. The change can be Configured for the aetive, specified, or all
configurations.
In this example, the “ShorL” eonngurntions will have a slightly
shorter handle length.

1|] Activate configuration.

Righteliek the top level component in the ConfigurationManzger and
click Rebuild All Configurations.
Doublereliek Machined, ShorL to make it the active configuration.

v
‘W
:
mcmuaione)
Ddault [ Ratthet Bod,
(tn-dried. Shun)
1

: Forged, Long Ratdlet Body]

1

: Mathlned, Long fiatdut Body

1 1

: Forged, Short [ Ratthet Bed, 1

la VMxMr-edstmlllmlram]

362
SOLIDWORKS Lesson 10
Cunllguratlons

Configuration Tree The order of the configurations listed in the ConfigurationManager can
Order be set using Tree Order. The order options include Numeric, Literal,
Manual (Drag and Drop), and History-Based. The default orde
History-Based.
Numeric Literal
. snummtowcmmmm (Dd-m: ~ (nummwcmmmm manna
r mm new», i r nnli \lmma: ml
‘7 m.-...t.urmh,~. 1' lL|.'.ntn‘(tnhg~
i-a
t
«mmmmenmt
Wen 'n'mzoktvhzsl
i-n
t
«mnmww.
mum mew/n to

t nm
Wheat
Wm y «w
.‘m'kngmrng
r emwmmmnget
the. w
M
| t

Manual (Drag and Drop) History-Based

. Q nummemgteemmmm ma...» . Q wummgumguqummmm (name
t mm -. that...“ invade-[whammy]
new :1 nrmu «Immune:
t
w New.» m. wmn «in...»
Wt nut Mt "we m m Mt mat
, m \lnnma-art‘csl , 3 met me t men a:
h « m..nw,.n¢..m,. me new

Where to Find It
. Shonent Menu: Rightrcliek the top level eomnonent in the
ConfigurationManager and click Tree Order and an option.

11 change order.
‘
htehek the top level component in the ConfigurationManagcr and
cliek Tree Order, Literal.

v
‘ l" Mam MCmfiguulnn(s) (manned, Sim)
Deiatnt Rakhet and,
[ 1

l" rmgen, Long Ratihet Body]

[

[" rmgen, 5mm Rakhet Bad,

[ 1

[" Mamneu, Long Emmet Body]

J
[

D-fi Machined. smalmmanody]

12 Key dimension.
Doublereliek the Handle
feature to expose the sketch ”a
dimensions. *5

363
Lesson 10 soLIDwoRKs
Configurations

13 Configure.
Configure the dimension.
Doubleieliek the 220mm dimension
and change it to 180mm. In the
dropdown, choose Specify
Configurationls) E.
Select only the Forged, ShorL and
Machined, ShorL configurations
from the list and click OK.

Male Other options to apply the change include This Configuration IF and

m
All Configurations E.
14 changes.
Rebuild the model to see the changes in the current eonfigumtiun.

fib
15 Test configurations.
Use the Configurations lid-ll
toolbar to test the
eumpletedeunfigumuons.
. m
was:
t.
The Machined, Sho: L
eunfigumtion is shuwn.
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 10
configurations

Other Methods Configurations can he created using several methods. The results are
to Create similar with any of the methods; configuration names added to the
Configurations ConfigurationManager coupled with variations in the state of features
and the value ofdimensions.
To get equivalent configurations using other methods requires the use
of different tools and approaches. The Modify Configurations and
Design Table are more automated methods and are mentioned below.
Derived A Derived Configurat n is created as a child ofa parent
Configurations configuration. The child inherits the parameters ofthe parent.
The derived eonfiguration is placed under the parent in the
FeatureManager design uec.
. ‘rmmaoammroiP-m ~ Crmmmgnrm-luroiicw
r empower -
om Futonhal
. 15 «Mustang. . am. neural;
l_ marrow. is ¢ oralrIILM-gl

They are created by righteelicking a smndard configuration and

clicking Add Derived Configuration.
Modify Modify Configurations is used to create configurations by controlling
Configurations the suppression states of features, setting the values ofdimensions and
seleeting a material for each configuration.
The Modify Configurations dialog is a table used to set and display
configuration information. The dialog appears when any ofthe
following eomrnands are used:
I Configure Feature
I Configure Dimension
I Configure Material

lfthe table is saved, listed in

it will be
the ConfigurationManager under the
v
s MMMMgt-mb)
we
Mamas,“

Tables folder. Multiple mbles can EEZTLZWMMH

be saved in each part.

Note Modify Configurations uses a table format to simplify the input and
view the results. Design tables uses an Mierosofi Excel spreadsheet for
a similar put-pose. Sec Design Tub/es on page 366.

365
Lesson 10 soLIDwoRKs
Configurallans

Design Tables Design tables ore n general purpose method to ereate configurations
while using the power of Mierosolt Exeel in eells, rows nnd eolumns.

unlv

.ruou

i
5

The design cable is listed in the

ConfigurationManngerunder the
Tables folder. There ean only he one [7,. nosnirr Rmha snarl
design mblc in a pan.
Ofiher Uses oi Pan configurations have numerous applieations and uses. Some of the
Configurations mascms for creating dichmm configurations inelude:

. Applicationrspcclfic requirements.
. Diffcrcnt produet spccificatiuns sueh ns a milimry and eivilian
version of a pm.
I Performance considerations.
. Assembly eonsiderati ns.
Application-specific Mnny times the finished
Requirements pan model eontnins fine
detail sueh ns fillcls and
rounds. When preparing a
pan sueh es the one
shown at the right for
finiw clcmcm analysis
(FEA), it is desirable to simplify the pan. By suppressing the
unneeessary detail features you can create a configuration speeifieally
for FEA.
Another appliention that might require a specialized model
representation would he rnpid prototyping.
SOLIDWORKS Lesson 10
Cunllgulatlons

Performance Parts with complex geometry such as swept and lofied features,
Considerations variable radius fillets, and multirthickness shells have a tendency to tax
system resources. You might want to consider defining a configuration
that suppresses some ofthcse features. This will allow you to improve
system performance when working on other, unrelated areas of the
model. When you do this, however, be sure to take into account parent/
child relations You cannot access, use, or reference suppressed features
7 therefore they ealn‘t serve as parents.
Assembly When working on complex assemblies that contain large numbers of
Considerations pans, using simplified represcnmtions ofthosc parts can improve
system performance. Consider suppressing unnecessary detail such as
fillets, leaving only eritical geometry that is needed for mating,
interference checking, and defining fit and function. when you add a
component to an assembly, the Insert, Component, From File
browser enables you to choose the configuration ofthc pan to be
shown To take best advantage orthis, you have to plan ahead, def
and saving the configuration when the component is built.
similar pans that have the same
basic shape can be defined as
different configurations and used
in the same assembly. The part
shown at the right has two
configurations. For an example
showing how to use two different
configurations ofa pan within an
assembly see Using Pm
Configurations in Assemblies on
page 464.
Modeling When you model a pan that will be used with configurations, you
Strategies for should give some thought to what you want the configurations to
control. Consider, for example, the part pictured below.
Configurations
One way a pan like this can be modeled is to make a single sketch of
the profile and build the pan as a single revolved feature.

j
$22504—
W250 «7
l —v
‘

l
T iRlQS
l.l 25

QM875
.375 J
(A o 375

367
Lesson 10 soLIDwoRKs
Configurallons

Note Although that approaeh seems emcicnt, having all the information
eonmined in a single, monolithic rcature really limits your flexibility.
By breaking the part down into smaller, individual features, you gain
the flexibility orbeing able to suppress features such as fillets or cuts.

Editing Parts When configurations are added to a parL features may be automatically
that Have suppressed, dialogs list many additional options, and other strange
Configurations things can happen. This section shows what happcns when there are
multiple eonfigurations in the part bcing edited.

Note End conditions, colors, and materials can also be configured.

Open the part.

0an the part WorkingCorifigs. This part
has one configuration: Default.
Configurations and new features will be
added to the part.

Add configuration.
Click the Configurationlvlanagertab.
. .
f ”X“
(unb- "h ‘9

Rightelick in the ConfigurationManagcr and

click Add Configuration to access the
Configuration Properties dialog.
mm
‘“""“""““"""““

“:3“
A

Use Add Configuration to add a configuration

named keysaat. gamma-"h
Click OK. ;

nut-u...»— V

Ana-manual: A

v 32.... “tantrum
L ur‘a autumn tam.

r “a Mom... in
Add another configuration.
Create a new configuration ports. Make sure that it is the active eons
figuration.

Note The option Suppress features is selected by default. This means that
ifnew features are added to any other configuration ofthe parL thcy
will automatieally be suppressed in this one.

368
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 10
Cunfigumtlons

Design Library The Design Library is a eelleetion of features, parts and assembly files
within the Task Pane. The files can be inserted into parts and
assemblies to reuse e ' ‘ng data. In this example, the existing
features folder will be used to add two types offlujd power ports;
one for placement on a eireular face, the other on a reetangular face.
Default Settings The first of three library feanrres will be inserted using the default
settings for location and size.
Where to Find It I Task Pane: Design Ll rary m , drag a library feature
ante the model

Folders.
Click the Design Library and the Vtfit‘h‘mfiflti
pushpin. . m byniwry
Baum
;
Expand the Design Library then the
features folder.
.Bmiar
. Bit-mm
Expand the inch folder.
r and.
BHMWM a
Click the fluid power parts folder. bnmm
Elmira/S
BM-wrms
bmngww
bins ,

gem] mussel
trans... lmgul.

Drag and drop.

Drag and drop the sae J1925'1 (circular
face) feature onto the planar model face as
shew". The drop face is the Placement Plane
fur the feature.

Select configuration. m mamrumm 0

Select the eonfigura on 516724 from the list.
‘

«xs-

J Hulnlhllw an
2mm

369
Lesson 10 soLIDwoRKs
Configurallans

Nole The Link to library part opiictn will creaie a link to updme this part
from Changes in the library fenture.
fip Checking Override dimension values allctws the iniemal dimension
values of the feature m be changed.
Select edge.
The Library Fenture Pnrt file is previewed in n separate windew. Select
the Edgel (circular edge) reference as indicated in the preview
window and click OK.

9;;(2 {ffivil 4
new

Feature.
The library feature is addedte
the FeatureManagerdesign tree
' m “m'l‘d""""“"‘l"s‘“"
G. H 5mm
as a library fenture consisting [fl ”ml
of sketches, a plane and n cut. . @ 5mm
E Pm snatch

Nole The “L“ labels superimposed over the feature icons indicme n lihrnry
feature.

370
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 10
configurations

Multiple Many library features contain multiple references to faees, edges or

References planes used to attach dimensions and set relations on geometry.
lfthe references are not properly attached to model geometry, they will
become dangling. For more information, see Realmch Dimensions on
page 3 l0.

9 References.
Drag and drop the sae j192671
(rectangular face) feature onto the
planar face. Select the 7 16720
configuration.
For the two References, select the edge
shown in green followed by the edge
shown in red.
1|) Dimension values.
Set eaeh Locating Dimension to 0.5" by
clicking the cell and typing. Click OK.

um
-
i... n
w...
can

11 check configurations.
The new features are unsuppmsxed in the active configuration (ports)
but suppresxed in all the others.
s.(.,. r...u . ’(u
fl fl flD
norm
[:1 m mm mm
.qm. . Q.“ . the
mm
mm
.
. i
ill
_pszurmn.t.oq>imni
. ,i
n. em ix 4» an

El n liTm
a...» W‘—
~
.me-«gcmwmxl ind-m! memuMm-mm hymn - Oww-Imhwu-«u u-«i
h VDfi-[metml .1 sour; hammer l' nun i
w. new”
imp w-l "9‘ Wm II! V Mxlwcrtnfiumg| two «.wwr,.4o.v
h v mlem.
i . l l i

p: pm wow an, is. let Mi norm, mm

371
Lesson 10 SOLIDWORKS
Configurallans

Dropping on Some featurcs anach tn circular faces nfthe target model and rcquirc
Circular Faces the first “drop" face to be that face. In thcsc cascs, the Placement
Plane is sclcctcd after the drop.

12 Active configur n.
Make the configuration keyseat the active one.
1 3 Featu re.
0an [he keyways folder in the design library. Drag and drop the
rectangular keyseat feature onto the end facc of [he shafi.
Select the Z 0.6575 W:O.1875 configuration and thc planar end
face as the Placement Plane.

mmhw a)

«x-

14 Reference.
Select the circular edge of the cnd
face as the Relerence.

372
SOLIDWORKS Lesson 10
Cunfigurallons

15 Locating dimensions.
Set the Locating
Dimensions to the
values shown.
mow-v ummm
Click OK. luv: m.-
unlldgp mum
mum, use

16 check configurations.
The new feature is urisuppressed in the aetive configuration (keysaat)
but Suppresxed in all the others.

. any .30.. . am.

«it». e we».
g: mm
r 'fiw
”we”.
m
-
eat. - qua.
emu om
Laura:
‘3..."
gm
QM
r m mm. rim-«inuruum
- m we» irmwwxuqumar

same. slgnolo :Eogfijo

.
(mug-alw- W's-min Winn.-
~ .mkmfimgmmqummm(I‘M-um . ‘Wnlhr‘unlvucwtgumwlxlflm - QuatwemreawumiuMy
loo/emirmmww tar - revue“ r., is

W,
.7 i , .r

i
”ii i m hwqwiwmnfimii i ii r.
M i
hvmrwmemr
Nole Ifa feature is suppressed in all configurations, it eau be automatically
feuriel and removed. Righteliek the top level feature and eliek Purge
Unused Features.
17 Save and close all files.

37a
Lzsson 1n SOLIDWORKS
Configurallans

In the Advanced In the advanccd eourse Assembly Mode/mg, tho eonccpt of

Course... Configurations is carried into assemblies.
Assemblies can have configurations that are created manually using
configure componont. wnilo part configurations focus on features,
asscmbly configurations focus on components, mates, or assembly fear
turcsl Assembly configurations can be used to control:
Component configurations
Component suppression states
Mate dimensions
Mate suppression states
Asscmbly foatures

\
At the assembly loyel tnere arc morc options availablo to connol ono or
more component instances.

374
sounwoRKs Lauon m
Cunfigumions

315
 7
95 SOLIDWORKS
Certification Program
The Certified SOLIDWORKS Associate (CSWA) exam isjust one of over 15
customerrfacing exams offered by SOLIDWORKS. There are many ways for you to
measure your knowledge and competency with SOLIDWORKS software. The list of exams
include.

I Certified SOLIDWORKS Professional (CSWP). Prove your

ability to design and analyze parametric parts and movable mFEssloNu
assemblies using a variety of complex features in SOLIDWORKS MthfliGI
CAD sottware. Dew"

Certified SOLIDWORKS Expert (CSWE). Prove that you are well

rounded in your knowledge of all areas of the SOLIDWORKS CAD
software. You must be able to solve practically any modeling
problem given to them. and you will traditionally become the gorto
SOLIDWORKS user among their colleagues.

other exams. There are exams for Sheet Metal. Weldments.

Simulation. PDM. Electrical. Additive Manufacturing. and more. EXP"!
Mthmtal
Talk to your reseller today about the SOLIDWORKS Certification 05‘9"
program so you can stand out in today's job market!
.3 sum
SDLIDWORKS Exercise 45
Cnnfigurallons 1

Exercise 46: Use an existing part to emate eight new

Configurations cunfigurmions in fuur series.
1 This lab reinforces the following skills:

- Adding New Conflgumiiam cm

page 356
- changing Canfigura/iom on
page 360
- Renaming and Copying
Configuration: on page 360

Procedure 0an the existing part Speaker.

100 and zoo Suppress, unsuppress the features In create the following
Series cunfigurations.
Configurations
Note For 200 series, see Detail nfTWeeZe-I', Rectangular on page 378.

100 Series 200 Series

1000 1008 2000 2003

c : Central, 5 : Slave

377
Exercise 46 soLIDwoRKs
Configumllans 1

500 and 400 Suppress, unsupprcss or modify dimensions ufthc features to create the
Series fullowing configurations.
Configurations
300 Series 400 Series
8000 3008 4000 4003

c : Cuntrol, s : Slave
Nole For 300 series, see below.

Detail of Tweeter, The Tweeter, Rectangular feature size diffcrs from the 200 In 2500
Rectangular scrics (right).

52
52

378
soLIDwoRKs Exercill 41
curmpnmions 2

Exercise 47: Use an existing part with configure

Configurations dimension and configure feature to ereaie
2 new eonfiguraiions.
This lab reinforces are following skills:

- Adding New Configumlions on

page 356
- Changing Configurations on page 360

Units: mllllmetels
Procedure Open the exjsu‘ng pan Using Configure Feature.
1 Configure Dlmenslon and Feature.
Create configuianons using ilie oonfigumnou names, dimension values
for Cboc@8kemh1 and die feature sum. of Holes as shown below.
I Size 1, 130mm, unsuppressed
Sizez, 115mm, unsuppressed
Size3, 105mm, unsuppressed
Sized, 105mm, suppressed
Note To display dimension names,
click \new, Dlmenslon
Names.

Iw
revue)

2 Save and close the part.

379
Exercise 48 soLIDwoRKs
Configumllans 3

Exercise 48: Use an existing part as the basis for a series

Configurations of configurations. Create difl‘erent versions
3 by suppressing various features in each
configuration.
This lab reinforces the following skills:

- Adding New Configuraliam on

page 356
- Renaming and Copying Configurations
on page 360

- Changing Configuration: on page 360

Configurations 0an the existing part eonfig part. Create new configurations to
match the conditions and names below. Add features to the model
where required.

Mole The Section configuration is created using a cut feature. To erezte the
cut feature, activate the Standard Configuraticm. Then use the Front
plane and the eummznd Insert, Cut, With Surface to cut the model.

EesL BeLLer
Includes ammo Includes sight only
holder and sight

SLandard SecLiOn
Includes neither Shows a section eut
ammo holder nor through the
sight Standard model

380
 Lesson 11
Global Variables and
Equafions

Upon successful complclion oflhis lcssmL you will be able m:

I Rename dimensions, skclchcs, and feamres.

I Use global varrables to lie values together.

I Crcalc cquallonse

331
Lesson 11 soLIDwoRKs
Global variables and Equztlom

Using Global eetion introduces the tools used to create matlielnatieal

Variables and relatlonships between dimensions: Global Variables and Equations
Equations Global Variables (see Global Variables on page 385) are independent
variables that can be set to any values
Equations (see Equallollx on page 387) are used to create
mathematical relationships between dimensions.
Renaming Before creating Global Variables
Features and on page 335 and Equalirms on
Dimensions page 387, it is helpful to rename a
dimension to make it easily
recognizable and have it stand out
from the others For example, see
how the name Insidejadius
stands out among the default 3g Ii)

names like D1 and D5, 'L_

g

The full name includes both the dimension and feature or sketch name,
for inslance msldeiRadius@Fllletl, Renaming both the dimension
and feature or sketch name is especially useful when working with
global variables and equations where the full dimension name is
visible,

Note Renaming is also advisable for Configurations on page 354 and any
well documented pan or assembly.
Dimension Name The dimension name format is generated automatically and follows the
Format form Name@FeatuPeName, for example D5@Sketchl or
D l @Filleirfie

. The default names for dimensions start with D1 in each sketch or

feature and continue numerically.
. The default names for sketches start with Sketehl and continue
numerically
. The default names for features stan with a generic feature type,
such as BosSrEXtI’udel, CutrEXtI’udel, or Filletl and Continue
numerically
Dimension Name The dimension name ponion is before the @ symbol, To change that
portion ofthe name, follow this procedure:
Click on a dimension to access the
1.
Dimension properties, Under Primary mm memo.
A

Value, type a new name, i: 75mm 3

382
SOLIDWORKS Lesson 11
Global Vanahles and Equations

2. 0r, doublereliek a dimension and in the

Modify dialog type a new name.

Sketch or Feature The sketch or feature name portion is afier the @

Name symbel. Sketches and features can be renamed direetly
through the tree using a slow deublereliek er s eliek and
(if:
g :2:
pressing F2.

It can also be renamed using Feature

Properties. To ehange the sketeh or (nu-«v um
feature name, rightreliek the feature and
eliek Feature Properties. mm mam-t
min-rem Inu umlluuviuon

(mix "'0‘"
Mm Mingus...

Eww
mm Inmsnmnm

1 Open Equations.
0an the pan Equations.
Note ofthe features and dimensions, open the part
To avoid renaming all
Equations, Renamed.
2 Rename features.
Rename these features as shown.

()ld name New Name

BaSErEXtI’ude Base
BOSSrEXhI‘Udél Cylinder Boss

333
Lesson 11 soLIDwoRKs
mm: Vznzhles and Eqmm
3 Rename dimensions.
Rename these dimensions to cream the full names as shown.

()Id name New Name

D l @Shefl 1 WalliThjcknass@She]l
D3@Base DrafLAngle@Easa
D3@ij DI‘afLAngle@Rib
D5@Cyljnder Boss DrafLAngle@Cy]jnder Boss
D l @Fillet l Inside,RaCLius@Fi]lat1
D l @Fillet2 Outside,Ra,dius@Fi]let2
D1@ij ijiThickneSs@ij
D 1 @Filletfi ijiFillaWFfllatfi
4 Show.
Righhelick the Annotations folder and click Show Fealure
Dimensions. Click View, Hide/Show, Dimension Names.

384
soLIDwoRKs Lessun 11
Global Variables and Equations

Design Rules Several design rules will be established using Global Variables and
Using Global Equations.
Variables and These design rules are similar to those used for the design of injection
Equations molded pans.
The two key quantities are the drait angle and the wall thickness.
Wall Thickness The shell or wall thickness ean vary from 4mm to 6mm.
Draft Angle The drafi angle is the same for all drafied iaees. It can vary from 1
to 5

degrees.
Rib thickness Rib thickness is 2/3 ofwall thickness.
Fillets The inside corner radius is 1/2 ofthe wall thickness,
The outside corner radius is 1
[/2 times the wall thickness
The rib fillet is [/4 ofthe wall thickness

_l
Rib_. ._
Thickness
Wall
Thickness

Rib Fillet

/ /
'.
Outside
Dratl pm Corner
Radius
Angle Angie
Draft
Angle

Global Global Variables are user defined names that are assigned numeric
Variables values. They ean be used to drive dimensions as independent quantities
or be applied directly to dimensions. They can be used in Equations
and ean be used to set multiple dimension values equal.

Note Global Variables and Equations can be created in the Equations,

Global Variables and Dimensions dialog or within the Modify dialog
ofthe dimension.
Creating Global Global Variables can be created and assigned values for use within
Variables equations The global variable requires a unique name and a value.

335
Lesson 11 SDLIDWORKS
Global Varlables and admins
Draft Angle Value Several drafi angle dimensions should have equal values at all times.
Create a Global Variable and control them all with a single value.
Introducing: Global The Equations, Global Variables, and Dimensions dialog can be
Variables and used to add, edit, and delete global variables and equations. It ean also
Equal-ans be used to set the value of any dimension in the part. A new global
variable will be created to control all drafi angles.

Where to Find It I Menu: Tools, Equations

I Shortcut Menu: Rightreliek a dimension used in an equation eliek
Edit Equation
I Shortcut Menu: Rightreliek the Equations folder and click
Manage Equations

5 create DA.

W.th_E
Cliek Equations. Click under Global Variables and type DA. Cliek
undcr ValueIEquation and type 3 afier the equals sign. Cliek in
Comments and type Draft Angle. Cliek OK.

.Q‘Qiii Vanni: n. ,4
i... mm... mm _....
[L
| on I

w
&
“'3: :3 3
“min

W
— '
n we.
E
m
Cinnamon-Imam g Ant-mums :1"..., Immunity...
mmmmm %

Note After global variables are added, the Equations folder becomes visible
in the FeatureManagerdesign nee. Righteiiek the folder and click
Manage Equations to aceess global variables and equations.
6 Expand folder. . E1 tau.”
Expand the Equations folder to see the global variable. 0 bra
Note All global variables, but no equations, are listed in the Equations
folder.
7 Hide feature dimensions.
Righteliek the Annotations folder and clear Show Feature
Dimensions.

386
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 11
Global Variables and Equations

Equations Many times yoll will need to establish a relationship between

parameters that cannot be achieved usillg geometrie relations or
modeling teehniques, Equations can be used to establish matliernatieal
relations between dimensions in the model.
Dependent versus The SOLIDWURKS sofitware uses equations ofthe form:
independent
Dependent , Independent
,
This means that in the equation A B, the system solves forA when
given B, You can edit B direetly and change it, Once the equation is
written and applied, you cannot directly change A, Before you start
writing equations, you need to decide which parameter will drive the
equation (the independent one) and whieh will be driven by the
equation (the dependent one).

Note A Global Variable can be used like a dimension in an equation.

Sample Equations Examine some sample equations to highlight the use of dimensions,
global variables, and functions (see Using Operators and anenons on
page 392).
:
D1@Sketch4 D1@Rib Plane 4- 10
InsideiRadJus@Filletl 1
: W/2
RJbiThickness@RJb : int (W " 2/5)
Note The units used are the pan units,
Disabl' g and Equations can be toggled offand on using Disable Equation alld
Enabling Equations Enable Equation, While an equation is disabled, it no longer solves for
the dependent variable.
Rightreliek an equation to Disable Equation or Enable Equation.

Note To permanently remove and equation, rightscliek and

Delete Equation.
Creating an Global Variables can be used to set a series of dimensiolls equal using
Equality the same global variable with each oftlleln, This creates a number of
Equations where the dimension values are all set to the same global
variable. changing the value ofthe global variable ehanges the values
of all the associated dimensions,
Link Values Another method to ereate an equality for a set ofdilnensions without an
equation is to use Shared Values,
1. Select one or more dimensions ofthe same type.
2. Rightreliek Link Values.
3. Create a unique name and click OK.

The dimension values will share the same name and value. All the
dimensions are ehanged by changing any one oftliem,

337
Lesson 11 SOLIDWORKS
mm: Varlahles and Equations

8 Open equations dialog.

Click Equatlons and click in the Equations field.
9 Expose dimensions.
Doubleaeliek the outer faee of the Base feature to expose the
dimensions. In the dialog, eliek under Equations and seleet the 5’
dimension to start a new equation.

1|] Write equation.

Cliek afier the equals sign and seleet Global Variables, DA (3). Click
in the Comments field and type base draft.
Cliek Automatically rebuild to have all changes mke effect
immediately.
Click OK.

haunts-n awninhm
LA
'
we...“
mull“ mm ‘—
7;
time.“ i...“ it..."
yawn“
E m...
ii unn-
mmia.i....na 4 i

i n...“
.

minmmm
" ” n., in. “mums
n.
awn.
mg n
>
>
“Katmai

Note The quotation marks around the dimension name are created
automatically, not typed by the user.

388
SOLIDWORKS Lesson 11
Global Vanahles and Equations

11 Test.
Doublereliek the outer faee ofthe Base feature to see the driven by
equation symbol (2) and the equationrdriven dimension value.

as\f}>
Using the Modify Equations ean be added direetly from the Modify dialog instead of
Dialog using the Equations dialog. The modify dialog, ineludes the same
options for selection of global variables, functions, rile properties and
measure onu'ons (see Equations on page 387).

Note Global variables can also be Created and applied in the Modify dialog.

12 Rib draft equatl n.

Doublereliek a planar face ofa rib and doublereliek the angle
dimension as shown.
Type : to overwrite the value and click Global Variables, DA (3).
Cliek OK.

339
Lesson 11 soLIDwoRKs
Glnhal Varlahles aria Equminm

13 Boss draft equation.

Doublmclick a face of the cylindrical boss and doublerclick the angle
dimension.

:
Type and elick Global Variables, DA (3). Click OK and rebuild to
see the Changes.

14 change draft angle.

Rithlick the Equations folder and click Manage Equations.
All three angle dimensions arc eontrolled through a single glubal
variable DA, which drivcs threc equations. Set the value to 4 and click
OK.

....
a mum:-
Imlwnl— m... Ir...
1w .. . nmAr-m

m
r...
a a...
mourn-as «<1 an...
nauseous «a
7 vuunnkomnnun-n' u...

Optionally, add comments to the ncw cquations.

390
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 11
Glohal Vanahles and Equations

Shell Thickness Create a second global variable to represent the shell thickness value.
Value This global variable will be used in later equations to size the fillets and
rounds that are used. For more information, see Using Operators and
Funcliarls on page 392.
In this example the global variable will be created and appli in the
modlfy dialog.

15 creale global va ble.

Doublereliek an inner face of the shell and double<eliek the dimension.

:
Type W and eliek create Global Variable I.
The global variable
has been created and applied to the dimension. Click OK.

Tlp The initial yellow color of the text indicates that the global variable has
not been created.

Mole The dialog ean toggle between the global variable and value displays.

16 Equations.
Righteliek the dimension and eliek Edit Equation. Both the global
Variable “W” and equation “Wall,ThiekneSs@She]ll” have bccn
added.
Click in Commenls and type Shell as shown. Click 0K.
a...
" film MI. bun—‘1

“a? .. i manna:
w .a u M
a ".4.
. .

_ a “mammlar
“nu-MI..-
an.
«a.
mar-n
nn,‘nmnmlm‘ us.
Minimum.“ _
Mole The word [hie/mess is reserved for use with sheet meml pans and
should not be used with global variables and equations.

391
Lesson 11 soLIDwoRKs
Global Variables and Eqummm

Using Siandard ()pcramrs and Funciions are used io build equaiions.

Operators and ()pcramrs follow an order ofoperaiions and funeiious aci upon seleeied
Functions variables in ihc cquaiion. File Propcnics and incasurcmcms can also be
used in an equaiion,
A sample cquaiion wiih oporamrs and funciion would look smncihing
like ihis: ”Ribjmckneswmb” : int (“W‘ *2/5)
Operators Siandard operaiors can be used in form equaiious. They include:
Addiiion +
Subiraciion ,
Muliiplicaiion *
Division /
Raise in a power A
Order of Operations The siandard order ofopcraiions, lcfi m righi is used for cvaluaiing
cquaiions:
l. Exponems and mms
2. Muliiplicaiion and division
3. Addiiion and subiraciion

Note The use of brackeis changes ilic order If ihcy are used, ihe eomems arc
evaluaied firsi.
For example, 5 + 5/2 is cvaluaicd ass + 1.5 : 5.5, while
(5 + zy/a is cvaluaicd as 8/2: 4,
Functions Mailicmaiical and special funciions can be incorporaicd imo cquaiionsl
They include basic operaiors, irigonomciry funeiious such as w sin()
and logical smicmcnis like if()l

sin( ) coian( ) arccman( J im( )

cos( ) arcsin( J abs( ) sgn( l

ian( ) arccos( l cxp( ) m )

(can use 1<r
scc(
coscc(
)

l
am( J

arcsec( J
log(
sqr(
)

)
or v for
Comparison)

392
SOLIDWORKS Lesson 11
Global Vanahles 2m Equations

File Properties SOLIDWORKS File Properties can also be used within equations.
They inelude physical piopcnics such as g SW-Mass and g sw-
Volume.

SWrMass SWVPZ

SWrFlatlicnedMass SWrLXx

SWrDcnsity sweny
SWrVolumc SWrLXZ

SWrSurfaeeArca SWrLyx
SWrCcnlicrofMassX SWrLyy
SWrCcnlicrofMassY SWrLyZ
SWrCcnlicrofMassZ SWrsz
SWVPX SWiLzy

‘
SWrPy SWiLzz

Measure The Measure option allows you to create and use the value of a
refercnee dimension within the equation
Equation Solve Equations are solved in the order in which they are listed in the
Order Ordered View El. If Automatic solve order is elieked, the order of
the equations will be automatleally determined to avoid solve issues
sueh as infinite loops.

Wanna var-slam
Sam. hm‘
1 muslin... :

lune VMIEOII— 5...... Iw

:m
I at |

a. ms
,
L em...“
i Eflfliii‘fim W II:
“" n1

w
2 X’nmmmnnr 2.. [—lm-L.
'

Emmi“...
a inm mum.
Min—inmnn Tm. Emu-mom: m

Note Disabled equations can only be viewed and enabled from an Ordered
View. See Disabling and Enabling Equations on page 387 for more
information.

393
Lesson 11 soLIDwoRKs
Global Vanahles and Equatlom

Direck Input of Equaiions ean be added direelly mm the

Equations ProportyManagcr numerie inpui fields by
typing an equal sign, similar lo siep 10 on
page 388, This ineludes many common
commands such as exirudes, revolves, filleis
and panerns,
The resulting eqnaiions will appear in the
Equal: us, Global Variables, and
Dimensions dialog,
a m amid
For inis example, here are some design rules for the size omllers and
rounds mar can be written as cqualionsi They are all based on ilie wall
rhiekness, enrrenrly expressed as a global variable named w.

Equations
Rib Thickness : W " 2/5
Inside Radius : W " 0.5 01‘ W / 2
Outslde Radius : W " 1.5
Rib Fiflet:W" 0.25 BTW/4
Use ilae Design Rules L/smg Gin/ml Varmblm and Equatimm on
page 385 io map oui the required equaiions.

_/
Thickness:W"2/3—— ._
Al f;
Rlb W

Rib Flue! :WM

*\
DA
Outside Comer Radius : w * I 5

394
SDLIDWORKS Lesson 11
Glohal Vanahles and Equations

1 Inner radius equation.

Doublmclick the Fillatl feature and doublerclick the dimension.
Type : and cliek Global Variables, W(6). Type /2.
Cliek OK.

i E

2 Rebuild.
Click Rebuild to see the changes in the model.

Note Righteiiek any dimension driven by an cquatiun (2) and click Edit
Equation t0 edit the global variables and cquatiuns in die diaieg.

395
Lesson 11 soLIDwoRKs
mm: Varlahles and Eqmm
3 Outer radius equation.
Doublereliek the Fillatz feature and doublereliek the dimension. Add
the equation W‘1.5 and click OK and rebuild the model.

2 (eumaajuamn .77

HP Refer to Equaliarm on page 394.

Rib fillet equation.
Doublereliek the Fillatz feature and doublereliek the dimension. Add
m: equation W/4 and click OK.
may
VXI‘o

‘l
HP Refer to Equaliarm on page 394.
Equations.
Rithliek the dimension and click Edit Equation. All of the
equations that have been added are listed. Click OK.
Ella-tu-
“ammo-.3.» that r:
m
7 1).”..me
'muunukom‘ m.
«.1
r...
wmymmm 3...
mm: humemm' . wu 5 ,_,,
_: wu I x...

396
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 11
Glohal Vanahles and Equations

6 Rib thickness equation

Doubl lick the Rib feature and doubleclick the rib thickness
dimension. Add the equation :W‘2/3 and Click OK. Rebuild the pan.

u._n.muugm
,ww ¢

7 Values.
Click Equations and sci thr: shell w m 5. The radius values Change,
but they an: no longer integers.
‘m. Iva-[kna- mu. h...
5mm
1w ...s . nmnuu
w x 9m:

am.-
nmrmflht «u. mm
_ vuunvuom'
“mugging-u
lehimun u»
m.
mu
5..
“uh..."
mum-m may -w-15
1.5m
u...
whflmnlns' -'w'/a 125--
why-laminar :w-m an.
Leave the dialug open.

397
Lesson 11 soLIDwoRKs
elunsl Variables anu Equminm

Editing Equations
Equations and global variables ean be editcd to ehange the values or the
content of the equation itself. In this example, the Integer function into
will be added to somc equations to maintain round numbcr values for
the fillcts.
For morc information about equations using runetions, see Funelinns
on page 392.

Note The Integer function does not round, it tnlncates real numbers. For
’
example, int (5.25) ’ 5 and int (2.97) 2. As a warning, ifthc value is
less than 1, it will evaluate to 0 and may cause errors.

8 Edit equation. alanwmlu s

Placc the eurserhetween the equals sign a...“ r... s g 7:",
and the initial quetatien mark of the “W
a mi.
ml
global variable in the equation g
,,
msldajladjus©Filletl " 7y- :3”,
gr zlmntt
: ,.
W H
/ 2. @ zlrrml)

Click. Functions, into to add the g 3:;

function. lg simian.
$9 zeal)
@ uni)
@ Inn
:9 ml

9 Rework equation.
Delete the sceond parenthesis and add a replaecmcnt right parenthesis
:
to the end ofthe equation so that int (”W“ / 2) is the result.
Click the check mark or in Evaluates to and see the change. Thc value
changes from 2.5 to 2.

Note Functions can be typed directly into equations.

1|] Edit more equations.
Add thc same intcger function by cditing thc other cquations as shown.

a m...
mum.” . 1w 4.. m amt
'nrmjnqlum‘ u
:3;.
a 1—.
‘W-wkemmnlm‘ . 1w W
WuLmrhu-nishsr!‘ :Xw I
1515:2352 Imiwfi’r. 1..
1:3,:
Note The rib thickness equatien docs not use the function into as it could
make the rib too thin.

398
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 11
Glohal Vanahles and Equations

11 Final changes.
Change the global variables in the final DA ’ 3 and W ’ 4 as shown
below. Click OK.
‘

m- m“...— 5...... 0...“.

E
can...
u .= 3 3
mam
_ w . . 5qu

t r...—
E una—
'Dmvikflhw or 31-11 m. m.
_ ‘Dmunwimn‘
'nmungiaqtymm .m
‘w-uvmmesun‘ .= w
or
or
34..
m
«.1
mummy.”
'amkrlzmmprlmz
1m .
m x
wm
w.m
m
hm
'mmI-«iarnm 1m 1
wm 1..
1., “mum = w a ‘
1
m...

Variations from the minimum In maximum values of DA and W.

12 Save and close all files.

39s
 7
95 SOLIDWORKS
Partner Program
Get lhe power you need to finish the job right wilh SOLIDWORKS Certified Partner
Producls. From knowledgeebased engineering (KBE) and mold design soflware solutions to
computerraided manufacturing (CAM) tooleou will have everything you need to get your
producls to market faster. Key benefits include.

I Integrated. You can work directly in the native

SOLIDWORKS environment. instead of exporting
models to a standalone product. And with our
Certified Partner Producls. you can take advantage
of unique SOLIDWORKS capabilities like 5°”?w‘3em‘,‘
Configurations, PropertyManager. and the
FeatureManager® design tree.
Associative. Like SOLIDWORKS software.
Certified Partner Products are fully associative.
When you make design changes. lhey update dala
automatically or wam you that additional changes
are necessary.
Certified. Our certificalion team rigorously
evaluates all of our Certified Partner Products.
making sure they comply wilh SOLIDWORKS
standards.
To leam more visit. https:I/www.solidworks.com/engineeringrsoftwareepartnerseproducts.
soLIDwoRKs Exercise 49
Using Glohal Varlahles and Equations

Exercise 49: Rename dimensions, ereate \

Using Global equations, and a global variable and “E.
t
Variables and test it.
Equations This lab reinforees the following
3;., }
skills: v
m
1-

. Renaming Features and 'i~ ‘5’

Dimensions on page 382 «

. Circling G/nhn/ Variables on ‘4:

page 385
. Equations on page 387
Units: in eters
Procedure Open the existing part
named Using Global
Variables and Equations.
A pair of equations will
drive the placement of holes
based on the length orthe
part. They are based on the
relationships shown below.
Lenglh

A global variable will set the

thickness ofthe wall between the
hole and upper wall.
This will allow the outer diameter
4 Hule
Diameter j \
Thickness
,

to be driven by the little diameter

and the thickness.

Outer
Diameter

401
Exercise 49 soLIDwoRKs
using Glahal Vinahles and Equations

Nole The first step in the exereise involves renaming dimensions. To avoid
renaming, open the existing part With Names instead and skip ahead
to [Ia/B Placement on page 403.

Renaming The dimensions eurrently use the original names that were generated
Dimensions automatieally with the sketehes and features. Rename eritieal
dimensions that will be used in equations.
Rename dimensions.
Rename the selected dimensions, using Show Feature Dimensions
and View Dimension Names as shown.

2.50

\ ,'
:5 30m tum)
finned?)

350i)
[anew]
55.00
(Holei)

15.00
[Halal |

J—W
Male A optional driven, rcfcrcncc dimension (BDl) has been added to
measure the upper thielrness between the eoneentrie radial edges.

402
soLIDwoRKs Exercise 49
Uslng Glohal Vanahles and Ennsnons

Hole Placement The holes an: ennendy dimensioned from ihe snme datum, but die
values are random. Writ: equations in plaee ihe dimensions evenly at
oncsthird and twosthirds ofthc tom] pnn length.
creale Hole! equation.
Doublcsclick the Holel
dimension and set it equnl lo
oncsthird (1/3) ofthc Length.
The dimension changes
accor11'mg l y. 4.12m
(m)

E3
53 8

55m
(H0192)

E 30.00
(H049!

The finished equation looks like t IS.

"Holel@Sketch5 “ = “ Length@BasesExtrude / a n

creale Hole: equation.

Doublcsclick the Hole2.
dimension and set it equnl lo
twurthirds (2/3) of the
Length»
The dimension changes
in v2.0a
' m' 7
accordingly.

5a
g ‘8
$0.03
2040182)
7
2 NH)
(Hotel)

Mia
Exercise 49 soLIDwoRKs
uslng Global Vanables and Equations

4 Equalions dialog.
0an the equations dialog to View the eomplemd equations and add
comments as shown.

rum 5».th .ia Bum!-

EEEII We... ‘5
VllxlE-‘nm mm... as...”

a mini,
3 sun...
‘Hoidaxkelzhz’ . lmwmflauebfiwd: [3 sum. Hum sham.
mum (thi' : \enmhofllwmme ~1/a mm- mm mm

Global Variable Create a Global Variable to represent the thinnest wall thickness, at the
and Equation top ofthe part. This is described, with an cquaticn, as halfthe
diflerenee between the existing dimensions Outer,D@Sketeh1 and
Inner,D@Sketeh2i.
5 Global Variable. . E7 humus
Create a Global Variable named ThinnestWaJl and 0 WWI‘IEZ
set the value to 2mm.
6 creale (Interim equation.
Create an equation in drive the Outer,D@SkEtehl dimensiun.
The finished equation looks like t
“
OuteP,D@Sketehl “ : “ IImEI‘,D@SkEtEh2 “
+
“ThinnestWaJl"" 2
Mole The reference dimension is used to display the eurrent value of the wall
thickness, not drive it.
7 changes.
Apply Changes in the cross section by changing ihc miner) to 35mm
and the Global Variable ThinnestWaJl to 4mm.

? asses—K 2,00
\

404
soLIDwoRKs Exercise 49
Using Glohal Vanahles and Enuanous

Apply Changes tn the hole plaeement by changing the equations te once

fourth (1/4) and thrccrfounhs (3/4) of the Length, and the Length to
100mm.

'1

.3
8
t

‘
275m
26150

125.00
I
J_L 4L ,1

8 change dimension name.

Chang: the name thhr: dimension Inner,D@Sketeh2. 10
Holejjametermketeha. 0an the equation dialog u: see the
change in the equation.
a.“
«human
....m a... a... I

mmw .I 4

wmoxmm'
muzaummr
=

-
1ewhfi!szuk‘/A
mmnaueemw m
75mm
'51,"-
Mum
mum
Mm
umm
Mgnexuwyl mn-jexvmz » munmu '1 an":
‘

9 Save and close the part.

Mrs
Exercise so soLIDwoRKs
Creallng an Equality

Exercise 50: Create glubal variables and link values to create and
Creating an test equalities in duplicate existing parts.
Equality This lab reinforces the following skills:

- Cmaling Gin/ml Variables on page 385

- Cmaling an Equality on page 387
- Lin/t Values on page 387

Units: m meters
Procedure 0an the exrsting part named Global Variables. Create a global
variable that makes all the fillet feature values equal.
1 create global variable.
Create and apply a global variable named AllFillets and set it t0 2mm.
Apply the glehal variable to eaeh ofthe fillet feature dimensions.

2 Test.
Test the global variables by changing the value to 3mm and rebuilding.
3 Save and close the part.

we
soLlDwoRKs Exercise so
Creatlng an Equallly

Procedure 0an the existing pan named Link Values. Use link values to make all
the fillet feature values equal.
1 creale link value.
Use Show Feature Dimensions
to expose all of the dimensions.

2 Fillels.
Select the three fillet dimensions (from
the features Fillets. 1, Enema, and
Filletsfi) and rightreliek Link Values.

3 Link Value.
Enter the name LinkediFillets and Click OK.
3mm \I-luu

m. :mM 5

4m
Exercise so soLIDwoRKs
Cmallng an Equallr/

Test.
Test the link values by doublerclicking the
feature Filletsa, changing the value to
1mm and rebuilding.

NOIE Link Values do not cream equations, but they are listed in the same way
as Global Variables in the Equations folder and dialog, and the link
name becomes part of the dimension name
(Linkedjllletsmmetsz).
Save and close the part.

ma
soLIDwoRKs Exercise 51
using Equations

Exercise 51 : Create an equation using an existing part and test it.

U5'"9_ This lab reinforces the following skills:
Equations
- .
Equations on page 387
Units: in eters

BulLCireleiDiam

FlangeioD

Procedure Open the existing part named Using Equations. The dimensions
shown above will be used to define the equation.
1 Write equali
Write an equ on that keeps the Be1t,eire1e,Diam centered between
the outside edges of the HulLOD and Flange70D and the bolt eircle
features function as intended.
The BultjireleiDiam value should be driven.

Him The equation: Boltjirelepiam : (Waggon + Hub,0D>/2

2 Save and close the part.
Ennfiu 51 soLIDwoRKs
using Equations

‘10
 Lesson 12
Using Drawings

Upon successful complcuon ohhis lesson, you W|ll be able m:

I Creme several types of drawing views.

. Modify drawing views by seulc and mngcm edges.

I Add annomuons m a drawmg.

411
Lesson 12 soLIDwoRKs
Uslng Drawings

More About Drawings were first introduced in Lesson 3: Baltic Purl Modeling. in
Making this section we will explore some additional demiling topics. These
Drawings topics include: Model Views, Se n Views, Deta ws and
several Annotation types. In add on, multiple draw g sheets will be
used to detail both the forged and machined configurations ofthc pan.

Stages in the The steps in planning and executing the creation ofthis drawing are
Process listed below.
\fiews
lnnoduetions to many commonly used drawing Views including:
section, removed, and model views.
Annotations
Use annotations to add notes and symbols to the drawing.

Settings.
Click Tools, Options, System Options, Drawings. Set the default
Display Style to be Hidden Lines removed, and the Tangent edges
to be Visible.

412
 m
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 12
Using Drawlngs

2 Open the drawing Ratchet Body.

0an the drawing named Ratchet Body. It
A (ANSI)
is an Portrait shed with one [
drawing view.
Righteliek a blank area ofthe drawings
sheet and click Properties. Set the Type of 0
projection to Third angle and 1:1 as the
Scale.

Removed Create slices ofthe model at seleeted locations in a drawing view using
Section a Removed Section view.
The orientation ofthc slice is based on a selected pair of opposed, or
partially opposed, edges. The edges can be lines, ares, er curves.
Automatic The Automatic eutting linc placement option cuts normal to a pair of
parallel lines or normal to one ofa nonaparallcl pair.

Manual The Manual cutting line placement option cuts along

a user detined angle.

Ma
Lesson 11 SOLIDWORKS
Uslng Drawings

Where to Find It - CommandManager: View Layout > Removed Section 3.

Menu: Insert, Drawing View, Removed Section
. Shoneut Menu: Rightreliek in the graphics area and click
Drawing Views, Removed Section

3 Select edges. _.,, W ma

Click Removed Section 3. and seleet the w x
parallel silhouette edges ofthe model in the source am V
View.

L ,L J
4 Place the removed section.
Using the default Cutting Line Placement of Automatic, click to
place the view to the right ofthe source View and again to locate the
View. Click OK.

g ®l2

Note The default setting is to import Design annotations, so the diameter

dimension is included with the View.

414
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 12
Using Drawlngs

create another removed section. m

.. _@fi
Using the same proeedure, add another __ _ _

removed seetion view, slieing through the

handle as shown.
This view also includes dimensions. chp
only the filler dimension.

#
(2) l 2

Note There are times when a label attaehment R3 . ._

needs to be moved to a different fillet edge

of the same fcatuml Select the dimension, , , , l5: 1 W W
drag the arrow point to another fillet edge,
and drop it R3

View Alignment Alignment is used to keep related drawing views a

aligned to one another by limiting movement. When
you drag a view, dashed lines appear to show any
existing alignment eonditions. Alignment ean he added
or removed from any view.

Where to Find It I Shorwut Mcnu: Rightrclick a view and click Alignment,

Align Horizontal or Vertical by Origin or Center

415
Lesson 12 soLIDwoRKs
using Drawings

6 A gnmenl.
Rithlick the Removed Seetienl view, click Alignment, Align
Vertical by O , and Click the Removed Saefiona
View. The views
are now aligned vertically.

'3"?
mm 5&4ng

(D l 2 Q l2

Note The horizontal mavement ufthc views is eontrolled by dragging m:

second view seleeted, the Rameved gamma view.

416
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 12
Using Drawings

Detail Views Delail Views can be ereeted using a closed sketehed shape in an
aetivated seuree view. The eontents efthe dclzil view are determined
by what is enelesed within the sketeh.
Where to Find It - CummandManagcr: View Layoul > Deta View 0
I Menu: Insert, Drawing View, Detail
. Shorteut Menu: Rightrclick in the graphics area and click
Drawing Views, Detail \fiew

7 Delail View.
Click Delail View 0 and sketch a circle in the v

0%
VlCW as shown. Namc lhc View HEAD and
click Use sheel scale and place the new View
mm
wr
A

as shown.

Ollie we" mn-

a)",' M m
0th. ann- mi.
1:! e

' ' DEWL'HEAB ' ‘

11p Te move a view, e1iek the edge or Ait+e1iek anywhere in the View and
drag.

M7
Lesson 11 soLIDwoRKs
Uslng Drawings

Drawing Sheets Drawing sheets, as mentioned earlier, represent the “paper sheet". The
and Sheet drawing sheets hold the views, dimensions and annotations ofthc
Formats drawing. Contained within the drawing sheet is the sheet format. The
sheet format holds the border, titlc block and text used to add
information to the drawing.
Where to Find It I Mcnu: Edit, Sheet Format
- Menu: Edit, Sheet
I Shortcut Menu: Rightsclick on the drawing sheet and click
Edit Sheet Format
I Shortcut Menu: Rightsclick on the sheet format and click
Edit Sheet
Adding Drawing The SOLIDWORKS drawing file eontains one or more drawing sheets
Sheets whieh in turn can eontain multiple views. In this lesson, a seeond sheet
will he added to the drawing doeument to hold views orthe machined
part.
Where to Find It I Tab: At the bottom ofthc drawing shcct, click

I
Add Sheet 93—:
Mcnu: Insert, Sheet
E
I Shortcut Menu: Rightsclick the drawing sheet and click Add Sheet

8 Add sheet. am gum-rm

Click Add Sheet I:- to add a new drawing sheet. ltyou are asked to
3:
seleet a drawing, seleet an A (ANSI) Portrait drawing sheet.
9 Rename.
Right<click the new sheet tab and click Rename. Rename the sheet to
MACHHWED. Rename the original sheet to FORGED.
Activate the sheet MACHHWED.

Model Views Model View creates a single view based on a predefined view
oricnmtion: Top, Front, lsometne and so on. The view Palette
(Drawing Vraws on page 91) can also he used to ereate an orientations
hased view.
Where to Find It - CommandManager: View Layout > Model View E
I Mcnu: Insert, Drawing View, Model
. Shorteut Mcnu: Rightsclick in the graphics area and click
Drawing Views, Model

418
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 12
Using Drawlngs

1|) Model w. @ lunar:- c

Create a Model View using the Ratchet Body.
_

x (9

a.
—
Under Reference Configuration, select v
Machined, Long “Machined" from the list.
(.llck "Top onenmtlcm and a custom scale er
mm...
“a
A

1:2.
Click to place the View and click OK.
M3e... mum...
Elm-"m
A

III E
a E EE E
Harm
; .
,
3
33w“-
Ewmmnwn
mm;
1

J m...

Rolale View The Rotate View option is used to rotate a view, using a numeric value,
in the plane ofthe drawing.

Where In Find It - Headseup View Toolbar: Rolale View C'

11 Rolale v w.
Select the view and click
fret
m
mmmm ant

Rolale View C'. Sctthc mammmemmmgmmm

value m .90 degrees and click mm. “WWW”
Apply. Aficr the rotation is
complete, click Close.

Ms
Lesson 12 SOLIDWORKS
Uslng Drawings

12 Detail view.
Add a dctail vicw renaming it
HOLES as shown.
13 Tangent edges.
Rightrclick the detail view and click
Tangent Edge, Tangent Edges
Removed.

DETAiL HOLES
SCALE 1 : 'l

Section View The Section View tool is used to create a new drawing view that is
dcfiiicd by cutting an existing View With a section “HQ. The section
vicw clarifics the interior construction ofan model that cannot be
clearly described by hidden lines In the standard views. The section
vicw is automatically aligned to the parent vicw.

Where to Find It - CommandManagcr: View Layout > Section View 5

I Mcnu: Insert, Drawing View, Section
I Shortcut Mcnu: Righlrcilck in the graphics arca and Click
Drawing Views, Section View
Herc are some examples:

Vertical

420
soLIDwoRKs Lessan 12
using melngs

Auxiliary

Aligned '3“

Arc Oflsel {Q

Note: The offscl types

are availablc only if
you clear Auto-start
section View in the
PropcnyManagcr

421
Lesson 12 soLIDwoRKs
Uslng Drawlngs

Single Offset »

. O

O
e . ¢ . O
/ I
IV
/

—o
, ,

Notch offset {:3

0

”4? UV
14 Section view.
Create a scene" view through me Detail View
..
‘ MM“ L‘" _
, “3

“ x "
-mml
usingahorizontal cutting lincl Click Section
View 5‘
msg- v

Click Horizontal ‘1" andAuto-start section ““19“"

A

viewinthc Fromm/Manager. : rrz

Click whcrc shown to place the cutting lino lg- 5N,
near the middle ofthc handle Inna “Mm"
F j
|

L
m em,
-.; ALE m
l
l

J
l

422
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 12
Using Drawlngs

15 Place view.
Set the following properties, naming the
a my...“ 0
Section A:

I Import annotations froma Clear Import

Annotations
I Display style a Click Use parent style
I Scale * Click Use parent scale
Click above the view to place the section view.
Click OK.
5......
w
a nun m... w...
ammu-

mE
E
5a..
(9.... p..." n...
O“): mat n...
0i... Mi... wk
DEV/\ii HOLES

16 Model view.
Add a model View using the Machined,
Long “Machined“ configuration,
"Isometric orientation, scale 1:4 and
Shaded with Edges and place it in the
upper right corner.

423
Lesson 12 soLIDwoRKs
Uslng Drawings

Annotations Annotations are symbols used to enhance the drawing by providing

additional information for manufacturing and assembly such as text
alld labels.

Many types ofannotations are available in SOLIDWORKS. The most

general type, the Note, is representative ofthe eharaeteristies that
annotations possess.
Properties in The following table lists some ofthe SOLIDWORKS Propenies
Drawings unique to drawings.

Property Name
SW-Current Sheet Sheet number of the active sheet
SW-Sheet Format Size Sheet size ofthe active sheet format
SW-Sheet Name Name ofthe active Sheet
SW-Sheet Scale Scale ofthe aetive sheet

SW-Template Size Template size ot‘the drawing template

SW-Total Sheets Total number of sheets in the active
drawing document

In addition, you call aeeess properties that reter to the model shown in
the drawing views. These properties will be used in the note.
N otes The Note eommalld can be used to add a text eallout to a drawing or
model. Notes can be create with or without a leader. Options include
the ability to use sytnhols, hyperlinks, and links to properties.
Where to Find It I CommandManager: Annotation > Note A
I Menu: Insert, Annotations, Note
. snorteut Menu: Rightreliek in the graphies area and click
Annotations, Note

1 Note in view.
Click Note A and click in the model view. Type Configuration and
press the Enter key.

F 77 7

424
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 12
Using Drawings

11p Placing the note within the view border nsseeiates the note with that
view. By associating the note with the view, it will move with the view
and we can link to the properties of the model represented in the view.

@i
2 Link to properly. .1 Itrkmpmpzth/
Click the upu'on U>r(w\wm pmpv‘ufiww

a 31:33:22

W
Link to Property
and click Model found
here and Current
i@
wean
drawing view. Select Watamv
SWrConfig‘uI’ation WWW
Name fmm the list and
click OK. Emma vine
momma
mum aim we :ha/flime

Cunhgurutiun
Machined, tong
-X&IIL;
Copying Views Existing views can be copied and pasted within the same sheet, onte
dinerent sheets within the same drawing, or between drawings. They
can also be moved without Copying.

3 Copy and paste.

Click in the view and eliek Edit, Copy.
Click on the drawing and click Edit, Paste.
Using the drawing view properties, Change
the Ccmfigumlion t0 Machined, Short.

Conliguruiion
Machined, Long

Conli Uraiion
Machined, Sheri

425
Lesson 12 soLIDwoRKs
Uslng Drawings

Datum Feature Datum Feature Symbols can be added to a drawing View on a surface
Symbols that appears as an edge (including si1heuetres) to identity datum p1aries
in the part.
where to Find It - CommandManagcr: Annotation > Datum Feature [5‘
I Mcnu: Insert, Annot ions, Datum Feature Symbol
. Shorteut Menu: Rightrcllck in the graphics area and click
Annotations, Datum Feature Symbol

4 Add datums. Q Mm,“ w

Cliek Datum Feature Q and click the line in « x
SECTION c as shown Move to the lcfi and below m r,
to click and p1aee the datum feature symbol.
Repeat the procedure for the are in DETAIL
we“
A .
A

HOLES Click OK. ___ A

III E

lI A x

DETAlL HOLES

426
SOLIDWORKS Lesson 12
Using Dlawlngs

Surface Finish You can specify the surface texture ofa pan face by using a Surface
Symbols Finish Symbol.
Where to Find It I CommandManagcr: Annotation > Surface Finish v"
I Mcnu: Insert, Annotations, Surface Finish Symbol
. Shoneut Menu: Rightrc ck the graphics area and click
Annotations, Surface Fl sh Symbol

Add surface h.
5
Click Surface h of nnd Machining
J 5.5mm
« x
a
Required. Click on the line in SECTION C as M v
shown. Click OK and drag the symbol along the
line. wHIM A

WIN
\ l9
2 SECTION c

4. f 7 l3
r
6 Dimensions. 0.94? 2
Use Smart Dimension Q“ to add
the dimensions as shown. i &-

M—A
Note The 0.949 dimension appears with
3 deeimal plaees according to the
deeument properties. In one ofthc SECTlON c
following steps, we modify this
dimension.

DETAlL HOLES

Note Insert Model Items (scc Dimensinning on page 96) can be used to add
model (driving) dimensions to the drawing.

427
Lesson 12 soLIDwoRKs
Uslng Drawings

Dimension The properties ore dimensi n can be accessed by selecting a

Properties dimension. The options are dcd into three labs: Value, Leaders and
other.
Where to Find It I Dimension PropertyManagcr: Leaders

7 Diameters. (Hr—ran 0
Click either of NW radial dimensions in DETAJL v
HOLES. Click the Leaders lab othe Dimension
van. mew Other
PmpcrtyManagcr and click Diameter. Repeat for
the remaining radial dimension.

Muncdwwmmtbrnfllwuw

Motrin srmtrnrrntm

DETAlL HDLES

8 Tolerance. (Mb—u- ca
Click the 0.949 dimension shown and sci the v
ToleranceIPrecision values:
,
Toieranee Type Limit mm“
Maximum Variation 7 0.1 as 1:,

Minimum Variation o 2 , rm...

Iii:
s
Primary unit precision 1
+
7mm
1.0
7
4* ils F2
[rill
o; i ,
l ,rr

l SECllON c

428
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 12
Using Drawings

Centerlines Centerlines are created as fontcd lines and ares in the drawing view.
Where to Find It I CommandManager: Annotation > Centerline ii:
I Mcnu: Insert, Annot ions, Centerline
. Shortcut Menu: Rightreliek in the graphics area and click
Annotations, Centerline

9 Add centerlmes.
Click Centerline [El and click the two cylindrical faces as shown.
l o
7
4+ 7‘3
r2

l <
SECHON c

Geometric The Geometric Tolerance Symbol is used to add geomeuie tolerances

Tolemnce using feature control framcs to parts and drawings. SOLIDWORKS
Symbols supports ANSI Y I4.5 (ieometrie and True Position Tolerancing.
Where to Find It I CommandManager: Annotation > Geometric Tolerance
I Mcnu: Insert, Annot ions, Geometric Tolerance Symbol
. Shortcut Menu: Rightreliek in the graphics area and click
Annotations, Geometric Tolerance Symbol

1|] Geometric tolerances. ”mm m

Click Geometric Tolerance
Leader. Using the symbols, lists
-. and
Click No
keyboard,
v x

M
create thc symbol shown below. Create a second
symbol using the same proeedure.

Cenmsmzloierime

¢S¢IQ\@®©O®U®E
Symon Nomi Monsanto some um rm.
9 U nm a U H U l
\E
:IB \
w : Ti 1
E
fi-m ;:’;Dm‘:c‘mc

'—
429
Lesson 12 soLIDwoRKs
Uslng Drawings

Tip The Primary, Secondary and Tertiary pulldowns

,5
7a
@i ’3‘
have a combination oftyperin and symbol buttons.
T
V N
11 Drag and drop.
Drag and drop the geometric iolcrnncos onto dimensions as shown.
They much to the dimensions and move with ihem.
1 .o
.7
at 713
r2

12 Rename.
Click in the demil view and rename it to A.
13 Move drawing view. L
mum,
In 1he FeatureManagcr m -to
design use, drag the last
9@
.

drawing view up and ,

oomw
drop it on the FORGED , a Mani...”
sheeL , 3Memo.
, momma
The view is moved to the , .
Minimum
FORGED shcct. . Emma:
9mm»:
' Emmi-1m:
, omrnmsno r
gonna,“
35.6mm“ memsnm
\E—
. .

Mm.“ .
,
a gamma
Emu-mun
14 Switch sheets.
Click the FORGED mb at ihe bottom of the window to show that sheet.

430
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 12
Using Drawlngs

/
15 Copy in sheet.
Copy the View and set the configurations for each as
shown Align drawing views using Align Vertical by
Origins. canngwahon
Fovged, Long

Comigwunon
Fovgefl, snon

Note The same procedure can be used for ‘he MACHINED Sheet.

16 Add dimensions.
Use Smart Dimension {K to add the dimensions as shown

Configuruhun
Furged, :» 0H

Configuvahan
rovged, mg

osm mo

431
Lesson 12 soLIDwoRKs
Uslng Drawings

Dimension Text The Dimension Text group box that appears when you select a
dimension allows you to prefix, append or replaee the text ofa
dimension. The actual text is shown as <DEM> in the field. Cliek
before or afier the text (or use Enter to add lines) to place text and/or
symbols.
Deleting the <nm> text eliminates the text ofthc dimension for
replacement
11p The lower portion of the group box contains eommonly used symbols
sueh as diameter, degrees and eenterline.

17 Append dimension text.

Selcct the radial (fillet) dime n in the View.
Place the eursor after the dimension text
W W
a
(R<DLM>), press Enter and typc
line below. Click OK.
M on the

RB
,/ WP

220

albm
HED

432
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 12
Using Drawlngs

18 Replace dimension text.

Click the 220mm dimension and delete the
<DIM> text. This message appears:
overriding the dimension value text
<D]:M> disables tolerance display. Do
you want to continue? Click Ves.
Type m: cm as shown and click OK.

220mm Long
180mm Shari

@12

19 Save and close the files.

433
 7
95 SOLIDWORKS
Drawings Course
Inthe preceding lesson, you learned some of the fundamentals of creating drawings in the
SOLIDWORKS software. Did you know there is an entire course dedicated to drawings?
Some of what you will learn in the Drawings course includes:

I Drawing Templates and Sheet Formals. Set up drawing

templates with custom title blocks and settings. ’
Advanced Drawing Views. Explore new views including ,150
broken-out section views, auxiliary views, alternate position
views. and more.

Advanced Detailing Tools. Add parametric notes, ordinate

dimensions. baseline dimensions, and more.
Tables. Include BOM tables, hole tables. and revision tables
in your drawings.

Drawing Performance. Learn about tools that make it

easy to reuse or compare drawings as well as how to
schedule common drawing related tasks and improve
drawing perlormance.

Ask your reseller about this and other courses today!

soLIDwoRKs Exercise 52
Devan: and Seenons

Exercise 52: Cream a mulliplc shccl drawing ofa pan.

7 _ e 7
De‘al's and This lab reinforces lhc following skills: ,
Sections
- REmandbEclm/r on page 413 , .
u
- Section Vmw on page 420 l
- Dam View on page 417
‘

- Cnpymg Vlews on page 425 .

- DAME/Isiah Text on page 432

Unils: millimeters

Procedure Use lhc pan DehailsEL-Secmons l0 crcalc drawings shown here and on
lhc following page.

Sheen Cream lhc drawing shown below using an A_Size_ANSI_MM lcmplalc.

The rod annmalions are for clarificalion and should no! be included on
lhc drawing,

m2 22
l
n n

u
l
7A,‘
‘

;—— Slots
i

22 +
|
e

.
Slow
75 7
?3
Top views
x 5 meo
’
hencal Yapneneax mam;
’
R

Projecled views

A35
Exercise 52 soLIDwoRKs
Mans and Secllans

Sheetz Cream me drawing shown below using A (ANSI) Portrait,

/
8 RH
¥

_ mew
VREF
,
'
f

4.35
soLIDwoRKs Exercise 53
Removed Sermons

Exercise 53: Create a multiple view drawing of a pan.

Removed This lab reinrerees the following skills:
Sections RemnvedSeclinn an page 413
Detail Vlwa on page 4 I 7
Cartier/[Mex on page 429
Dimemion Pmperlim on page 428
Dimemion Taxi on page 432
Unim: millimeters

Proced u re Use the pan Removed Sections ta create drawings shown here and on
the fallowing page.

Sheet 1 Create the drawing shown below using a B_Size_ANSI_MM template.

in

437
Exercise 54 SDLIDWORKS
Drawings

Exercise 54: Create. a muiriple view drawing of a final: gm?

f
..
Drawings part Win. eonnguranens.
/4%
n\
J
‘
/ , r i r r

This lab reinforces the renewing skills:L’<@—i*

\V /
- Section View on page 420
- Detail VIBWX on page 4I7
- Annamliam cm page 424
Unim: in meters
Proced u re Use the pan Design for Configs to create a Besizc drawing similar in
the one shown here. Soc dcmils below.

Views Model and section views.

9 Q

438
 Lesson 13
Bottom-Up Assembly
Modeling

Upon successful completion ofthis lesson, you wm be able to:

Create a new assembly.
lnsen components mto an assembly usmg all avatlahle mchmqllcsl
Add mating relationships between components
Uttlize the assemblyrspccific aspects of the FoamrcManagcr design
tree m manipulate and manage the assembly
[nscn sllbasscmblics.
Use pan configurauons m an assembly.

A39
Lesson 13 soLIDwoRKs
Bottom-up Assembly Modeling

Case Study: This lesson will examine assembly modeling through the construction
Universal Joint ofa universal joint The joint eonsists ofscvcml eomponeuts and one
subasscmblyl
Bottom-Up BallnmrUp assemblies are created by adding and orienting existing
Assembly pans in an assembly. Pans added to the assembly appear as Cnmpnmml
Parts, Component parts are oriented and positioned in the assembly
using Mates. Mates relate faces and edges ot‘emnponent pans to planes
and other faces/edges.
Stages in the Some key stages in the modeling proeess ofthls assembly are shown in
Process the tollowing list. Each ofthcsc topies comprises a seetion in the
lesson.
Creating a new assembly
New assemblies are ereated using the same method as new parts,
Addi g the first component
Components ean be added in several ways, They can be dragged and
dropped from an open pan window or opened from a standard browser.
Posi on of the first component
The initial eompouent added to the assembly is automatically fixed as it
is added. Others eomponeuts ean be positioned aficr they are added

FeatureManager design tree and symbols

The FeatureManager design tree includes many symbols, prefixes and
suffixes that provide information about the assembly and the
eompouents in it
Mating components to each other
Mates are used to position and orient eomponeuts with reference to
eaeh other Mates remove degrees offrccdom from the eomponeuts,
Subassemblies
Assemblies ean be ereated and inserted into the eurreut assembly They
are eousidered subassembly eomponeuts.

440
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 13
swam—Up Assemhly Modeling

The Assembly In this lesson we will make an assembly using exisiing componcnls.
The assembly is a universal join and is made up ofa number 0f
individual pans and one subzsscmbly as shown below:

I
Yokeimale
Bracket
pin[shurtl
(2 eopies)

pinllongl
Spider
Yokeifemale

1,7

1 Open an existing part.

0an the pan bracket. This pan will be ibe
basc campuncnt of the new assembly.
The first Component added In an assembly
should be a pan am will not move. By fixing
the first Component, others can be maiecl to it
without any danger of it moving.

M1
Lesson 13 soLIDwoRKs
Bonam-Up Assembly Modeling

Creating a New New assemblies ean be Created direetly or be made fmm an open pan
Assembly or assembly. The new assembly eonlains an origin, the three smndard
planes and s Mates folder.
Introducing: Make Use the Make Assembly from Pan‘JAssembly eption to generate a
Assembly from Pan] new assembly from an open pan. The pan is used as the first
Assembly cumponent in the new assembly and is fixed in spaee.

Where to Find It I
I
Menu Bar: New B , Make Assembly from ParllAssembly
Menu: File, Make Assembly from Assembly
’
Introducing: New A new assembly file ean be Created by clicking New D and selecting
Assembly an assembly template.

.
2 choose template.
Click Make Assembly from Pan‘JAssembly . Use the
AssemblyiMM template.

hm
W a
am.
E

El \A} W
Note The units of the assembly can be difi‘erent fmm the units of the pans.
For example, you ean assemble a mixture ofineh and millimeier mm
in an assembly whose units are feet. However, when you edit the
dimensions of any of the pans in the Context of the assembly, they will
be displayed in the units oflhe assembly, not «hose of the pan itself.
Using Tools, Options, yelu ean eheek the units ef the assembly and if
desired, change them.

442
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 13
swam—Up Assemhly Modeling

3 Locale component. E! up...“ ®

Plaec the eomponc at the origin by plneing v a ..
the cursor at the ori n or by simply clieking
OK.
n... V

7mm
me manna
inn
m A

roam...“
on... .

may a
imam...
1 Sun
7mm Ina-Aw no,

Mun-m a...“ manual-lg a...

7‘»:th
joint-to more.
3 Mum-r
3 mm.
SMUWRM-flemnlu‘vwiblv

4 Save.
Save the assembly under the name Universal Joint. Assembly files
have the file extension ".sldasm.
Close the bracket part file.

Position of the The initial eomponcnt added to the assembly is, by default Fixed.
First Fixed eomponents eannot be moved and pro loekcd into plaee wherever
Component they fall when you insert them into the assembly. By elieking the green
cheek or plneing the eursor at the assembly origin, the component's
origin is at the assembly origin position. This also means thnt the plnnes
of the eomponcnt mateh the planes of the assembly, and the component
is fully defined.
Consider assembling a washing machine. The first component logieally
would be the frame onto which everything else is mounted. By aligning
this eomponcnt with the assembly‘s planes, we would establish what
could be ealled “product spnee". Automotive mnnufneturers refer to
this as “vehicle spaee". This spnee creates a logicnl framework for
positioning nll the other eomponents in their proper positions.
Lesson 13 soLIDwoRKs
Bottom-up Assembly Maflellng

FeatureManager Within the FearureManager design tree ofan assembly, the folders and
Design Tree and symbols are slightly different than in a part. There are also some terms
that are unique to the assembly.
Symbols
Degrees of There are six degrees otfreedom for any component
Freedom that is added to the assembly before it is mated or '
fixed: translation along the x, Y, and z axes and
rotation around those same axes. How a component .

\
is able to move in the assembly is determined by its
degrees of freedom. The Fix and lnsen Mate ,2 " V
options are used to remove degrees offrecdom.
Components Pans that are inserted into the q "mile-m ma-umwmlolwfiuzvl
assembly, such as the bracket, are »
a user
represented by the same toprlcvcl @221...
icon as is used in the part llJ Manama
environment. Assemblies can also l3 “PW-M
be inserted and are shown with an "m
I‘T‘
:1:
assembly icon preceding the
assembly document nalne.
.
. eta..st.,..aosaa.sb,,..,oms

However, when the listing ofthese

icons is expanded, the subassembly
eomponents and even the
component's features are listed and
accessible.
,
Q Mfmdrlhn
, j: o. met
W Mm

Component Part Each component part contains the entire contents ofthe part, including
Folder all features, planes and axes.
Note lfthe component is an assembly, the assembly, including all the parts,
would be displayed.

\
Component Name The component name in the FearureManager design tree displays a
wealth ofintormation.

\
(f) bracket<l> (Defaulh<<Default> Dlsplay State 1>)

Configurauon

Instance Number
Display State

Flle Name

Sula al the Component

soLIDwoRKs Lesson 13
Bottom—up Assembly Modeling

State of the There are several symbols that are used to represent the state of a
component component in the Assembly FeatureManagerdesign tree. These are
similar to the symbols that represent the state of a sketch.
Fixed The component is Fixed to the current position, but it is not mated.

§ in bl’dclfid)
U nder Defined The component's position is Under Defined and still has some freedom
Q (‘)Voke._male<1> of movement within the assembly.

Fully Defined Components that are not marked with a smte indicator have a position
§ Volr._nuleq) wi ‘n the assembly that is Fully Defined with mates.

Over Defined Conflicting information for the position ofthe eomponent will cause it
to be Over Defined. Another error state is Not Solved where a
C (0 Vnke_rrlala<1>
question mark is used as the state indicator.
File Name The name orthe component, part or assembly, is listed. The ieon
will show whether i s a pan or an assembly For more information
on assemblies, see inserting Submxemb/ies on page 475.
Instance Number The instance number is used internally to distinguish each instance
ofthe component from each other when multiple instances ofthe
eomponent are included in the assembly.
lnstanees are not renumbered for deletions. The highest instance
number may not reflect the total.
Configuration The configuration, Detaolt in this example, is the configuration of
the eomponent that is used by this assembly.
Display State The display state, <Detault>ngsplaygStatel in this example, is
the display state ofthe component that is used by this assembly.
For more information on configurations and display smtes in
assemblies, see the Assembly Modeling manual.
External References When any parent document is opened, all documents that are
Search Order referenced by the parent document are also loaded into memory. In the
case or assemblies, components are loaded into memory aceording to
the suppression state they were in when the assembly was saved.
The sofiware searehes for referenced doeuments in paths you can
speeity, the path where you last opened a doeument, and other paths. If
the referenced doeument is still not found, the soflware gives you the
option to browse for it or open the assembly without the document. See
the Search Routing/0r Referenced Dccnmenls topie in the online help
for a eomplete list ofthe paths the sofiware searehes.
Note All updated reference paths in the parent document are saved when you
save the parent document.

445
Lesson 13 soLIDwoRKs
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling

File Names Filo names should be Imique to avoid bad references. SOLIDWORKS
cannot open two different documents with the same name at the satne
time. Assemblies can use the wrong pan ifyou have two ditrerent parts
with the same name. Here are two examples:

I Two different pans called

bracketsldpr't are saved and closed.
when you open an assembly that references bracketsldprt, the
software will use whichever comes first in the search order.
I A file named framesldpr't is open in SOLIDWURKS. Then, you
try to open an assembly that references a difl‘erent t‘lle nalned
framesldprt. The software gives the following message: The
document being opened references a file with the same
name as an alreadyropen document. You can continue to open
the assembly with all instances of framesldprt suppressed or you
can accept the open file as a replacement.
Note Components can be renamed in the FeatureManager design tree ifthe
option Tools, Options, System Options, FeatureManager, Allow
component files to be renamed irom FeatureManager tree has
been clicked.
Rollback Bar The Rollback Bar can be used in an assembly to rollback:
I Assembly planes, axes, sketehes
I Assembly patterns
I ln-context part ieatures
I Assembly ieatures
Any features below tlle marker are suppressed Individual components
eannot be rolled baek.
Reorder Features ofan assembly can be rcordcred in the salnc way as pan
features; using drag and drop. Assembly objects that ean he reordered
are:
I Components
I Assembly planes, axes, sketehes
I Assembly patterns
I ln-context part ieatu res
I Mates within the Mates folder
I Assembly ieatures
Mates Folder The mating relationships in assemblies , n the
are grouped together into a Mate ©rum-nWindow's-m
Folder nalncd Mates. The mates get
solved in the order in which they are
22$
c)
:::::::"'"::‘”
rmwniyxlmlnvvtdemkdfl
listed, 0 rm (hvxmdn‘dwgkmueth)
\\mum {blzdxlxhyuimjamakdx}

For more information, see Introducing: Insert Mali: on page 449.

MS
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 13
mun—Up Assemhly Modeling

Adding Once the first component has been insencd and fully defined, other
Components pans can be added and mated to it. In this example, the Yokemadc
pan will be inscncd and mated. This pan should be under defined so
that it is free to rotate.
There are several ways to add components to the assembly:
Use Insert Component
Drag them from the Windows
Drag them from an open document
Drag them from the Task Pane
All these methods will be demonstrated in this lesson, beginning with
use oflnsert Component. This is the same dialog that appears
automatically when Make Assembly from Part is used.
Note Unlike adding the first component, additional components will be
added with their positions undcr defined.
Insert Component The Insert Component dialog is used to find, preview and add
components to the current assembly. Click the Keep Visible (pushpin)
button to add multiple components or multiple instances ofthe same
component.

Where to Find It - CommandManager: Assembly > Insert Components E? >

Insert Components 3
I Menu: Insert, Component, Existing PartJAssembly
. windows: Drag a component into the graphics area

Insert Yokeimale.
Cliek Insert Components 5
and elick
the Yekegmale part using the Browse
button. Position the component on the
screen to the lefi of the bracket and cliek
to place it.
The new component is listed as:
(.) Yokaimale < l>
This means that the component is the first instance onokegmale and
it's position is under defined.

fip Clicking on a component in the FeatureManager design tree will cause

that component to highlight. Also, moving the cursor to a component in
the graphics window will display the feature name.

M7
Lesson 13 soLIDwoRKs
Bottom—up Assembly Modeling

Moving and One or more selected components can be moved or rotated to

Rotating reposition them for mating using the mouse, the Move and Rotate
Components Component commands or the Triad.
Move Using Also, moving under defined components simulates movement ora
Dynamic Assembly mechanism through dynamic assembly motion. See Dynamic Assembly
Motion Manon on page 4o3.
Move Move Component is used to move the component in space.

Where to Find It I Mouse Button: Drag a component with the lefi mouse button

I CommandManaget: Assembly > Move Component 0)

I Menu: Tools, Component, Move
Rotate Rotate Component is used to rotate the component in spaee.

Where to Find It I Mouse Button: Drag a component with the right mouse button

I CommandManaget: Assembly > Move Component U),

Rotate Component 3
I Menu: Tools, Component, Rotate
Triad The Triad is used to dynamieally move along an axis or rotate about an
axis.

Where to Find It
. Shortcut Menu: Rightscliek a component
and click Move with Triad
v

Note Move Component and Rotate Component behave as a single, unified

i:
command. By expanding either the Rotate or Move options, you can
switch between the two eomlnands without ever closing the
PtopenyManager.

brim-s c
'1' like m 'l

The Move tool has several options for defining the type ot‘movement.
The option Along Entity has a selection box, Along Assembly XYZ,
By Delta XVZ, and To XVZ Position require coordinate values.
The Rotate tool also has options to define how the component will
rmatc.
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 13
Win-Up Assemhly Modeling

6 Move.
Drag the component Yokeaoalc with the lefi
mouse butmn so it is eleser m where it will be
mated.
Other options for moving and rotating the
component will be discussed later in this
lesson.

Mating Obviously dragging a component is not sufficiently precisc for building

Components an assembly. Use faces and edgcs to mate components to each other.
The pans insidc thc bracket arc intendcd to move, so make sure that
the propcr dcgrecs or rrcedom are lefi available.
Insert Mate creates relationships between component [mm or between
Insert Mate a part and the assembly.
Mates can bc ercatcd using many difl‘crent objects. Yelu can usc:
Faces
Planes
Edges
Vertiecs
Sketeh lines and points
Axes and origins
Most mates are made between a pair ofobjeets. Two ofthe most
eemmonly used mates are Coincident and Concentric.

Where to Find It - Cemmznsznager: Assembly > Mate %

I Menu: Insert, Mate
. Shortcut Menu: Right ‘ek a component and eliek Male %
Note Mates icons are based on their type, for example Coincident A.

Ms
Lesson 13 soLIDwoRKs
Bonam-Up Assembly Modeling

Maie Types and Mates are used to create relationships between components. Faces are
Alignment the most eommnnly uscd geometry in mates. The type ofmnte, in
combination with the conditions Anti-aligned or Aligned, determines
the result.

Aligned Anti-Aligned
W @El

Coin 'denl A
(raees lie on the same
imaginary infinite plane)

Parallel \\
’9
Perpendicular J.
Aligned and antiealigncd do
not apply to Perpendicular.

Distance H

Angle L5
Y:
fl ’4
U
Note These tables outline the mates ofthc Standard Mates set. There are
also Advanced Males and Mechanical Mates sets that are discussed
in more advanced manuals.
SOLIDWORKS Lesson 13
Win-Up Assembly Modeling

chcr options are available with cylindrical races but they are every bit
as impomnt.

Aligned Anti-Al igned

W $6
Concentric ©
‘

'
Center to _ mum ‘
Center ‘5 Distance ‘5

I
» _

Maximum \ Custom e
Distance ‘5 Distance
\ .
I‘S

Lock 9 Components that are locked together will move

together. No alignment options.
501m
anywhere
on
component

no After the mate has been created, you can rightrclick the mate feature in
the FeatureManager design tree, and click Flip Mate Alignment to
reverse the alignment.

451
Lesson 13 soLIDwoRKs
swam—up Assembly Modeling

Things to which you There are many types ofiopnlogy and geometry that can be used in
can mate mating. The selections can create many mate types.

Topology/ Sclccfinns
Geometry
Faces or
Su rlace

Line or Linear
Edge

Plane

Axis or
Temporary
Axis

Point, Vertex,
Origin or
Coordinate
System

Arc or Circular
Edge

4.52
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 13
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling

up Although planes ean be seleeted on the sereen ifthey are visible, it is

ofien easier to select them by name through the FeatureManager design
tree. Click the “+" symbol to see the tree and expand individual
cumponents and features.
Mating Concentric The Yokennale component is to be mated so that its shafi aligns with
and Coincident the hole and the flat faee contacts the bracket inner face. Concentric
and Coincident mates will be used.

11p Selection filters ean he used to limit your seleetiens by geometry type
sueh as faee or edge. Press the F5 key and select one or more filter
types.

W
7 Mate PropertyManager. L9 0
Click Mate Q. Ifthe PmpertyManager is open,
you can select the faces without using the Ctrl
key.

3
W

em.“
l\\l.....s
Rumma-
mans...
(swim

a
+t

Mate Options Several mate options are available for all mates:

I Add to new folder

W a
Creates a new folder to hold all the mates created guacamole“
while the Mate tool is aetive. The folder resides in 3:33:33de
the Mates folder and ean be renamed. mammnnmngsnly
minanonmnmn.r.n
I Show pop-up toolbar
Toggles the Mate noparn toolbar on and off.
I Show preview
shows the posiu'oning ereated by the mate as soon as the seeond
seleetion is made. It is not finalized until the dialog OK is clicked.

453
Lesson 13 soLIDwoRKs
Bottom—Up Assemhly Modeling

I Use for positioning only

Introducing: Mate
This option ean be used to position geometry without eonsnaining it.
No mate is added.
I Make first selection transparent
This opticm forees the component selected first to be transparent while
adding the mate.
The Male puprup toolbar is used to make seleetions . ..
mibflaww
. s.

Pop-up Toolbar easier by displaying the available mate types on the

screen. The mate types that are available vary by geometry seleetion
and minor these that appear in the PmpertyManzgcr. The mate popaup
toolbar appears on the graphies but ean be dragged anywhere.
Either the onesereen or PropertyMznager dialog ean be used. This
lesson uses the onscreen poprup toolbar. All types are listed in the
ehart More Types andA/ignmen! on page 450.

8 Selections and preview.

Select the Cylindrical faces of the Yekeimale and the bracket as
indicated.
As the seeond face is seleeted, the mate is previewed by moving to the
position that would result from the mate, and the Mate poprup toolbar
is displayed.

Concentri ‘5 selected as the default and the mate is previewed.

9
@J@
Add a mate.
The faces are listed in the Mate Selections list. Exactly two items
should appear in the list. Aecept the Concentric mate and cliek OK.
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 13
mun—Up Assemhly Modeling

1|) Planar face.

Rotate the View slightly and seleet the
underside planar face of the bracket
component.

11 Select through component.

Return 10th:: Isometric View and select the mp face ofthc Yukeimale
through the transparent bracket component. Add a Coincident mate
to bring the selected faces into Contact.

12 Males

13
listed.
The mates, eeneentrie and eeineident remain
listed in the Mates group box. They will be
added to thc Mates folder when the Maw
command is completed. Click OK.
State of constraint.
The Yekegmle component is listed as under
constrained. It is sn'll 2171:: to move by rotating
m A and... mm.

around the axis of its Cylindrical surface.

Test the behavior of the Yekunsle by
dragging it.

455
Lesson 13 soLIDwoRKs
Bottom-Up Assemhly Modeling

14 Breadcrumbs.
Click on a face onokeJuale. Thc
Breadcrumbs for that selection appear in the
upper lefi portion of the Graphics Area.
The icon strip identifies the hierarchy upward
starting with the face and moving to the
feature, body, eomponent and finally the top
level assembly. Below the strip is the sketch
associated with the selected/ealum. Above
the strip are the mates associated with the
selected componem.

w©4
. y a managing
C it» sum

Nole Rightelicking on any ofthe ieons allows you to edit that feature.
Clicking ‘air‘ deselects the face.

Adding Components Another way to add components to the assembly is through Windows
Using Windows Explorer or My Computer. The part or assembly filc(s) can be dragged
Explorer and dropped into the active assembly.

15 Open Windows Explorer.

sinee SOLIDWORKS is a native windows application, it supports
standard windows techniques like “drag and drop". Component files
can be dragged from the window into the assembly to add them. Drag
and drop the spider into the graphies area.

I : lasagna, — o X

’
4»
W
v e I
on.
«lasso.
vim
>
(asesmdy
.
I- neskwv “
Doormats

I Downloads
8
I paints
Music pmslam
g
I Vldecs

as wmixms (Cl

.3 local Disk (9 smoeuldnn

lem: I llem selxtzd 735 KB
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 13
Bailout-Up Assembly Modeling

16 Concentric mate for spider.

Add a Concentric mate between the two
cylindrical faces ofthe spider and
Yokegneie components.

Width Mate The spider component will be centered within the Yokeimale and
Yokejemeie components using a Width, Centered mate. The Width
mate is one ofthe Advanced Mates from the Mate dialog. Selections
include a pair ofWidth selections (the “outer" faces) and a pair ofTab
selections (the “inner" faces). The Tab faces are centered between the
Width faces to locate the component.

Width selections Tah sclcet‘iun(s) Result

(Front view)

A (Single selection)

'“
(Front view)

(Front view)

Note The Width mate contains other options that can be used with the same
selections: Free, Dimension and Percent.

A57
Lesson 13 soLIDwoRKs
Barium—Up Assemhly Modeling

17 Width male.
Click Insert Male % and click the Advanced Mates mb. Click the
Width m mate and click Centered.
Advanced mates enen require additicmal selections; in this example,
twu pairs ufsclcctions are required.

Hiding Faces with There are several ways to select hidden faces when adding or editing
the Alt Key mates. The All key ean be used t0 hide one er rnere faces and provide
aeeess t0 select hidden faees. The hrde is tcmpurzry.

Where to Find It I Keyboard Shoneut: Move the pointer over a component face and
press All to hide a faee or faees.

18 Hide and select.

Click in Width selections and click the first of the pair of inner faces
from the Yokeimale.
Position the cursor en a face to hide and press die Alt key. The euier
face is temporarily removed; sclcctthmugh t0 the inner face.

19 Remaining selections.
Click in Tab selections and click the scccmd of the pair of outer faces
from the spider as shown. Click OK.
The Width mate keeps the Spider Ccntcrcd inside the Yokeimale with
equal gaps en each side.

Wm WM
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 13
Win-Up Assemhly Modeling

2|) Males by component.

Expand the spider component in the FeatureMnnzgcr design nee. A
fuldcr named Mates in Universal Joint is added to each component
that is mated. The fuldcr contains the mums which use geomcu'y of that
cumponent.
b

b .§ a)
(.)
ma) Mzm<<wann>pisphy 5am»)
Venn-awn mam|<<wm>ysptzysmem

© Cnnamnid (In-am ),Vutz_mal=<1>)

A Cninddu'l (bl-(ta ),Vulz>maln<1))

fl'fl mam (Vulr:_nule<1> ,spidud) ,

Note The icon (it indicates that the mate i in the path to ground, or, it is one
of the motes that keeps the component in position.

459
Lesson 13 soLIDwoRKs
Bottom-Up Assemhly Modeling

Rotating Inserted Components inscrted using Invert Component on

Components page 447 can be rotated afier they are inserted but
before they are placed using Rotate Inserted Component. The angle
can be set and the direction buttons can be clicked as many times as
desired.

Rotate about Rotate xbout Rotate aboutz

x5 YJL 8,

Where to Find It Shortcut Menu: Click Insert Components and cliek a rotation
direction
Note The option Show Rotate context toolbar on the Insert Component
PropertyManager must be clicked.

21 Insert and rotate.

Cliek Insert Components and select
the Yekejemale part.
Do not Click to place the eomponent
yet.
Cliek Rotate component about Z
.5 twice and click to place the
component.
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 13
swam—Up Assemhly Modeling

22 Concentric mate.
Select the Cylindrical faces as shown and
add a Concentric mate between them.

Using the The Component Preview Window is a handy tool that can be used to
Component make mate selections easier. When a component is selected for use, a
Preview Window separate viewport is created for the assembly and for the component.
Each vicwport can be manipulated by zooming, scrolling, and routing.

Where to Find It I Menu: Cliek a eemponent and eliek Tools, Component,

Pre iew Window
. Shortcut Menu: Righteeliek a component and click
Component Preview Window

23 Preview window.
Cliek the spider component and click Preview Window I. The
window splits to include both the assembly and the spider eomponcnt.
Cliek Mate Q.

l:
it...“ um.
_....nm.;i_mwi
v
o;

461
Lesson 13 soLIDwoRKs
Botlam-Up Assemhly Modeling

24 Selections.
Click Width. Select the p of faces that make up the width and tab
selections. Use view manipulation, the Alt key, or select other to make
the seleetions. The spider is centered an the Yokaifemala
component. Click OK.

a reckon...”

Note The urienmu'on of the component in the Preview Window is the same
oricnmtiun as the assembly.
25 Exit preview window.
Click Exit Preview.

Potential Over Because thhc Clearance between the Yokeifemala and the bracket, 2
Defined Condition Coincident mate is unsolvablc. The gap prevents cuincidenee.
Parallel Mate A Parallel mate keeps the seleeted planar faces or
planes parallel te each ether without farcing
cunmet between them.

452
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 13
mun—Up Assemhly Modeling

26 Parallel mate.
Sclccl llic faces of llic
Yukeifemale and bracket as
shown above. Add a Parallel mate
to mainlain the gap between the
faces. Pmss G in use the
[0.032)
magnifying glass and view the gap.

Dynamic Drag under defined Components in display the motion allowed by the
Assembly Malian remaining degrees of frccdum.
Nole Components that are fixed or fully defined ennnot bc dmgged.

27 Drag components.
Drag the Yokegnale cumponent in turn it.
The mamd componcnls spider and
Yukeifemale move with it.

Displaying Part When you add a pan to an assembly you can ehoose which 0f its
Configurations in cunfiguralions will be displayed.
an Assembly or, onee the part is inserted and meted, you can switeh its
cunfiguration.

m
 '
Lzsson 13 soLIDwoRKs
Bottom—up Assembly Modeling

The Pin The part named pin has two configurations:

LONG
SHORT and LONG. Any configuration can be
used in the assembly. In this case, two
instances will use SHORT and one will use
LONG.
SHORT

Using Part Multiple instances ofthe same part ean be used ‘n an assembly, with
Configurations eaeh instanee refereneing a different eonfiguration We win use
in Assemblies multiple instanees ofa part with diFferent eonfigurations in this
assembly.
There are several ways to ereate this type of configuration within a part
(see Lesson In; Configurations for more information):

. Use Modify Configurations

Drag and Drop from
an Open Document
Note
. Applying difi‘erent dimension values to individual eonfigurations.
. Design mbles.
The pin will be inserted by dragging it in from an open doeument
window into the assembly.
If the bracket window is su'll open, close it before the next step.

28 Drag and drop.

0an the part pin and tile the windows ofthe assembly and part. Drag
and drop the pin into the assembly window by dragging the topslevel
component (Q pm (ions) from the FeatureManager design nee. An
insmnee ofthe pin is added to the assembly.

. isms... SLnAsul‘
TI=FlYl

mm».
area.“
dinette...
Lon-u
r .mhudaduu‘aul
s
Q Hutu-lamb“
sQelnrgrmaaln
p
, lumping-mt 21"»
r

.vi Wm V

—
’lxamllrl:
WWW—l
.r, r

urea
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 13
mun—Up Assemhly Modeling

lmpor‘anl! The pin is a eempeneni that Conlzins multiple Configumti ns. Like all
eempenenis, only me Configuration that is used (LONG in this ease)
appears in the component name.

,
‘
' ‘
m buckfld) mdaun<<Ddlul>JTEplly
Volume» mum<<ousm>_oispwysu.1>)
swish)

‘
(-)
, (-)5pidu<1) (Ddlul<<deD_DispllySmel>)
' ‘ (-)Voke_lenale<1> (Ddaulk < Ddauh)_l)isphy sue l>)
v
‘ W
(-) pinq> (Lous«l.oNG>_Dispby Suleb)
W5
Nole Display Smws an: primarily used in assemblies, but can bc usecl in
multirbody pans. Far more informalicm on display mics, see the
ASxemh/y Modeling training manual.
29 Concentric mate.
Select the Cylindrical faces as shown. Add a
[\uolal—FHA
Concentric mate between the cylindrical
faee in me Yakejsmale and pin using me
cunwxi toolbar.

Nole Tu prevent mmtion ufthc pin, click the Lock Rotation option.
Drag the pin through the Yokejemale as
Shawn.

465
Lesson 13 soLIDwoRKs
Bottom—Up Assemhly Modeling

3|) Tangent male. EEH

Add a Tangent mate between the planar end
face ufthe pin and the Cylindrical face in the
Yukejemale using the context toolbar.

The Second Pin Another instanee of the pin is needed. This one will he the shorter
version, SHORT. We will open the pin, tile the windows of the part and
assembly, and show the part's ConfigurationManzger.
Opening a When you need to aeeess a eomponent while working in on assembly,
Component you can open it directly, without having to use the File, Open menu.
The eomponent ean he either n part or a subassembly.

31 cascade the windows.

Click Window, Cascade to see both the pan and assembly windows.
Switeh to the Configuratioannager ofthe pin.
32 Drag and drop a configuration.
Drag and drop the configuration SHORT into the graphics window of
the assembly. You ean drng and drop any configuration from the
ConfigurationManagcr, notjust the active one.

_Zflfl¥~m~¢~9
.lfl
‘

‘l‘l'
may...
~ ‘wM-gl-mldll
helium

i
, “mm-M:

in
_mlmlWl—l
‘Ixome'lk
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 13
sworn—Up Assemhly Modeling

Other Methods of There are several more methods for seleeting the configuration of a
Selecting component used in an assembly.
Configurations
I To get the same result using Insert Component, browse for the
part and associated configuration.
. Ports that contain configurations
triggcr a message box when dragged
and droppcd. Selcct thc desired
“.mm.e_
sou
configuration from the list.

. Aficr thc Component has hccn

added, click on it and select the
configuration nomc from tho
context toolbar or Component
Properties (sec Component
Properties on page 471).

—
33 Second instance. .mhxm4>mdm|<<nambm§‘gb)
The second instance of the pin ‘lrwnhermq>(nimk‘fld'lllDkab/Slltb)
c trimad>iwm<<na~|>pudvyfiml>l
coniponcnt was added, this timc
usmgthe SHORT configuration.
The component is added and it
. V
wwwmm m),
.o awdukhm no
displays thc propcr configuration
name in the FeatureManagcr
design nee.
34 Mate the component.
Add Concentric and Tangent mates to mate the
second instance of the pin.

467
Lesson 13 soLIDwoRKs
Bottom—up Assembly Modeling

Recent Documents
SOLIDWORKS maintains a list ot‘reeently opened documents that can
be used to aeeess documents quickly. Type the shortcut key R and cliek
the doeument to open.
The pin ean be used to keep doeuments on the recent doeuments list.
The Show in Folder link is used to open the folder where the
document resides.

"termini” murmur-wile: X

Where to Find It I Keyboard Shoncut: R

fip Clicking a in the lower right hand corner ofthe image brings up a

dialog with several options when opening the ill ineluding selection of
the mode, eont'lguration, and display smite. Clicking Show in Folder
opens windows showing the component lceaticn.

35 Switch documents.
Switch to the pin.SLDPRT document, close it and maximize the
assembly window.
Creating Copies 0! Many times parts and subassemblies are used more than cnee in an
Instances assembly. To create multiple instances, or copies of the components,
copy and paste existing ones into the assembly.
36 Drag a copy. § in am» mamrrmmnommsmuu
Create another copy ofthc pin
component by holding the etrl key
; unjust»[warmaname-plnymv)
mm<l>mdaum<wam>rmmbl
while dragging the instanee with mom...» immunoasrumnmm
.imsiictrnraieues,u.,..,oaeor
the SHORT Configuration into the otusbmleswmhrwmm
graphics area. The result is another webmaster. manhunt
instance that uses the SHORT
configuration, since it was copied from a component with that
configuration.

Hp You can drag a eopy from the FeatureManagerdesign tree or the

graphics area of the assembly.
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 13
Bottom-Up Assembly Modeling

Component Hi ng Hiding a component temporarily removes the component's graphics

and Transparency but leaves the component active within the assembly. A hidden
component still resides in memory, still has its mates solved, and is still
considered in operations like mass property calculations.
Another option is to change the transparency ofthe component.

'
Selections can be made through the component to others behind it.
Introducing: Hide Component turns offthc display ofa
Hide Component component, making it easier to see other parts ofthc
Show Component assembly. When a component is hidden, its icon in the
Fearurelvlanager design tree appears in outline form
like this: Ga mix-«sis.
Show Component turns the display back on.

Where to Find It
. Shortcut Menu: Rightrelick a component and click
Hide Components \ or Show Components 3
- Display Pane: Hide/Show L
in the component row
I Keyboard Shoncut. Move the pointer over a component and press
Tab to hide. Move the pointer over a hidden component and press
Shift + Tab to display.
Introducing: Change Change Transparency toggles the component O
Transparency transparency between 0% and 75%. Selections
pass through the transparent component unless the
snin key is pressed during selection. The
FeanlreManager design tree icon does not change
when a component is transparent

Where to Find It
. Shortcut Mcnu: Rightrelick a component and click
Change Transparency Q;
I Display Pane: Transparency @ in the component row

37 Hide the bracket.

Change the View orientation from the default
Isometric by pressing Shim-Left Arrow onee.
Click on the bracket component and
.
Hide Component \ .
Lesson 13 soLIDwoRKs
Bottom—Up Assemhly Modeling

38 Complete the mating.

Complctc the mating ofthis eempenent by adding
Concentric and Tangent matcs using Insert Male.

39 Show the component.

Select the bracket again and click Show

Component ’9‘ to mgglc the graphics back

on.

4|) Return to previous view.

Previous View smtcs can be recalled by clicking Previous \fiew
the HcadSrup view Toolbar. Each time you press the button, the view
on d
display backs up through the display list, whether the view smtc was
Saved or not. Click Once to return to the previous Isometric View.
41 Wsual references.
Dynamic Reference Visualization can be used with assemblies to
visually identify components from a mate and mates from a
component.
we n...t..ee..,h....,e.m
s .nmm.
In

Wmtndu>nw§kbi k.“ Ema:

>

,
g W...“ mmtwenwwm
gunk)...»“whammymn
st..we.e.,n..m.,..w...,m.s >
‘Hv‘rhmmmtm—mpdwk‘em
«mama. Muuhlunrjngbyfimeby , ee,v.e...._...n...«n..,my...“
rim. uwutwnnwfimlrl ,
enmenmnm.mewm
.l)w<z>mxruwvr,wrwl>l ,
same mmmnmm...”
s use.
*5
I“!
mmmhmhm ._e.en,_. ‘ W Mm
@ mums!» v-k new @ mm We... when»,
A wmman>,VmuuisI-) 4@ me... than. racy-«~14
@
mnnmn)...“ memM,n-kd>we...»
m
@
m )1de
hum-qr
mwtnmwm
Wm... in.“ mums
@ t—xnflh‘quvmu-Meb)
m m ermlxiv ,wm m mm Nam-m4» m...”
\\ n.“ m.»,...,....nn \\ mm m<n<i:,vmmie<i:i
t) m...
@ we... en» @ :mmn‘ivmdvmklwnq»)
..,... mommy“ e um Mtg-unhy-Kbl
@
c}
muqupxm
my: Wmmbmnd»
@ mmneme n.1,,
meme;
(y .._n n...
@
d “W
mmwmmwm
amusement»: --
@ mukmq> .13.,
a w.» lV-tumslm-ubl
Note Scc Dynamie Reference Visualization on page 324.

470
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 13
Bottom—up Assembly Modeling

Component The Component Properties dialog controls several aspects of a

Properties component insmnee.
mist-tamer,”
rum...
Mums-o
(mg-unis...

M—
mmmlsi- t
mitt-“Mm
many-at.- Wm.
m cw
s
w tam—m

so.-
owed
Heat-

I Model Document Path

Displays the part file that the instanee uses. To replaee the file insmnee
references with a different file, use File, Replace.
I Display State specific properties
Hides or shows the component. Also enables you to seleet a display
state by name.
I Suppression state
Suppress, resolve or set the component to lightweight status.
I Solve as
Makes the subassembly rigid or flexible. This allows dynamic
assembly motion to solve motion at the subassembly level.
I Referenced configuration
Determines whieh configuration of the component is being used.

Where to Find It I Shortcut Menu: Rightrcliek a component and eliek

Component Properties E
42 Component properties.
Righteliek the pin<5> component and click
Component Properties 5.
The Referenced configuration opti n is
set to SHORT. This dialog box ean he used to change the eonfiguration,
suppress, or hide an insmnee. Click Cancel.

471
Lesson 13 soLIDwoRKs
Bottom—Up Assemhly Modeling

Subassemblies A new assembly will be created for the components orthe crank. It will
be used as a subassembly.
Existing assemblies can also be inserted into the current assembly
using any ofthe teehniqucs previously introduecd for parts. When an
assembly file is added to an existing assembly, we refer to it as a
subassembly. However, in [he SOLIDWORKS soflwarc, it is still an
assembly (s .sldasm) file.
The subassembly and all its eomponent parts are added to the
FeatureManager design nee. The subassembly can be mated m the
assembly by one of its eomponent parts or its planes. The subassembly
is treated as a single pieee component, regardless ofhow many
components are within it.

New assembly.
Create a new assembly using the Assemblyjm template.
.
Click Keep \fisible on the Begin Assembly
PmpcrtyManagcr and add the enarikshaxt component.
Locate it at the origin ufthc assembly.
It is Fixed.
2 Add components.
Using the same dialog, add the
crankram and crankrknob
components.
Close the dialog.

472
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 13
mun—Up Assemhly Modeling

Smart Mates Mates can be added between eeunpenents whi1e dragging and dropping
them. This method, called Smart Mates, uses the Alt key in
ccmjunetion with standard drag and drop teehniques.
These mates use the same Mate poprup toolbar as the Mate teal uses to
set the type and other attributes. Many mate types ean be created with
this method.
Cemin teehniques generate multiple mates and do not use the toolbar.
These require the use of the Tab key to switch mate alignment.

Smart Mate concentric.

Follow these steps to add a Concentric mate through the Smart Mate
technique:
I. Press and hold the Alt key.
2. Cliek and hold the eireular face of
the crankrarm.
3. Move the component over the
eireular face of the crankshaft.
4. Drop the compunent when the 5:
tooltip appears, indieating n
eoneenuic mate.
5. Cunfirm the Concentric type from
the Mate poprup toclbar.
A Concentric mate is added between the crankram and the cranks
shalt components.
HP The Alt key can be pressed before or afier selecting a face to mate.
Smart Mate parallel.
Spin the crankrarm around so the flat ~

ofthe "D" eut is selectable using

dragging. Select the flat and Altédrag
it to the flat on the crankshaft. Drop
the component when the B1 symbul
appears, indicating a Coincident mate
between p1annr raees.
Use the Mate puprup toulbar to switch
to a Parallel mate.

47a
Lesson 13 soLIDwoRKs
Bottom—Up Assemhly Modeling

5 Coin 'denl.
Select the edge of the erankrarm and AIHdrag it to
the flat on the crankshaft. Drop the component
when the b@ symbul appears, indicating a Coincident
mate between and edge and a planar face. Use the
Male poprup toolbar to cunfirm the Coincident mate.

6 “Peg-in-hole".
Rotate the crankrknob using Move
with Triad (Triadon page 448).
The “Pegimhole” optiun is a speeial nan Rzmwemuank man)
case of the Smart Mate that creates
twu mates from One drag and drop.
This opemtiun is easier iftlle cranks
knob has been rotated.
Select the eirenlar edge on the crank
knob. Press Alt and drag it to the
circular edge on the top ofthe cranks
arm.
Release the All key when the ”A
symbul appears, indieating that both
Coinmdenl and Concentric mates
will be added.
Press the Tab key, irneeessnry, to
reverse the alignment. Drop the
component.

7 Save.
Save the assembly, naming it crank sub. Leave the assembly open.

Hide and Show All All ofthe visual symbols used in SOLIDWORKS including: axes,
Types cuurdinate systems, origins, planes, and sketehes ean be toggled on and
off all at once using Hide All Types and Show All Types. (Alrrently
the only visible type are the blue View Origins.

Where to Find It - HendSrup view Toolbar: Hide All Types 0

I Menu Bar: ew, Hide/Show, Hide All Types

474
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 13
Win-Up Assembly Modeling

8 Hide all types.

Click Hide All Types Q to toggle all
the visnnl symbols in this nssenihly em

Inserting thnsseinhlies are existing assemblies that are added to the active
Subassemblies assembly. All efthe snhnsseinhly components act as a single
component.
9 Select me subassembly.
Swileh to the main assembly. Using Insert Component, the dialog is
set to list any open parts or assemblies under Open documents. The
crank sub is lisled and sclccwd.
1|] Place the subassembly.
Plaee the subassembly near the ten of the Yekueale componan
Expanding the snhnsseinhly component ieen shows all the component
pans within it, including its own mate group.

.cg “Mme
in

i
new,
ism.)
mmn<<nmm>rmml>y
Mmk<DduAl>Jminy9akl>l
lem<<deI>ywhysmd>l
mama, nemttnnmnnwmn,
.lrlw<l>uaw<lom>rhw9usl>l
gems mu¢«m¥>,mhyml>l
, Sign,
a ma
MW
0 in... n...
in new":
9 w. M
L own
r
§ humanitiesMml<<ndnwfiup1~yattbl
mussewmsetnqmt i
Q (“was
we... been) (Du-mundanprnwhviuu l

475
Lesson 13 soLIDwoRKs
min—Up Assemhly Modeling

Mating Subassemblies follow the same rules for mating as parts. They are
Subassemblies considered components and can be mated using the Mate mol,
Alt+drag mating or any of the other methods that have been discussed.
11 Smart Mate concentric.
Add a Concentric mate, using Ala-drag,
between the Cylindrical surfaees of the post on
the top of the Yukeimale and the crankshaft.

12 Parallel mate.
Male the flat on the Yukeimale with the
flat in the Drhole in the crankshaft
with a Parallel mate.

13 Alignment.
Click the Flip Mate Alignment bumm to
test Anti-Aligned (above) and Aligned
(right).
Use the antiraligned Condition (above) for
this mate.

476
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 13
Bottom-Up Assemhly Modeling

Distance Mates Distance mates allow for gaps between mating components. You can
think of it as a parallel mate with an offsct distance. Thcrc is generally
more than one solution so the options Flip Mate Alignment and Flip
Dimension are used to determine how the distance is measured and
which side it is on.
Unit System The Unit System eonuols input to the documcnt as well as the units of
mass property calculations. The unit system can be set using Tools,
Options, Document Properties, Units. You can also set the unit
system by clicking Unit System on the status bar.
El outermrnm,,..~t.cwi
“(“an
mutate”...s
"mod-nee carom», film a

Alternatively, you can enter dimensions in a

unit system ether than the documcnt‘s uni . o x
In the dimension value fields, you ean type mama
.m .
the abbreviation for the desired units, or Al

choose the units from a drop down list.

14 Select the faces.

Select the top face of thc bracket and the
bottctm face ofthc crankshaft
component to ercaie the mate.
15 Add a Distance mate.
Specify a distance in units that are
dinerent than the document‘s units. Type
"32 in. If the crankshaft pcnctmtcs into
the bracket select the Flip imension lg
button. Click OK to create the matc.

up Doublmclicking a Distance or Angle mate

in the FeatureManagerdesign tree displays
it on the sereen. The value d'splays in the
76m

units of the asscmbly, in this case

millimctcrs.

477
Lesson 13 soLIDwoRKs
mum—Up Assemhly Modeling

16 Selecl in [he FeatureManager design

tree.
Select the subzmsembly crank sub in the
FeatureManager design flee. All
components in the subosscmbly will be
selceted and highlighted.

fip From the graphic window, right<cliek o component of the subassembly

and click Select subassembly.
17 Dynamic Assembly Motion.
Use change Transparency on the yokes.
Drag the crankram to see the motion of
the spider.

Use For Positioning The mate option Use for posit ning only can be used to position
Only geometry without adding the restrieu'on ora mate. This is o useful
method for setting up a drawing view.
18 Male.
Cliek Mate % and click Use for positioning
only. Select the planar faces shown and a Parallel
mate. Click OK.
The geometry is positioned like a parallel mate
condition but no mate is added.
Save the assembly.

478
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 13
mun—Up Assemhly Modeling

Pack and Go Pack and Go I used to collect and copy all the files used by the
assembly intu a single fclder or zip file. It is cspecially uscful when the
entire assembly must be sent in another user and the files are stared in
many different fclders. Additional related files ean be included.
Where to Find It I Menu: File, Pack and Go

19 Pack and Go.

Cliek Pack and Go and eliek Save To Zip F e. Use a file name of
your ehciec, cliek Flatten to single folder, and eliek Save.
immune V

mmusms semmmmemmm ymm mime

he mm: luillhie m xummuw
m Wemumm
we weDlndud:(ummdlnhavvllnnzulndsang;
mu
Dindude arm-m ©Nm=fl~nm
Dinaudenmuluinnvuum uauaeamuireuab zpauramnnasune OFIquw
III ind-Ade Inuinmmmhnmm: Emma: mums“: minimum

21W mm” mm." m use DnzMuamm i

jgwm-mnsmsm Mmunwokx: Mummers. mymums“. Minnie

mam (uoiinwokxx bummapn 71mnvwokrsv. mmmsmas
eCW‘WMDW wouuwoyx: mnmyuuw unmubwoymu mwmw
g Qmwmm weusweyy: "mum," as mummy. azx/inwmms
g .me-um (uminwnkx:vnksjmaisimpn ss mummy. emsumm
.smsum .yms EDWIN-i110 lamina Ivan-Ha ”sum/mi.

gamma” >uouwnym...Wm; mm, W“,

@mmzbus (km—Hmmnxxmmmgmeninumzirusx Tm...

Dadanvztu @flmnwunvmumn
Elna: gum: 0 mm w mmmu Mum
III Emu mu ”mm o my mu mm mm

Km (um um

2|] Save and close all files.

47s
 7
95 SOLIDIA/ORKS
Ftssemblg Modeling Course
Inthe preceding lesson, you learned some of the fundamentals of using assemblies in the
SOLIDWORKS software. Did you know there is an entire course dedicated to assem res?
Some of what you will learn in the Assembly Modeling course includes.

I Advanced Mate Techniques. There are many mates

and mate techniques to easily put assemblies together.

Top-down Assembly Modeling. With topoown

modeling, parts are created In the context of other
oomponents in the assembly.
Assembly E ng. Leam about tools to aid in finding
and repairing errors in assemblies.

Using Configurations with Assemblies. Assembly

oonfigurations often vary the configurations of
oomponents or the suppression state of oomponents
and features.

Large Assemblies. Various strategies improve large

assembly performance and minimize the time required
to load and edit the components in an assembly.

Ask your reseller about this and other courses today!

 t0
soLIDwoRKs Exercise 55

Exercise 55: Create this assembly by adding

Males components [0 a new assembly and using
mates.
This lab uses the following skills:

- Creating a New Assembly on page 442

- Adding Components on page 447
- Mating Components on page 449
Units: millimeters
Proced u re Create a new assembly. All the eemponont parts ean be faund in the
fulder Mates.
Add the component Rennase.
Create a new assembly, using the BactBase
part as the base component. It should be
fixed at the assembly origin.

Add me Endcdnnect.
Add an insmnec of the EndConneet to the
assembly. Male it to the RectBasa using a
distance of 1 0mm and two cuincident mates as

5‘
Shawn.

Add me Brace.
Add an insmnec of the Brace to the assembly.
Male it to the RecLBasa using coincident
mates as shown.
The Brace is centered on the hale in the
vindConnset component.

fip Coincident mates between planes or Width mates can be used to center

components.

48
ExAnfise 55 soLIDwoRKs
Males

Add more insmnccs of the Brace and EndConnect components,

placing lhcm as shown.
10
r

rimsfl
5 Save and close all files.

482
soLIDwoRKs Exercise 55
ane Grlnder
Exercise 56: Assemble this device by fellowing the steps
Gripe Grinder as shown.
This lab uses the following skills:
Cmaiirlg a New Assembly on page 442
Adding Components on page 447
Mating Components on page 449
Dynamic Assembly Motion on page 463
Smari Mazes on page 473
Units: in meters
Proeed u re Create a new assembly. All the component parts ean be feund in the
felder Grinder Assy.
Add the component Base.
Create a new assembly, using the Base
part as the base eempenent. It sheuld be
fixed at the assembly origin.

Add the slider.

Add the Slider t0 the assembly. Male it
to one 0f the dovetail slots. A width and
eeineident mate are required.

Add a second copy of the Slider.

Male it to the other dovetail slot. Both
Sliders sheuld be free t0 move baek and
ferth in their respeetive slots.

483
Exercise 56 soLIDwoRKs
ane Gunner
Crank assembly.
Open n new assembly using the
AssemblgLMM template. Build the
Crank assembly as shown at the righl.
Consider using “pngmhole”
Smaancs to add the coineidem and
conecnlrie mines in one step. The Crank
is shown in both exploded and eollnpscd

lol-
sues. L
The Crank assembly eonsisls of:
- Handlem
- Knohu)
- TmssHeadSccewu)
[#8732 (.5" long” eonfiguration
- RHMaehjneScPewa)
[#440 (.ozs" long) J configumlion
Nole Both mnchinc screws eonlain multiple
configurations. Be Sure you use the connect ones.
Insert me Crank assembly into the
main assembly.
Tile easeade the two assembly
Ol’

windows, and drag and drop the

subassembly into the main nsscmbly.

Male me Crank assembly lo me

Sliders.
The two RH Machine Screws go
inlo the holes in lhe Sliders. The
underside of lhe Handle males to the
top face oronc oflhc Sliders.

Turn lhe crank.

The movement oflhe Knob follows an elli ‘eal path. The movement
of each Slider [races lhe major and minor axes ofthat elli :c.
Save and close all files.

484
soLIDwoRKs Exercise 57
using "Ida and Shaw Compunem

Exercise 57: Create mis assembly by using mates.

Using Hide and This lab uses me following skills:
Show
Component - Cmaling II New Assembly on
page 442.
- Adding Components on page 447
- Mating Components on page 449
- Component Hiding and Transparency
on page 469
- Smdm Mates on page 473

Proced u re Create a new assembly. All me component parls ean be faund in me

fuldcr Gearbox Assy.
create assembly.
0an the Housing campuncnt. Usc Make Assembly from Pan‘J
Assembly ta create a new assembly with the AssemblyiMM
iemplaie. It should be fixed at the assembly origin.
Add the components.
Drag or insert me remaining component pans into me assembly.
Males.
Mam the Cover Plate and bath
CovargPlaeLug components in the
Housing as shown.

485
Exercise 57 soLIDwoRKs
Uslng um and Shaw Component

4 Hide.
Hide the Cover Plate and one othe
CoverjmeLug Components as shown.
5 Add more components.
Add the Worm Gear Shaft and Warm
Gear eumpunents as shown.

Tip Mme the Worm Gear in the

Housing using 2: Width mm.

6 Delail.
Show the hidden eomponenm. Use change Transparency in ehange
the appearance ufthc Housing.
Add the Offset Shaft eomponcnt and male in.

11p A demil for mating the Offset Sham to

the Housing is shown at right.

7 Save and close all files.

486
soLIDwoRKs Exercise 58
Pan Cnnfigurauons In an Assembly

Exercise 58: Using the pans included, cumplcte this

Part bottctm up assembly. Usc several cone
Configurations figurations ofthc same pan in the
in an Assembly assembly in create a set of auen
wrenches.
This lab reinforces the following skills:

- Adding Components on page 447

- Mating Components on page 449
- Using Purl Cnrifigumlians in Assemblies on page 464
- Opening a Componem on page 466
Proced u re 0an an existing assemb1y.
Existing assembly.
0an the nssemny part
configs from fuldcr
part eenfigs. The
assembly eontains three
components, two of
which have multiple
insiznccs. One
component, the Allen
Wrench, uses a different
cunfiguration fur eneh
insizncc.

Open part.
Select any insmnce of the
Allen Wrench component and
open the pan.

487
Exercise 58 soLIDwoRKs
Pan Configurallons in an Assembly

3 Configuration.
Use the values in tho Length column for oaeh configuration as shown.

W
Length
50

Sizc()2 60
Sizc()3 70
Sizc()4 so
Sizeos 90
Sichfi 100

Sizc()7 100

Sizeox 90
Size09 80

S ize 0
1 l ()0

Tip Righlrclick the dimension and click Configure Dimension. Scc

Modify Configurations on page 365 for more information on changing
the dimension value for each configuration.
Add and mate components.
Add and maic ihmc more componcnis, , Slze 8

noting ihc configurations ofihc Allen

*Size 9
Wrench parts. The sizes, positions and pan
names are detailed in the accompanying
illustrations.

Size 7

Tip The Allen Wrench axis centeriaaxls is useful for mating.

Save and close all files.

A83
SOLIDWORKS Exercise 59
Udolnl Changes

Exercise 59: Make changes to the assembly created in the

U-Joint previous lesson.
Changes This exercise uses the following skills:
Insert Component on page 447
Mating Components on page 449
Opening a Component on page 466
Component Hiding and Tmmparency on
page 469

Proced u re Open an existing assembly.

Open the assembly named changes.
Open the assembly Changes from
folder UsJoint Changes.
bracket

Open the bracket component.

From the FeatuteManager design tree or
the screen, open the component
beaeket< 1) for editing.

Changes.
Doublesclick the first feature and
change the dimensions that are shown
as bold and underlined.
Rebuild the pan.
Close and save.
Close the bracket part, saving the
changes that you have made. Respond
Yes to rebuilding the assembly.
Changes.
The ehanges made in the part also appear in the
assembly.
Turn the crank.
The Crank should tum freely, turning the two yokes,
the spider, and the pins with it.
Delete male.
Expand the Mate folder and delete the mate
Parallel2.

489
Exercise 59 SDLIDWORKS
whim Changes

8 Turn the crank.

The crank should turn freely but it i no
longer Connected to the yokcs and spldcr.

9 Insert a set screw.

Insert the existing component named
set screw. Mate it to the small hole in the
crankshaft with a Concentric mate.
Optionally, click the Lock Rotation option.

11] Hide component.

Hide the crankshaft component. Add a
DOW
Coincident mate between the flat faces of the
set screw and the YokaiMale.
11 Show component.
Show the crankshaft component.
12 Turn the crank.
The crank should turn freely and Once again,
the two yokes, the spider and the pins should
route with iL
13 Save and close the assembly.

490
 Lesson 14
Using Assemblies

Upon sueeessrul eomplelloo ohms lesson, you Wlll be able m:

Perform mass propcmcs calculauons.
Creme an exploded View of an assembly.
Add explode lines.
(Ecllcrmc a bill ofmmcnals for an assembly,
Copy a lull ofmmcrlals m a drawing.

491
Lesson 14 soLIDwoRKs
Uslng Assemblies

Using This lesson will examine other aspeets 0f assembly modeling using a
Assemblies flash light. The completed assembly will be analyzed, edited and
shown in an exploded state.
Stages in the Some key stages in the analysis process of this assembly are shown in
Process the following list. Eaeh of these topics comprises a seetion in the
lesson.
Analyzing the assembly
You can perform mass properties ealeulations on entire assemblies.
Ed g the assembly
Individual parts ean be edited while in the assembly. This means you
can make changes tn the values ofa part's dimensions while active in
the assembly.
Exploded assemblies
Exploded views of the assembly can be ereated by selecting the
eumponents and the direction/distance 0f movement.
Bill of Malerials
A BOM table ean be generated in the assembly and Copied into the
drawing sheet. Associated ballcmns can be added in identify the items.

__l
Open an assembly.
Cliek Open B and browse to the Exploded View folder. Cliek
Filler Top-Level Assemblies f: , select the assembly Flashlight and
click Open.

minus
ii land").
I eaiasmy
ii Eamvldad Caisson
Ewlsdsdynw
I 51:70:!)
a unmaniarmsnng mat,»
in wunquKSMv-nredri
ii sonnwoso MED
ii Selldwmksflnunng zlsrr
Soliat/niksnnnnngrnipm

i tamingnmplsmi
Mad: End-mien: nod...
(mph-urns
Canilgwlllw:
r in. swan
ohms.“ WNW“ .
aim. mam .
beans,
3;. E
EH

492
SOLIDWORKS Lesson 14
Uslng Assemblies

Assembly Open The Assembly Open Progress Indicator appears on the screen as the
Progress Indicator assembly is being loaded and opened, displaying status information.
The opening process is divided into three distinet phases:

I The first, Open Components, loads eomponean including the

assembly and reference doeumean. It li s the number of
eomponean opened.
I The second, Update Assembly, updates the models, mates,
assembly features, and patterns.
I The third and last, Update Graphics, generates the assembly
graphics.
Elapsed time provides a counter to measure the amount orelapsed time
required to open the assembly.

opt-led t-
mammm

El-medzlme airman

meantime”

Note After opening, the performance results can be found under Tools,
Evaluate, Performance Evaluation, and Open Performance.
Same Name When an assembly is opened, it‘ one or more eomponents in that
Conflicts assembly have the same name as an already open part, the internal IDs
are compared. For example, both the assembly Universal Joint from
Lemon 13: Bellamy/r Assembly Modeling (below lefi) and the current
assembly (below right) have a component pan named Pin.

lfthe Pin from the Universal Joint was open when we opened the
Flashlight assembly, the internal IDs would not match, and a message:
The document being opened references a file with the same
name as an alreadyaopen document.

493
Lesson 14 soLIDwoRKs
Uslng Assemblies

The options are:

Open without this
document suppresses
the assembly
component in question
to avoid conflicts.

Accept this file

anyway opens the
already open part as the
assembly component.
Unless this part was
meant to replace the one
component in the
assembly, rebuild and
mate issues can occur.

Analyzing the There are several types of analysis you can perform on an assembly
Assembly including Mass Properties, Interference Detection, and Clearance
Verificationt
Mass Properties Mass properties calculations for pans were introduced earlier in this
Calculations course (see Mass Properties on page 231). when working with
assemblies, the important thing to remember is that the material
properties or each component are controlled individually via the
Material feature in the pans. The material properties can also be set
through Edit Material.
The symbols represent:

Output coordinate Principle Axes at

system the Center of Mass

494
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 14
Uslng Assemblies

2 Mass properties.
Click Mass Properties 1‘.
3 Results.
The system performs the calculations and displays the results in a
report window. The system also displays the Principal Axes as
temporary graphics. Options ean be used to ehange the units of the
calculations.
Close the dialog.

g M.» Vvvpemu E@@

Q lelhltumStDASM

ovum! Mm mime, . Rznlmlm

a mm. mam esiitonmsms

L out: «no rt Mu) tutuw
rshwwna budmus
newnmmdlnmv-luumumm . mm .
MannmumlesmFl-ahllwht
totem" moor
”mam Wm .nrtrnir,
Maxi- tinsrianm

Mm ms. ms! in more mllllmtku

(emvmmss lmllllmarsl
t , t SIN
v-rnsll
1- mm

Note The mass properties for seleeted eomponents, rather than the entire
assembly, enn also be calculated.

Checking for Finding interferences between siuil’c

Interference eompenents in the assembly is the job er
Interference Detect n. This option takes a
list of components and finds interferences
between them. The interferences are listed by
paired components including n graphic
representation ofthc interference. lndi Idual
interterenees ean be ignored.

fip Interferenecs can sometimes be determined visually. Shaded (without

edges) and Hidden Lines Visible displays can be used.

495
Lesson 14 soLIDwoRKs
Uslng Assemhlles

Interference Options Thc Options group scctions arc used to refine the dctcction criteria.
Treat coincidence as interference includes all coincident faccs as
interferences.
Selected intcrfcrcnces can bc flaggcd to be ignorcd by the
calculations using thc Ignore button, Thcy can be shown later using
Show ignored interferences
Clicking Treat subassem ' s as components ignores any
interfcrenccs within thc subasscmbly itself and uses it as a singlc
componcnt.
Include multibody part interferences looks at body to body
interfcrenccs within pan components
Using Make interfering parts transparent shows thc interferencc
volumcs in a transparent statc.
Create fasteners folder gcneratcs a Fasteners foldcr to hold all
thc interfcrenccs that involvc a fastcner,
Create matching cosmetic threads folder placcs components
with matching cosmetic threads in a scparate folder.
Ignore hidden bodies/components allows you to choose
components to be ignored by hiding them in advance.
Introducing: Interference Detection can be dircctcd to check all components in the
Interference asscmbly, or just selected ones.
Detection

Where to Find It CommandManagcr: Evaluate > Interference Detection 9..”

Menu: Tools, Evaluate, Interference Detection

Ass
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 14
Uslng Assemhlles

4 Begin Interference detection.

Click Interference Deleclion 9|” The top level component
.

Flashlight is selected automatically.

Click Calculate.
5 Inlerferences.
The analysis has found two interferenees
,
5i
x
m a)

among the seleeted entities. The listings

Interfat‘encel and Lnbel’feI’GDCSZ are w mm A

7
momentum»
shown in the Results listing followed by n
volume of interference Bolh interferences
oceur between the same pair of componcnls l
mm as...» v
HoldeP< 1 > and Round Swivel Cap< 1>r has A

y; mmuannsmmAa
55 mmwensmn

3 (umpunemmw

The interference is marked in the graphics window using n volume

displayed in red. By default, the imcrfcring components are transparent
and the other components remain in their preexisting display sale.
Click OK.

Inlerference1 lnterferencez

497
Lesson 14 soLIDwoRKs
Uslng Assemblies

Open Part Component ports and subassemblies can he opened directly using
Open Part. Open Part in Position opcns the part or subassembly
using the same orientation as the nsseinhly.

Where to Find It - Shortcut Menu: Rightrcliek a component and eliek Open Part D
- Shortcut Menu: ightrcliek a component and eliek
Open Part in Position 6
6 Open.
Thesc interferenees occur
wi the suhnsseinhly Base.
The interfcrence can only be
repaired by editing components
in the suhnsseinhly.

Righteiiek the subasscmbly

Base in the FcamreManager
design nee and click
Open Subassembly D.

7 change dimension.
Doublc7elick the face ofthc Holder
component and doublercliek the
dimension as shown.
Change the value to 5mm and rebuild.

8 Reeneek the interference.

Click Interference Detection $ The top level component Base is
.

seleeted automatically. Cliek calculate to see that there are no

interferenees and cliek OK.

498
SOLIDWORKS Lesson 14
Uslng Assemblies

The actual clearance between

Clearances components, like intcrfcrcnccs, may
be difficult to determine visually.
Clearances bctwecn both parallel
and concentric components can be
checked.
Introducing: Clearance Verification is used to determine the static clearance
Clearance between eomponent pans in an assembly. It can be directed to cheek
Verification the clearance bctwecn selected components in the assembly, or all
components against each other.

Where to Find It - CommandManagcr: Evaluate > Clearance Ver ca ion 23‘

I Menu: Tools, Evaluate, Clearance Ver

9 Hide component.
Hide the Battery Covec<1> component.
10 Clearance ve cation. :4 v a)
Click Clearance Ver ation :4 and click v x
both Battery AA components. Set the
Minimum Acceptable Clearance value to
0mm to dctcrmlnc irthere lis any elearanee at
. .
mm
lfil
mil/:5?»
o a.
a

all. [Wampum/m
Click Calculate and the clearance will appear . aim mm:

kmmmmmmm
mammal
‘

as Clearance 1 in the Results. There is a

clearance of 0.44mm between the a “W
mi...
:
components.
can. A
Click OK.
.

. incontinent a
Q smmiomin is

r (mummies
Note This example uses the option Make parts under study transparent.
11 Show component.
Show the Battery Cover<1> component.
Press Ctrl+Tab and click the Flashlight assembly.

493
Lesson 14 soLIDwoRKs
Uslng Assemhlles

Static vs. Dynamic The problem with a smtie method of intcrfcrcnec deteetion is that the
Interference components of an assembly my only interfere under eenain
Detection eonditions. What is needed is a way to deteet eollisions dynnmieally,
while on assembly is moving.
Introducing: Co on Detection analyze clecied components in the assembly
Co": on Detection during dynamie assemhly motion, alerting you whcn faccs elash or
eollide. You have the options of stopping the motion upon eollision,
highlighting the eolliding faces, and genernting a system sound.

Where to Find It I Move Component PropertyManagcr: Collision Detection

12 Collision Detection. A

Click Move Component

Co
9 and cliek ,; :‘;::;:::W
on Detection. . Win Drums:
rm bow
Select All components and Stop at co n. t. anwmnm

LW
. thewmpnntma
Drag the Haacl<1> until the point collides with
the Swivel<1> as shown. The system alerts you honours-«int
by highlighting the faces, stopping the motion,
and generating a system sound.

Note The sound must be turned on and set to be heard. Click Enable sounds
for SOLIDWORKS events to toggle sounds on. Click Tools, Options,
General, Configure Sounds, and for tho SolidWorks program, select
a Collision Detected sound.

500
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 14
Uslng Assemhlles

13 Narrow the selection. A

aimi—
The option All components means collisions immm ow:
with all nssoinbly components are dotcctcd. This y, rsiinisnnrnmsn
imiini Dynamm
puts more demands on system resourees, (put new"
especially in a large assembly. Ifyoii choose imnpnntnn
These components, only collisions between a . or (momma
selected group of assembly Components are
detected.
Click These components and click the
a m .rmiiiinn
Head< 1> and Swivek 1 > components. click L orisiioimiy
Stop at collision and then Resume Drag.
Drag the Head< 1) in tho opposite direction until it collides with the
Swivel<1> on the opposite side as shown.

14 Turn off Collision Detect n.

Drag the Head< 1> to a position between the two collisions
Click OK to close the PropertyManagcr.

Performance The are a number of options and tcchniqiios you can iisc to improve
Considerations system performance during Dynamic Collision Detection:
I Click These components, instead ofAll components. In general,
performance can be iinrirovod ifyoii minimize the niinibor of
components the system has to evaluate However, be careful that
you do not overlook a component that does, in fact, interfere.
I Mak ure Dragged part only is selected. This means only
eoll ns with the Component you are dragging are detected. If
unchecked, collisions are detected for both the moving component
and any components that move as a result of mates to the moving
component.
I If possible, use Ignore complex surfaces.

501
 _
Lesson 14 soLIDwoRKs
Uslng Assemblies

Note The Dynamic Clearance option can be used to a A

display the actual clearance between components tteotisswsmm
as they move. A dimension appears between the <35

se1eeted eomponents, updating as the minimum

to
distanee between them changes.
g WW
fllZSmmwmzfl unil
;

15 Open part in position.

Select the component Head<1> and click Open Part in Position (3.
16 Add fillets.
Add a 1mm miet to four edges as shown. Save the
changes.

17 Return to the assembly.

Cliek Ctrl+Tab and click the Flashlight essemhiy.
When the sofitware deteets the change in the part you will be prompted
with a message asking ifyou would like to rebuild the sssemhiy.
Cliek Yes in response to the message.
18 check for interferences.
Cliek Move Component. Click these options:
I Collision Detection
I Allcomponents
I Stop at collision
Test for a slightly larger range of motion as shown.

Interference1 lnterferencez

19 Turn off the Move Component tool.

502
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 14
Using Assemblies

Changing the changing the value of a dimension in the assembly works exactly the
Values of same as ehanging that dime n in a pan: doubleaeliek the feature and
Dimensions then doublereliek the dimen on. SOLIDWORKS uses the same pen in
the assembly or the drawing, so ehanging it in one plaee ehanges it in
all.
The feature ean be doubleaeliekcd from the FeaturcManagcr design tree
or the screen, but the dimension will always appear on the screen.

2|] Edit the Holder.

Doublereliek on the graphics ofthc Holder<1> pan to access its
dimensions. These are the dimensions used to build the pan.
Change the length to 60mm.

21 Rebuild.
Rebuild the assembly Notiee that not only are the pans rebuilt and the
assembly updated, the mating relationships ensure that the components
remain together.

22 Open Holder.
Rightselick the Holdar< 1> and click Open Part from the shortcut
menu.

503
Lesson 14 soLIDwoRKs
Uslng Assemblies

23 Part level changes.

Changing a pan at the assembly level changes it at the part level and
vieerversa. That is because it is the same pan, not a copy

\
Change the value back to 53mm and elose the pan, saving the changes.

24 Assembly update.
Changes have been made to a referenee ofthe assembly, in this ease the
size ofa part. Upon reenlering the assembly, if SOLIDWORKS asks
whether you want to rebuild. Cliek Yes.

Exploded You can make Exploded Views of assemblies by exploding the

Assemblies assembly component by component. The assembly can then be toggled
between normal and exploded view states. ()nee created, the Exploded
View ean be edited and also used within a drawing. Exploded Views
are saved with the active eonliguration. You can have more than one
exploded view pcl’ configuration.
Setup for the Before adding the Exploded View, there are some setup steps that will
Exploded View make the exploded view easier to aeeess It is good praetiee to create a
configuration for storing an Exploded View and also to add a mate that
holds the assembly in a “starting position".

504
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 14
Uslng Assemblies

Add a new configurat n.

Switeh to the ConfigurationMannger, righteliek
lemma-uh- l»
« x

w—
and click Add Configuration.
ammo...“ A

Type the name Explode and add the configurar

.
lion. mun
Desellmlon

~ Q “mammal-mix! mom
i
Deteultlnnllanl [uiilneiiiuminn
I‘1
v Ezvbdzl Hutu-ll (:mneltl

The new configuration is the aetive onc.

Note For more information on Assembly Configiimrim, sec the Assembly
Modeling uaining manual.
Unsuppress mate.
For the Explode configuration, we'll want the Head to remain
stationery. Expand the Mates folder, righteeliek the Angle 1 mete and
click Unsuppress.

Introducing- Exploded View is used to move or rotate one or more

Exploded ew components along an arm or ring of the Move
Manipulator or triad.

Each move direction and dismnec is stored as a step.

Regular Step explodes using translational and rotational

movements. Radial Slep fl explodes using radinl movements.

.~
Where to Find It -
I
CommandManager: Assembly > Exploded View
Menu: Insert, Exploded View
.'

505
Lesson 14 soLIDwoRKs
Uslng Assemblies

The Exploded View The Exploded View PropertyManager is used to ereate and store all the
ProperlyManager explode steps in the exploded view.
Each Explode Steps group box lists the .u , 0, ®
explode steps, in order, with a rollback bar. ., x I,
The Add a Step group box lists the min-km A

component(s) used in the current explode ~

.g unmasked!-
step along with the distnnee and direction. § um um.
. fl hmnrsmi?’
The Options group box includes the Auto-
spaee components on drag opu'on for
. name on

automation and the Select subassembly

pans option to explode the individual “-5-. A

components of a suhnssemhly.

e%
g bplaa: my:

El:
a
a

mm
—:
US$27: .esn din dump

m Etta nod
3

A
Dunn nurr mumps in my
¢
ureieorutinmmim
m min." m9;
Iain: suuinmtnmhue

Important! Do not click OK until all of the explode steps have been created.
General Sequence The general sequence used to create an exploded step is repeated many
in Explode times to create the exploded view. It is:
I. Select the eomponent(s) to explode.
2. Move the eomponent(s):
Drag and drop an axis or n ring of the move manipulator to
uanslate or rotate.

3. Rightreliek ”E9 or click Done to eomnlete the step.

506
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 14
Uslng Assemhlles

Move Manipulator The Move Manipulator axes are used to create the veetor movement
for an explode step using the standard drag and drop method.
Drag Arrow The Drag Arrow is used as a vector for the explode step. ()nee created,
the step distanee can he modified by clicking the step in the Explode
Steps dialog and dragging the arrow along the explode line.
Edit Step Rightdick a step and click Edit Step to edit which components are
used in the step, ehange the direetion ofa step, or to set the dismnee to
an exact numeric value.

3 Select component. v
Click Exploded View o’ and
Regular Step . Clear the
Rotate about each component origin
option.
Select the Locking Pin<1> component.
The move manipulator appears at the x
seleetion. The move manipulator is aligned
with the axes ofthe assembly.

4 Drag explode.
Explode the eomponent by dragging the
arrow away from the assembly and using
the ruler to set the distonee to about
30mm. The Explode Step1 feature is
added.

507
 .
Lesson 14 soLIDwoRKs
Uslng Assemblies

5 Complete explode step.

Righteliek ”8 0r eliek Done to complete
the step.
The completed step appears in the Explode
Steps list as Explode Step 1. The
component is listed beneath it

mm
amrmmii
~
A

s minim

Tlp Selecting, the step by name in the Explode

Steps list displays the components with the
move manipulator.
The nnow can be dragged to change the
distance.

6 Explode similar component.

Select the Looking Pin<2> component and drag it about 30mm in the
direetion shown Cliek Done.

508
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 14
Uslng Assemblies

Note Both Locking Pin<1> eomponents eonld have been exploded the
same radial distance using :1 Radial step.

m9
v
Shit
who. soar \

e
A

s§ tom-g
mug v.- .
vmz

Assembly Explode A subasscmbly can be floated as a single Component or as the

components that make up the assembly.
I lfthc Select the subassembly pans option is cleared, the
subasscmbly explodes as one component
I lfthc Select the subassembly pans option is clicked, the
subasscmbly eomponents can be exploded individually.

7 Settings. A
Expand the Options group box and clear BM, WE mum"; rm my
the Select subassembly parts option. ¢
Usalm snsiemniy pm;
Dsnnw melon We
Rust Subisstmb‘y Exvlad:
Lesson 14 soLIDwoRKs
Uslng Assemblies

8 Explode subassembly.
Click the subasscmbly Base< 1> and drag it about 55mm in the
direction shown Click Done.

9 Explode subassembly components.

't
Expand the Options group box and click the Select subassembly
parts option Explode the Round Swivel Cap< 1>,
Battery Cover<1>, smceh<2>, Cup<2> and Pin<1> with the
distances and directions shown.
30mm

510
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 14
Uslng Assemhlles

Exploding Multiple Multiple components can be selected and exploded with the same
Components veetor distnnee nnd direction in a single explode step. The cm key is
no! required for these seleetions.
10 Explode multiple components.
Select both Battery AA components and drag them about 75mm in
the direction shownl Click Done.

Rollback and Using the Rollback Bar, you can rollback and
Reorder reorder exploded steps in the Explode Steps dialog
Explode Steps just like features in the FeaturcManagerdesign trecl
The steps below the rollback bar are suppressed.
This can be used to go through an exploded View step
by step, roll back to see the results and edit a step, or
change the order of the steps.
Rollback To rollbnek or forward:

. Drag and drop the rollback bnr

. Click Roll Back E to roll up one step

I Click Roll Forward 0 to roll down one step
Reorder To reorder a step, drag a step and drop it on a mrget step. The step will
be placed below the target step

511
Lzsson 14 soLIDwoRKs
Uslng Assemhlles

11 Rollback.
Using Roll Back 6 , move through all ufthc steps, and then to
Explode Step 4. This that explodes the Battery Cover.
is the step
Drag the rollback bar down to the bottom without making any ehanges.
' .fl mode sum-
>
upludc stun,» r
Jammo!-
WW‘
>

, kxpludcaltpl‘ ,
flL-umesuu-
7 txplodrsrepr ,
>

7 [xPladE ' fl WM?

flww
>
SKEDS‘

,
¥ rapinamme r
>

_ and; W t
a (We am
,
,
Fxplndsfirns‘
grandmas»
r

r
flww’
£511.14.me

12 Reorder.
We want the Battery AA explode step to follow the Battery Cover
explode step direetly. Drag Explode Step 9 and drop it onm
Explode Step 4.
aid-seer A "
when
' flbabdeswv
' flwwrw‘
‘6‘ ' flbumesupl-
' flmmestrnz-
E

i!-
' flbwhirswa‘ Q’ ' flwmstraz- at
' eflbwhdrw
7
>
flwmshw
, ammamranebelawExplmeSIeM
r
flmhdew ' fleets-km?
?
flaubdesuvr ' flare-mm?

J—_
' .flauhaeswr ' flaw-Meme?-
,
amm-

Note The results o this reorder are more apparent when the explode steps are
animated. Scc Animating Exploded Vlwa on page 523.

512
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 14
Uslng Assemblies

Changing the In some cases, the axes of Move Manipulator are not pointing in the
Explode Direction desired explode directions. This is usually beeause the eomponent has
been mated or plaeed at angle to the smndard directions. In cases like
these, the orientation of the axes can be ehanged to create the desired
explode direction.
Changing the Move If the Move Manipulator axes do not point in the desired directions, its
Manipulator orienmtiun can be Changed.
Drag the manipulator origin (sphere) to an edge, axis, face or plane
to reorient it.
Rightrcliek the manipulator origin and eliek Move to selection or
Align to. Select an edge, axis, face or plane to reorient it.
v

Rightreliek the manipulator origin and eliek Align with

Component Origin to use the axes of the eomponent.
Rightrcliek the manipulator origin and eliek Align with Assembly
or: n to use the axes ofthe assembly.

513
Lesson 14 soLIDwoRKs
Uslng Assemblies

13 Se gs.
Expand the Options group box and clear the Select subassembly
parts opticm.
14 Wrong direction.
Select the Swivel cup<1> and drag the axis
as shown. The eoniponent explodes along an
assembly axis direetion.
Click Undo H.

15 Move origin.
Drag the manipulator origin (sphcm) to
the face shown and drop it

16 Proper direction.
Use the drag, arrow to move the
Swivel Chp< 1 > about 30mm
normal to the sclccwd face as
shown.
Click Done.

514
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 14
Uslng Assemhlles

Us 9 Auto- The Auto-space components after drag option is

Spacing used to spread at series of eomponents along a single
axial step. The spneing distnnee is set using a slider
and ean be ehanged aflcr ereation.

17 Select multiple components. v

50100! the components
Lens CDVeP< 1 >, Reflector< 1 >,
Miniature Bu1b< 1) and Head< 1 > as
shown.
Due to the angle orthe eenipenents, the
triad oricnmtion must be changed.
x

18 change orientation.
Drag the manipulator origin (sphere) to the edge 2
shown and drop it.
Click Auto-space componenls after drag.
Drag the spaeing slider to near the middle as
shown.

am... A

Aum sum mmsansnn on

any

DSelm sumssembly pm:

'l it return We

slur. Suhzigamhly Emlud!

515
Lgsson 14 soLIDwoRKs
Uslng Assemhlles

19 Drag.
Drag the axis as shown to explode and autorspacc the eoinnonents.

Note The arrow for eneh individual eornnonent can also be dragged.
2|] Component order. ,
flaw”.
E-
amimmo
lrthe order ofthc components looks different, ,

drag the arrow assoeiatcd with the eomponcnt. ~

This ehnnges the order of the Components in the ”m"

.
ehnin. “in.” no.
.mm‘
Click OK to complctc the exploded view. WWW"

516
SOLIDWORKS Lesson 14
Uslng Assemhlles

Explode Line Create lines that represent the explode paths of components using
Sketch Explode Lines. Atype of3D sketch called an Explode Line Sketch is
used to create and display the lines. The automated Smart Explode
Lines tool can be convened and used in conjunction with the manual
Route Line and Jog Line tools.
Introducing: Smart The Smart Explode Lines tool automates the proeess of adding
Explode Lines explode lines by generating explode lines for each component. These
lines can then be modified or removed before applying them to the
sketch.

9‘
Smart Explode The Smart Explode Lines tool generates a large amount of explode
Line Selections lines, including some overlapping and occasionally unwanted lines.
The power ofthe too till useful with manual selections. An
alternative approaeh is to:
I. Generate the smart explode lines.
2. Use Delete and Clear Selections to remove overlapping unwanted
and lines.
3. Select only those components that require explode lines.

..<<\
”A
This approach will be used in this example.

Where to Find It - CommandManager: Assembly > Exploded View >

lnsertJEdit Smart Explode Lines 6?
I Menu: Insert, Explode Line Sketch

517
Lesson 14 soLIDwoRKs
Uslng Assemhlles

Manual Explode Wllen ereating explode lines manually, seleetions sueh as vertiees,
Line Selections edges and faces, can be made to ereate explode lines. lt is important to:
- Seleet geometry in the proper order to define the explode liner
- Seleet geometry that is appropriate to stan, end or pass through.
Note Veniees and edges are typically suited to start and end explode lines.
Faces are typieally used to “pass through". These seleetions will be
shown in the following steps.

q.
@@
Introducing: An Explode Line Sketch enables you to selnisautomatieally create
Explode Line Sketch explode lines, To do this, you select rnodel geometry such as faces,
edges, or veniees, and the system generates the route lines.

Where to Find It I CommandManager: Assembly > Exploded View >

Explode Line Sketch «F
I Menu: Insert, Explode Line Sketch
Other Explode Lines There are some eases where the explode lines do not mateh up well
with existing veniees, edges or faces.
Adding Geometry Adding sketch geometry within the eornponents to seleet for the
explode lines ean help plaee the lines

Free Sketching Explode lines can also he sketehed using 3D sketehing teehniques
(ignoring the tools provided with the Explode Line Sketch dialog}

513
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 14
Uslng Assemhlles

Adding smart explode lines.

Click lnsen‘JEdil Smart Explode Linesl Gamma-hum
Explode lines for eaeh eomponent are v x
ereated autematieally, but there are some Maw!
overlapping lines.
Mm
Manual selections.
Click Selecl me subassembly parts and
. BastlmrlashllghvnnuyCMHQE
anrernrnrnlgm/Iamryn
“svmfirmgmmwu.m.“
mm
Bounding box center‘ mrennngtvnmam
marIaHashllgM/wmrzoma
anrumnmlgmnum sum C2327
lumng unrmrnrnlrgm
mm"; Pln'lmflashhgm

.salm n. subzssnmhhj pm;

on...“ m It.
Marvin: mm
@ mm m mm
o enmmml W
0 Selected mm
Selections.
Mnny erthese lines are overlapping. Rather than trying to determine
which ones are not needed, righlrclick clear Selections and select
these componcnm:
Battery Cover
Battery AA (2)
Pin
Switch
Round Swivel Cap
Locking Pin (2)
Lens Cover

y‘
A smaller scl ofcxplodc lines are erented Do not click OK yet.

519
Lesson 14 soLIDwoRKs
Uslng Assemblies

Dragging Points Endpoints of the explode lines can be dragged to geometryrbascd

locations to rcsizc them.
4 Drag point.
Select the second instance of the BatteryrAA (Base 1@F1ashlight/
BatteryrAA72@Base) eomponent and drag the marked endpoint to the
edge as shown.

A
5 Instances.
Click Apply to all component instances to change both instanccse
The Reference Point position changes to Selected point. Click OK.

6 Completed smart explode lines.

The automated explode lines are added to the new explode sketch
3DExploelel, stored under the Exprier feature with the explode
smpsn

535

520
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 14
Uslng Assemblies

‘
Manual explode line. _

Click Explode Line Sketch as“ to edit the so sketeh

and start sketching. Cliek Along XYZ.
Select the outside cireular edge of the Clip, and the
inside circular edge ofthe Holder, as shown. The
preview 1ines appear.

Note The seleetion order is especially critical when more than two seleetions
are made, as the lines follow the sequence.

Adjusting the The explode lines and ends offer several options before
Explode Lines they are eompieted. The seleetion points have arrows that
can be clicked to reverse the line direction.
The lines themselves ean be dragged within the piano of
the geometry. riaee the cursor on the line to see the drag
arrows.
The Reverse and Alternate Path options can also be
used to generate more explode line options.

-
Reverse direction.
Click arrows to reverse the direction where
neeessary. Use the drag arrows on the individual lines
to adjust them as shown.
Click OK.

521
Lesson 14 soLIDwoRKs
Uslng Assemhlles

Ed 9 '[he Explode The explode sketch anExpledelean be edited by different methods

Sketch depending on what you want te edit:
. lfyou want te edit autematieally generated explode lines, edit
indirectly using InserIIEdil Smart Explode Lines.
. lfyou want te edit manually ereated explode lines, or eenvert
nutematieally generated ones te manual, edit direetly using
Edit Skelch.
Converting Explode Automatically generated explode lines have limited editing options.
Lines Use Dissolve Entities to Convert them to the equivalent of manually
ereated explode lines, use

Where lo Find It I Shortcut Men Rightreliek an explode line and click

Dissolve Enlilies

9 Ed ng.
Click lnsen‘JEdil Smart Explode Lines. This opens the explode line
sketch and allows you te edit the autematieally ereated explode lines.
Select the Battery Cover component, and drag the endpoint to the
vertex position as shown.

¢
Click OK.

522
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 14
Uslng Assemblies

1|] Edit sketch.

Edit the sketch 5DEx‘plodel. Select the automatically generated
explode line and rightrcliek Dissolve Entitiesi

$0
The eolor changes to blaek and the line can be edited or deleted.

Note The dissolved explode line contains no sketeh relations, but they can be
added.

Animating The Animation Controller can be used to animate the explode or

W‘
Exploded Views collapse motioni

Where to Find It I Shortcut Menu: Rightreliek the Expriewl feature and click
Animate Collapse or Animate Explode
Animation The Animation Controller is a
Controller dialog that can be used to n <l > i» u o ... .i to
adjust the options ofan
animated exploded view and
also to save the animation.
Playback Options There are several options for replayng the simulation:

H Start <I Rewind > Play

I} Fast Forward >1 End l| Pause
I Stop fi Save Animation -t Normal
0 Loop H Reciprocate Mi Slow Play
N Fast Play
Progress Bar

523
Lesson 14 soLIDwoRKs
Uslng Assemhlles

11 Animation toolbar.
Rithliek on Explviewl and eliek Animate Collapse. The dialog
uses standard eontrols including > Play.
12 Save.
Save the assembly afier collapsing the exploded view.
elosc all mos but the assembly Flashlight.

Bill of Materials In an asscnibly, a bill ofmaterials rcpon can be automatically created

and edited. It can then be inserted onto the drawing sheet. The finished
version ofthe BOM will nppcar in the assembly and later on the
drawing sheet.

Where to Find It - CommandManager: Assembly > Bill or Materials 3

I Menu: Insert, Tables, Bill of Materials

13 BOM Settings. 3 I” Q
Click Bill or Materials 3. « x

i:
Select homrstaJ-ldard as the Table Template ""‘"“" A

and lndented with No numbering as the MM“ E

BOM Type. "NW A

mm...»
Click OK and in the Existing Annotation mm,
View dialog eliek Notes Area and 0K again. a mans.

14 Placement.
Click in the graphics window to plncc
the BOM.

Note The order of the items in the BOM follows the order ofthe components
in the FeatureManagerdesign tree.

524
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 14
Using Assemblies

15 BOM feature.
Expand the Tables folder in the
Q mm WWW”
FcatumManagcr design use. The bill of :2"
imy.“
. m
materials feature, Bin of Materials
<Explode>, is stored there.
1
> “Maw
ran-m
[:1

a 1.7.»...
a] mum:
L a..,..
>
Cmm<l>wml<<wmu
,
'
.ma. banana-01'
§ HMG) pumnuoumv,
«ammumqmum
.
>

,
”my"-.. m...”
,
>
c«awe-Wmmo...
“mam. mm.”
' § ran-mum nun-tannin
,
>
§ “Mb...”
mmM...
mammal.

16 Show Iable in new window.

Righhclick the 121715 Bill of Materialsl <Explode> and Click Show
Table in New Window. Click Window, cascade to shuw bath
windows.

Nola Other open documents can be closed and saved.

525
Lesson 14 soLIDwoRKs
using Assemnhes

17 Moving a column.
Click me header cell In above the QTY. eohnnn. Drag the column
header ee11 to the 1cfl,dmppiug it at hhc position shown. Click in the
table and drag vertical or horizomal lines to rcsizc the cells.

war NLmABER DESCFHP'HON

le.
Cu
0 9
97V
cam

any. war NLMAEER Dacwwon

oun
Ca
0 erv
cavsv

18 Hide table.
Close the table window. Righrclick the mblc Bill of Materialsl
<EXplDCle> and click Hide Table.

525
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 14
Using Assemblies

Assembly Assemblies have several unique options when it eomes to making

Drawings detail drawings ofthem. In addition to specialized views, assemblies
may require a Bill of Material and Balloons to fully doeument the
assembly. In this example, the exploded View and Bill of Material table
ereated in the assembly will be used in the drawing.
Displaying Exploded views are normally ereated in their nonrexploded state. When adding a
Views view from the View Palette, you can choose to drag the an exploded
View onto the sheet. This only works ifthe active configuration ofthe
model contains an exploded view.
Alternatively, you ean change the configuration in
WW,“
[mas—4
A

@
the PropertyManager of the drawing view. Then, is
seleet Show in exploded state to display the Eimrmnnsnsmmn
exploded view. Finally, choose the exploded view
you want to display ifthe eoniiguration has
multiple exploded views.
Note An exploded view must already exi in the assembly for these options
to be available.

1 New dra g.
Maximize the assembly window. Click Make Drawing from Part]
Assembly I? to create a new drawing using the A,Size,ANSI,MIM
template.
Model View.
Drag and drop the "Isometrie Exploded view from the View Palette.
Set the seale as 1:2 and click the Display Style Hidden Lines
Removed.

527
LAssoll 14 soLIDwoRKs
Using Assemhlles

Copying a BOM If a bill of mawrials mblc has been crcalcd in the assembly, it can be
Table from [he copied te the dra g.
Assembly .
used te create the table is used to Copy it. For more
. .
The Sam: option
information, see Bill analeria/x on page 524.

3 Copy table. 3 I" w

Click Bill of Materials 3 and click in the view. « x
Click Copy existing [able Bill of Materialsl,
click Linked and click OK.
mm
"Wm”
a

Move the Bill of Materials to the mp lett corner of

. ammo.“
the drawing format and click to place it. MW

a; uknjumix amino"
iii;
‘

,
claim
v

i
:le
a
i

—
wen

Note For more informaticm about creating and editing Bill of Material tables,
SCC the SOLID WORKS Drawing: manual.

4 Font.
Click the uppcrrlcfl handle of the table and Change the font size.
DoubICrclick lines ofthc table in rcsizc w the cuntcnm.

gcgganrmma.imm '

528
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 14
Uslng Assemblies

Adding Balloons The item numbers assigned by the bill ofmat ‘ s can be added to the
drawing using Balloons. These balloons will as gn the proper item
number as they are inserted onto edges, veniees or faces.
Introducing: Auto The AutoEalloon eommand is used to automatically label the
Balloon components of an assembly drawing by item number and optionally
quantity. There are several different layouts, shapes and methods to
create the balloons.

Where to Find It I CommandManager: Annotation > Auto Balloon 9

I Menu: Insert, Annot ions, Auto Balloon
I Shortcut Menu: Rightrcllek in the drawing View and click
Annotations, Auto Balloon

Insert balloons.
5
Select the drawing View.
>
9mm
V X
0)

Cliek Auto Balloon 9

and click the Balloons to ”h”
M
V

Right pattern and click UK. V

J
amrmmremW
mm "math-m
, Mum...“
\ a new

Editing the The Exploded View can be edited at any time to edit, add, remove, or
Exploded View rerordcr steps. In this example, the dismnee and direction ofa step will
be edited to represent the proper motion ofthe component.
Assembly.
Return to the assembly Flashlight.
Edit exploded view.
Click the ConfigurationManager. Expand the Explode configuration.
Rightselick g' Expriewl and eliek Edit Feature.

529
Lesson 14 SOLIDWORKS
Uslng Assemhlles

8 Edit step.
Roll back to a position aficr Explode Step4.
Cliek Explode Step4 to edit it.

9 Change vector.
Rightdick in the Explode Direction field and click Clear Selections.
Select the edge of the eomponent part as shown.

Extmdei ot Batten/(avewl d

10 Change settings. V

Set the Explode Distance to 50mm.

Click 7' Reverse direction, if
necessary, to place the eempenent on the
side as shown. Click Done and roll
forward to the end ofthc Explode Steps

.‘
list.
Click OK to complete editing the exploded view.
11 Roll fomard.
The changes to the exploded view

Q
and the exploded line sketch will
appear in the drawing view.
Roll forward to the end.

530
soLIDwoRKs Lesson 14
Using Assemblies

12 Return to drawing.
Returning m the drawing, the changes made my the assembly are clear.

“MUUUAWAA

A Flashlight

13 Save and close all files.

531
 7
p5 SOLIDWORKS
SOLIDWORKS User Groups
SOLIDWORKS User Group meetings are a valuable resource for SOLIDWORKS users and
their organizations. When you attend a meeting. you will experienoe:

I Learning. Hear SOLIDWORKS lips. tricks and technical presentations that help you
learn more about SOLIDWORKS and SOLIDWORKsireIated products.

Sharing. Share experiences and technical presentations that can provide you and your
oompany with valuable. realrworld techniques and methodologies.
Networking. Network with peers and interact with SOLIDWORKS personnel and
partners.
http:/Mww.swugn.org to learn more about SOLIDWORKS User Groups. Be sure to
Visit
check out the calendar to find an event near you!

SOLIDWORKS User Group Leaders

soLIDwoRKs Exercise 60
Uslng Calllslan Won
Exercise 60: Using the assembly provided,
Using Collision determine the range ofmmion
Detection of the elamp handle.

. Checking fiir Interference

on page 495
- lnlradueirlg:Callixi0n
Detection on page 500
Proced u re 0an an existing assembly.
1 Existing assembly. '

0an the e ng assemth named oelllslcm from

the folder Collision
2 call: on locations. ,
The Link stops the motion orthe assembly in two
plaees. Move the assembly to the point ofeollision .
and measure the angle formed using Measure or
dimensions on a drawing View.
ANGLE “A", As the handle subsassy is pulled
back, the Link him it.
ANGLE “B", As the handle subsassy is pushed
forward, the Link him the holdrdDWn subrassy.

Note Measurements are approximate.

3 Save and close all files.

533
Exercise 61 soLIDwoRKs
Findlng and Repalring lnlenerenees

Exercise 61: Using the assembly provided, find both

Finding and siziic and dynamic interferenees then repair
them.
Repairing
lnterferences This lab reinforces the following skills:

- Checking/0r Imerfemnce on page 495

I Immducing: Caliirvilm DBIBcliarl on
page 500
Units: millimeters

Proced u re 0an an existing assembly.

Existing assembly.
0an the existing assembly nzmcd UJoiIlt from the folder UJoint.
Static interferences.
Find the siziic interferences.
Repair the interferenees by —

applying Flip Dimension to a

i
single mate.
i

Dynamic interferences.
Find dynamic interferencesbetween
the YukeiMale< 1 > and
Yekejemalx 1> components.
soLIDwoRKs Exercise 61
rm“ and Repainng lnleflemnnes
4 Add features.
0an the pans YukeLMade< 1 > and Yokej‘emalx 1 >.
Add chamfcr features (2mm x 45’) m the edges as shown.

5 Test.
Return w me assembly and wst for boa. smlic and dynamic
inwrfcrcnccs.
6 Save and close all files.

535
Exercise 62 soLIDwoRKs
cneexing tor lnterlemnees, Calllslons aria Clearances

Exercise 62: Using the assembly provided, check for

Checking for interterenees, elearanees and collisions.
lnterferences, This lab reinforces the following skills:
Collisions and
Clearances - Cheekmgfiv Interment-r: on page 495
- Cheekmgfiv Clerrmnees on page 499
- Irllmdut‘irlg: Collision Detection on page 500
Units: m meters

Proced u re 0an an existing assembly.

Existing assembly.
0an the existing assembly named A,D,sisppont from the folder
Clearances.
Change transparency.
Change the centergtube to be transparent.
Static interference.
Check for static interferences using Interference Detection.
Dynamic clearance and collision detection.
Use the Move component command to detect collisions within the
assembly. Drag the Internal subassembly. Collisions stop the motion
in two plaees. Move the assembly to the point nfenllision (open) anel
measure the maximum distance between the End and the small collar
using the Dynamic Clearance option.

_ilmliw
The image below shows the dynamie elearanee dimension during drag.

(Answer: 225mm)

535
soLlDwoRKs Exercise 62
fiheckmg lor lnleflerennes. Collisions and clearances

5 Subassembly clearances.
0an the subasscmbly internal and find the clearances between:
I Campuncnts Small centeritube and small collar.
l Campuncnts Small centeritube and thnicollar.

(Answer: 0.13mm and 0. l4mm)

6 Top level assembly clearances.
Rctum m the top level assembly A,D,Suppm and make sure that
them are Clearances bctwccn:

- Camponcnts cementum and small cementum.

- Camponcnts cementum and small collar.

(Answer: 3.68mm and 0. IOmm)

7 Save and close all files.

537
Exercise 63 soLIDwoRKs
Exploded Vlews and Assembly Drawlllgs

Exercise 63: Using the existing assemblies, add explnded views, exp1nde lines and a
Exploded Views BOM in the assembly. Use the exploded views to genetnte drawings
and Assembly with balloons and enpy the BOM from the assembly Use the
AgsizegANSIgMM template.
Drawings
This lab reinforces the following skills:
Exploded/ixszmb/ies on page 504
Using AumeSpacing on page 5 l5
Explode Line Skeich on page 5 l7
Axszmh/y Drawings on page 527
Bill nfMaiz/iu/S on page 524
Unils: m eters
The files are found in the Exploded Views folders

Assembly: mo amps mm a"

part canflgs
i W i

i m mm i

i m mm i

amp:
an
0
7 i

i m mm i

v
w amp: i

n w ems: i

n
is Wm i

a m ems: i

fip List n11 the Hexagon Rod eetnpenents sepnrately by e1ieking the

Display configurations of the same part as separate items under
Part Configuration Grouping.

Assembly: muo PARMWIE sznmou an

Gearbox mm
Assembly Wm e.a l

eswmtue 2

out M V

538
soLIDwoRKs Exercise 64
Exploded \news

Exercise 64: Using the existing asscmbly, add cxpludcd views

Exploded Views and an explode linc sketch.
This lab reinforces the following skills:

- Erp/ndedAxSme/ies on page 504

- Using Aulanpacing on page 5 l5
- Exp/ode Line Skew}: on page 5 l7
UniLs: millimeters

Assembl '
Supportj'rame

539
Ennfiae 64 soLIDwoRKs
Exploded Vim
 Appendix A
Templates

The malcrial in lhis appendix supplemems me malcria] covered in me

lessons. Il was removed from lhc lessons is) keep lhcm of manageable
lengih, and included here for your reference
I Tools, Options senings used in ihis course,
I Crcaling a cuslomizcd doeumem mmplalc for pans
I Organizing your doeumem lcmplalcs.

541
Appendix A soLIDwoRKs
Templates

Options The Tools, Options dialog is the means by which det‘ault

Settings SOLIDWORKS settings are changed. it contains settings that apply to
individual documents as well as settings that apply only to your system
and your work environment.
The Tools, Options dialog contains two tabs that are labeled
System Opt' ns and Document Properties. Your choices are:
System Options
Changes to the system options customize your work environment. They
are not saved with any specific document. Rather, any document
opened on your system will reileet these settings, For example you
might want your default spin box increment to be 0.25 inches. I might
typically work on small pans and want a default spin box increment or
only 0.0625 inches. System options lei us each customize our work
environment to our own needs,
Document Properties
Changes will aireet only the currently open document. These settings
are saved with the doeument and will be the same for any user who
opens the document. An example ofa document property would be
units. The units a model is designed in is saved with the model in its
document properties
Changing the To change the default Options, follow this procedure:
Default Options 1. From the Tools menu, choose Options.
2. Select the tab for the settings you wish to change.
3. When finished, click OK.
Note You can only access document propenies when a document is open.

Suggested For a complete listing man the settings available through the Tools,
Settings Options dialog refer to the onrline help.
Important System Options that are used in this manual are:
General
Input dimension value: Enabled
Sketch
Display plane when shaded: Disabled
Detau It Tem plates
Always use these default document templates: Enabled
Document With a Document Template file (*.prtdot, *. asmdot, ‘.drwdot) you
Templates can save document properties for use in new documents, You can create
a custom template that containsjust the settings that you want. The
Document Properties saved in a template tile become the default
settings for any new document created from that template.

542
soLIDwoRKs Appendix A
templates

How to Create a Creating e eustomized template is e simple procedure. You open s new
Part Template document u g an existing template. Next, you use the Tools, Options
dialog to modify the Document Properties. Then you save the
doeument as a template file. You can setup folders to Contain and
organize your templates.

In this seetion we will Create a customized part template.

create a new part.
A new part will be used to form the template and will be discarded
afierwards.
Click File, New and the Templates tab ofthe dialog. Cliek the
template Part and 0K.

.55
hum

Note Do not use the Novice sctu'ngs on the dialog when saving a doeument
template. The resulting template will not be seen.
Properties.
Verify, and if needed, set the following Document Properties:
I Drafting Standard
Overall chatting standard: ANSI
I Dimensions, Font
Dimension: Century Gothie; Height 7 12 points
I Annota ns, Font
Balloons: ‘cntury (iothie; Height 7 12 points
Notes: Century Gothic; Height 2 I2 points
I Dimensions, Primary precision
Primary preeision, Unit Pre on 7 .12
I Grid/Snap
Display Grid , Disabled
Appendix A SOLIDWORKS
l’emplales

I Units
Unit system , MMGS
I Reference Geometry
The default names for the three system planes are eontrolled by the
document template. when the part is saved as a template, the plane
names will be saved in the template file.

Organizing Your As a general rule, it is not a good idea to store your customized
Templates templates in the SOLIDWORKS installation directory. The reason for
this is that when you install a new version of SOLIDWORKS, the new
installation directory would overwrite your eustomized templates
A better strategy is to set up a separate directory for templates, just as
you would for library features and standard pans libraries.
You can control where SOLIDWORKSsearehes for the templates by
means of Tools, Options, System Options, File Locations The
Show folders for box displays search paths for files of various types,
including document templates. The folders are searched in the order
they are listed. You can add new folders, delete existing folders, or
move folders up or down to change the seareh order.

3 Save a template.
Click File, Save As. For Save as type, select Part Templates.
Name the template Myanmpart and navigate to the directory where
you want to store your customized templates. In this example, we will
save the template to a new folder on the Desktop.
4 New folder.
Browse to the Desktop and create a folder named Custom
Templates. Save the template into the folder.
5 Add File Location.
SOLIDWORKS needs to know where to find Custom templates. Click
Tools, Options, System Options and click File Locations.
Make sure the Show folders for list is set to Document Templates
and click Add. Select the Custom Templates folderjust created and
click OK twiee. Click Yes to eontlrm the change to your system
options.
soLIDwoRKs Appendix A
templates

6 Use the template.

Close the current part without saying it Create a new part using the
template laundromat that appears in the dialog under the Custom
Templates tab. Check to see that the settings have been carried over.

mm m await-nu WWII-Cubs

Elma

Drawing Drawing templates and sheet formats have many more options than
Templates and part or assembly templates. A complete treatment of creating and
Sheet Formats customizing drawing templates and sheet formats is covered in the
course SULIDWORKS Drawings
Default Templates Cemin operations in SOLIDWORKS automatically create a new part,
assembly, or drawing document Some examples are:
Insert, Mirror Part
Insert, Component, New Part
Insert, Component, New Assembly
Form New Subassembly
File, Derive Component Part
In these situations, you have the option ofeither speei ing a template
to use or having the system use a default templates This option is
eonuolled by Tools, Options, System Options, Default Templates.
If you have selected Prompt user to select document template, the
New SOLIDWORKS Document dialog box will appear and you can
choose the template you wish to use. If you have selected Always use
these default document templates, the appropriate file will be
automatically ereated using the default template. This section of the
Tools, Options menu also enables you to define what template files the
system should use by default.

545
Appindix A sounwoRKs
mum
 Index

Numeric: alea fill nanems l71 B

3 palm alea, Sap musum ballcmn callauls 529
an; 5101 33 Sup olso secnon mooenles blll a 'lualellxls 524L528
ams 33 anoy, Sup ponems blends. Sec fillels
oenlermdangles 34 anows,d.mens.ons 127 130M. Sec hlll of molenols
oenlemalmslmlghlslal 34 assemblles 434L531 boss, delln on of 65
mlnelmclxnglcs 34 addlng oomponems 443, 447, 456 Sec olso leonnes
3 palmalcs 210 addlng snbossemblles 472 breadcrumbs 19, 456
3 polmcenleneclangle 71 analyze 494 blowser
3 palm comer lcclangle 11 anlmxllng exploded vlcws 523 .nsen componem 367, 447
bmlnmmp design 440, 492 smog your work 30
A changlng dlmenslans 503
add oolllslon dclccllm 500 c
mmpanems 443444.447 mnfigunllans 367, 374, 464, 467 callauls 529
llxnne 23x mpylng cnmpnnenls 46x cenlelmms 95
mlxllons 46 cmnlng new 442 ccnlclnfmxss 231
reeralnl 23x dynalulc monon 44x ccnlclraclangle 71
allgn explodelmes 517 ccnlclllncs l2l,2ll
mo mam allgnmem 474 exploded vlews 504L524 cenlcmalmarcs 33
males 450 reonneMonogerdeslgnlree 444 changlng d nenslons
analy, 235 hldlng componenls 469 appearance 127,141
angle males 477 mlerfcmnc: delecnon 495, 500 In an assembly 503
angulaldlmcnslms 51 mung componems 449 orapon IDI
anlmllng uploded news 523 mavlng componems 4421, 455, 463 changlng me sue ol a plane 125
annmallans 424 onenlng a componenl 466 check skelcb tartealum 302
balloons 529 mldellng objects 446 clmles 126
oemerlualks 95 rollback 446 clmnlalpanuns 179
oemerlmes 429 mullng componenls 4411, 455, 460, clemnoe dclccllnn 502
dannn reanne symbols 426 463 comeldenl males 455
genmeulc Ialelance symbol 429 snowmg componems 47o comeldenl .elallon 44
noles 424 lnnsoalency ormmoonenls 469 colllncxrmlallm 44
surface nnlsll symbol 421 usmg oan mnfiguraunns 367, 374, colllslon delecllon 500
appearance 464, 467 colo.
oolo. x7 assembly drawmgs 5217529 odmng x7
hldlng cmnoonenls 469 blllolmmenals 5295221 mfemnce [mes 36
oldlmenslons 127 explodelmes 517 Reolvlow yaphlcs 225
RealVlew gnphlcs 225 assembly mmmn 4411, 455, 463 CommndManagcl l6
lnnsnalency of mlnpanems 469 assoclauvlly 10,101,103 addlng labs 17
ynmol sharps 214 amo anonge dlluensmns 100 mmnvlng Labs 17
anneamnces 20 auwmallc mlel lbnng 312 commands. lecenl 212
ams auwmallc mlauans 10 cnmpnnenl prevlc'w wmdow 461
3 oolm 210 auwmallc sketch fixlng 330
ammlxnsluonmg bclwecn llnes and axes 1210
ms 74 axes,l:mpalary 120,333
oememolm 33
dlmcnslanlng mln/max 211
normal 73
langem 73, 219
langemmleminms 74

547
Index soLIDwoRKs

mmpmems D dacnrnenr rernplares 25, 5427545

addrng 443, 447, 456 danglrng del'anll 545
mpymg 4611 drmenslans 311L311 lrdw I0 creale 543
lrrdrng 469 relarrcms 306 nrganmng 545
rnsrance number 445 repar ng 311L311 dran
rnalrng 449 darum plane, Sec planes analysls 26L265
rndvrng 4411, 455,463 degrees nn'reedom 444 l'earure 264
Imemng 466 delele rn exlnrded reamres 123
placmg 449 l'eanrres:27 nemral plane 265
mpcnlcs 471 panemmslances 175 ways orcreallng 264
mralrng 448,455,461 relarrons 43,333 drag and dmp
sbnwrng 47o densny 222,231 canngmalmns 466
slams 445 desrgn mlenl M11,41,65, 119 mpymg drmensrons 9x
mncenlrrc rnares 454 delin lans ID mpymg fillels 539
mncenlrrc relarran 1:9 :xamples 61 11 rndvmg drrnensrans 911
ConfigumnonManagcl :155 rnddelrng approaches 11 reanaclr drrnensrons :11)
mnfiguralmns 354 desrgn lrbrary 2|,36‘) mantel fealures 5211,3511
addrng 551 desrgn rable 13,235 drag handles, Sm: skelcn, draggmg
assembly consrderarrdns 367, 314, delall vlews 411 Sup also drag and drap; dlmensrons,
464, 467 derallrng 112103, 412, 5217529 movrng
clrangrng (swllchlng) 56o Sup also drawrngs drag nrler 52
urnfigrrralmnManager 355 drmensmns Drawrng 91
mpymg 3M] angular 51 drawrng vrews
crearmg 357 armws 121 delall 417
edrlrng pans llrar have amp arrange 11111 rnddel 4111
configumlons IGKKU amnmanc drmenslanmg of rndvmg 94
rn6delrng eraIeg1es for 561 skerclres 195 removed secrmn 415
61 pans m assernblres 367, 374, 464, clrangrng llrerrappearance 121, 141 seclron 421)
461 clrangrng llrerr value 1111, 51): Vlew File“: 91
perrarnnance mnslderahms 367 mpymg 9x drawrngs 1121113, 412, 5277529
renarnlng 360 dangllng 311Hll cenrer marks 95
lermrndlngy 554 drarneler 212 crearmg a new drawmg 91)
rrses of 366, 399, 531 drmensran I00] 47 delallvrew 411
rrsrng m drawmgs 412 ddnbled 212 delarlvrews 417
mnfilmallan comer :2 drawmgs 911 drmenslanmg 9x
mnsrramrs, Sm: gedrnelrrc relarrans drrven 96 exploded vlews 527
mnerucuan gearnerry 121 drrvrng 9, 96 rnddel vlew 4111
comm" selecr I00] 536 mm 911 seclron vlew 4211
com/:11 enlr es 272 lrrdrng 9x sheelfmmals 91
copy 146 1rnear 4x 1661s, nplrons 9o
mlupanems rn an assembly 46R mklng several equal 3115 Vlew File“: 91
mnfignnllan m1 rnm/rnax arc mndlllms 211 dr111,Sec hole wlzald
drmensrans 911 madlfymal 49 drrven drrnen 6ns 96
lillels :1er rndvmg 911 drlvrng drrnensmns 96
copy and pasre 146 nalene loo dynarnrc assembly mollan 4411, 455,
mrnerrecrangle 71 palmrmrpnlm 411 463
mrmlerbare, Sup hale ward prevrew 4x dynarnrc clearance derecnan 502
munlclsmk. Sm: hole wluld pmpenles 141 dynarnrc mlllslm derecnan 5011
cmsslrarclr 2x11 ndlal 75 dynarnrc reference vrsnallralron 324,
Clrlkey reanaclr x115, 311L311 470
mpymgd neuslnns 9x renamrng 3x2
mpymg mlels :39 revalved reannes 212
rm vlew oplrons 155 sman 47,1111)
selecrmg muhlple objects 46, x3 d1splayap1mns 13:
swrrclr ddcnmenrs (Clrl1Tab) 1111 d1splay relalmns 42, 121, 52:
wnlr rnrddle mouse buIIm 1:4 drsrance rnares 477
cursors 2: drsrance, Sup measure
curve dnven panems 171 dacnrnenrpmpenles 25
cnslnrn prapenres 2:2
cnslnrnlralron 22, 25
cm
del1nman of 65
Srsulinfcamms
soLIDwoRKs Index

E F mlels XG
edn lacroror sarery 2411 eonslamradrus x1
assemblres 5113 (cannerbascd modelmg x eopylng 339
eolor x7 FearureManagerdesrgn lree M, 11 delrnmon of 65
dellnmon 1143211 error markers 297 edge pmpagxuan x2
drmenslon 49, 305. 3 lo, 331). 332 llar nee vrew 291a lull mnnd 274
explode vlew srep 507 llyour 174 prevrews x0
l'ealure M. 155, 175171, 295.327 lrrde and snow rlems 111 nrles xo
l'ealures 321a m assemblles 444 nxlng
rnalerral 22x splrnrng rne wmdow 356 eornponenls 443
skelcn 133,214,329 leanrres pans 443
skelcn plane 3011 applred 3 Sun also errors
undo 22 boss 73 llal nee vrew 2911
ednrng pans 293,319 elreek skelelr 3112 llrp drrnensron. dlslance mare 471
ellrpse 221 eul 7n llyour FearureManagerdesrgn lree 174
ellrpse, panral 33 delinmon of 55 lonlollexl 911

end condrlrons delere 327 full round fillels 274

dlafi 254 fully defined skercn 3x, 195
edrlrng 3211
exlnrde 52 G
llrmuglr all 713 lillel 55.111) gcomclllc relanons 940, 42. 121
up ro nexl 1211 lroles 713779 add 45
upmsulfxoe 1211 1rbrary 3m amnmanc 10,35
enlnres, skelelr 33 pmpenres 354,351: eornerdenr 44
equal relalron 45 renamrng 12,3112 eollrnear 44
equalrons 3x7 reorder 328.3311 eoneenlrre 139
dependenr and rndependenr 3x7 revolved 209.213 danglrng 306
lunenons 3x7 rlbs 2687275 delele 43
erase, See delere slrell 266 drsplay/delere 4243, 121,333
errors skelcned x equal 45
lrrglrlrglnmg problem areas 311 suppress 354,351: examples, rable or 44
messages 2% sweep 222 hanmnlal 45
rehulld 295 111m 275 merge 44
reparrrng 295312 unsuppress 354.3511 rnrdpornr 45
wnal'sWrong7 2w3oa wlndow 359 parallel 44
evalualmn 177 FearureXpen 312 perpendlcular 44
explode llnes 517 (ccdback, skeren 31 syrnmelne 121
exploded vrews olassemblles 504424 me langenr 329
exlendmg geomerry m a skercn 1411 save 30 venrcal 45
exlernal rel'erenees 445 save as 31) geometry pallern 17o
exlnrde save as eopy 30 gmlnclry,skelch 33
boss 52. 73 me explmer 20 3 pornr 310 210
em 75 me exrensrons eenrerlrnes 121
end eondnrons 72 ASMDOT 542 cememalmams 33
llrm learure 275 1313me 542 eucles 125
wllh drafi 123 PRTDOT 542 e111pse,panral 33
exlnrsron 65 SLDASM 443 1rnes 35
SLDDRW 91) parabolas 33
SLDPRT 30 parallelograms 11
file names 446 pornrs 193
me pmperlles 234 polygons 33
ereanng 233 reerangles 11
uses 233 s1or.s 215
files splrnes 33
open 14 langenrarcs 73
references 12 global varlables 3x1
lramrng 3 ereanng 3x5
mmg, Sm: savrng your walk graplueseards 5
all panerns 171 grrp Sec skelelr.draggrng
Sup also drag and dlap: dunensrons,
movrng

549
Index soLIDwoRKs

11 M 0
headsVup vlew Ianlhal 21 mgnlfylng glass 135.3113 object llnkmg and embedmng 12
hldden nelns, seleclmg 143 make 11mm; from pan 90 olrsel skelen enllues 137
hldden lme .emaval (HLR) 133 mass pmpemes 231,494 01.1: 12
Me mammals 225 open component 455
mmpanenls 459 males open pan 4911
dlmcnslans 92 addlllg 449 open pan 1n poslnon 49x
hole ward 72779 allgnmenl 450,475 opnons 24, 911, 542, 544
munlerbar: hole 79 mlncldenl 455 onemauon ormodel 57
munlerbar: holes 55 mneenlne 454 ongln 32, 57
holes definlllan 449 onhngmphlc vlcws, See slandard vlews
munlerbar: 79,135 dlslance 477 oye. defined sketch 311
munlelslnk 25 drag and drop 473
woam 7x
hole enln. thumb: maled 452 p
mndald x5 111p male allgnmem 451 pack and go 479
lapeled x5 male folder 445 palene,.11n.enslaps 1m
hallnwlng a [1611.360 shelllng a pan pamllel 452,475 panylew 134
hanmnlal lelallnll 45 papauplanlhal 454 parabolas 33
slnan 473 pamllel males 452
I snbassemlalles 475 parallel relanan 44
mleaenee llnes 35, 79, 221) langenl 455 parallelogmlns 71
msen 1o reference planes 452 pam.ne1e.s,See dlmenslmls
31) skewh 517 nse fol pasmomng only 4713 pamlnelne madelmg 9
axes IXO mm 457 parenl/emld lelananshlps 324, 357
boss, sweep 222 measur: 144 pan revlcwel 321
mmpanenl 443, 447, 455 Sun also secuon propenles pans
elllpse 221 menns 2 mpymg In an assembly 452
explode llnes 517 merge lelalnm 44 eleallng new 29, 7a
lnsmnc: meladala 232 ednmg 293,319
mpylng m an assembly 452 mlddle monse bnnon 134 mlen'ogallng 321
number 445 mldpolmrelauon 45 llblary 21,359
mslxnl 21) 52 mlnar open 491:
lmerfelence daemon skelell 122 open In posnlon 495
dynamlc 5011 mmarpallems 1235
mp: ng emns 295312
oplnms 495 madlfy saylng 3o
peelarmanee mnslderallms 5ol dlmcnslans 49 lelnplale 543
slaue 495 l'eannes x4 wlndaw 359
lnlemgallng a pan 321 mauon, assembly 4411, 455, 453 pasle 145
mlemapl Iebnlld 327 mouse hnuons 22 panems 15237197
Isomelllc vlews. Sm! sundald vlcws move alea fill 171
mmpanem 44x, 455, 453 benelils 15x
K dlmcnslans 9x cucular 179
keyboard shm'lculs 22.41). 101. 135 drawlng vlews 94 curve dnven 171
muluhndy solnls 212 delcllnglnsunces 175
L 1111 171
N
llblary leamles 359 genmclry panem 175
llmardlmenslons 4x named vlews 137 llneal 173
llmarpallems 173 pennal plane dnfl 255 mllmr 1115

1mes 35 new opnons 172

amnuxnsluonlng bclwecll llnes and assemblles 442 paneln seed only 1112
am: 74 drawlngs 91) skelell dnven 192
pans 29 sklppmg 1ns1anees 175
parmallo vlew 125 lalale dnven l7o
ulna lelelenee 19a
vxrlable 171
soLIDwoRKs Index

pen'mnanee consldclxuons 357. 501 repahdanghng dnnen ons 310 skeleh 3l

pen'mnanee evaluahon 177 re 17mg a plane 125 3 palnlalcs 210
perimewlclmlcs 125 rewmccs.SOLlDWORKS 211 ales 33.210
pemend1eulanelanon 44 revlew, pans 32l amnmanc dlmcnsmnlng 195
perspecuv: Vlews 133 revolved reames 209,213 aolonansnlonlng between hnes and
placmg mmponems 449 dlmcnsmnlng 212 arcs 74
planes 1112 molhple oemerlmes 2111 cemerlmcs 121
cleanng l112 sketch ndes 211 cememamlams 33
derauh 57 n a 257k275 cheek folfcatum 302
de11n an of 55 mllv1ew 134 eheles 125
hlde/show 125 mllbaek eonmels 331
mung 1o 1n asselnblles 452 m assembhes 445 eonxon.s 335
nequal 255 m explode sleps 511 eonven enln s 272
reslzmg 125 m pans X445 cleave new 31
skexeh 73 lo a reanne 325 definlnan of 55
palms 103 male dlxggmg 40, 43
polygons 33 mmpanem 4411.455, 453 edd plane 31111
plerelenees. Sm: opnons Vlew 134. 223 edlhng 113,329
pmjecled vlews 92 monds.See1111e1s elhpse 221
pmpen1es ruler 52 e111pse, panlal 33
mmpanenl 47l enln s 33
euslom 232 3 explode hnes 517
dlmenslon l4l save 30 exlendlng geomexrv 140
reahne 354,351: save as 30 feedback 23, 37
01]: 234 save as copy 311 genmclry 33
mass 231.494 saving mdlcmm 32
malenal 2211, 231 yourwmk 30 Inference [mes 2211
suppress 354.3511 seenes 2o .nsen 3l
PmpcnyManagcl I‘) scmllvlew 134 msmnl 213 52
Search 24 Innadnclmn 31
Q starch pad. 445 hnes 35
qucrymg a pan 321 seehon vlews 133, 270 mechanles of 34
seed 11111 mllmr 122
R selee1 ofisevenhnes 137
ndlal d1menslons 75 box 301 palabnlas 33
RAM les1denl l4 box wnh Connol key 3111 mnllelagnms 7l
Realvlew Gmplucs 5 box wnh shun key 301 penmeleleneles 125
Realvlew graphlcs 225 cmss 301 plananaee 73
mbulld 1111 mhe. 73 palms 103
enms 295 seleel olher 143 polygons 33
mlemlplmg 327 sclcclmg llems raclanglcs 7l
mcenlmlnmnds 112 eonxomseleenon 335 mlmlans 42. 121
mcenldocumcms 4511 hlddendelns 143 ndes Ihal govern 311, 55, 211
reclanglcs 7l molhple objects 45,113,224 shaledskelehes 33x
redo 40 pleseleenon 21 slals 215
reference plane, See planes seleelmn breadcrumbs 19 sphnes 33
reference mad 32 seleelmn 5:15 253 slams or 311
references 12 shaded Vlew 133 symmehv 121
regenerate, . ee mbulld shared skelehes 33x langem alc mien! mnes 74
mlmmns. See geomelne relanons sheex (mums 91 Aangenlalcs 73
mlmmnshlps shelllng a pan 255 hps 55
elnld 324 show mml mg 139
pare!“ 324 mmpanem 4711 wakerup 1n1elenelng 79
parent/slum 324.357 planes 125
removed seenon 413 SlmulxuonXpmss 235
mnammg 1eannes 72
mantel
realmes 3211,3311
1n asselubhes 445
.n explode sveps 5ll

551